United States
Environmental Protection
Agency
Office of Research and
Development
Washington DC 20460
EPA/600/R-94/154
September 1994
Federal Facility
Pollution Prevention
Tools for Compliance

-------

-------
                                 EPA/600/R-94/154
                                 September 1994
       FEDERAL FACILITY
   POLLUTION PREVENTION:
   TOOLS FOR COMPLIANCE
                   by:
   Science Applications International Corporation
           Falls Church, VA 22043
        EPA Contract No. 68-C2-0148
     SAIC Project No.  01-0824-03-6615-000
              Project Officer

             Kenneth R. Stone
      Pollution Prevention Research Branch
     Risk Reduction Engineering Laboratory
           Cincinnati, OH 45268
RISK REDUCTION ENGINEERING LABORATORY
 OFFICE OF RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
          CINCINNATI, OH 45268
                                   Printed on Recycled Paper

-------
                                                                         NOTICE
       This manual has been subjected to U.S. Environmental Protection Agency peer and ad-
ministrative review and approved for publication.  Approval does not signify that the contents
necessarily reflect the views and policies of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, nor does
mention of trade names or commercial products constitute endorsement or recommendation for
use.  This document is intended as advisory guidance only in developing approaches for pollution
prevention.  Compliance with environmental and occupational safety and health laws is the re-
sponsibility of each individual facility and is not the focus of this document.

       Users are encouraged to duplicate portions of this publication as needed to implement a
pollution prevention program.  Organizations interested in reprinting and distributing the entire
manual should contact the Pollution Prevention Research Branch, Risk Reduction Engineering
Laboratory, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio, 45268, to obtain a repro-
ducible master.
                                        11

-------
                                                                     FOREWORD
        Today's rapidly changing technologies and industrial practices carry the risk of generat-
 ing materials that, if improperly managed, can threaten public health and the environment.  With
 the recent adoption of the Pollution Prevention Act of 1990, the Federal Facilities Compliance
 Act,  and numerous Executive Orders, the U.S. Congress and the President have established
 pollution prevention as a "national objective" and the most important component of the environ-
 mental risk reduction hierarchy.  Thus, national policy declares that the creation of potential
 pollutants should be prevented or reduced during the production cycle whenever feasible.  Fed-
 eral facilities must comply with the requirements laid out in these Acts and Orders and, in doing
 so, are setting an example for all other public and private entities in the U.S. arid abroad to
 follow.  A Federal facility that plans and implements an effective pollution prevention program
 can expect to realize many environmental and economic benefits while achieving compliance.
        In carrying out its program to encourage the adoption of pollution prevention, the Office
 of Research and Development's Risk Reduction Engineering Laboratory offers this manual en-
 titled, Federal Facility Pollution Prevention:  Tools for Compliance.  This guide is geared to-
 wards Federal facilities, as a  companion manual to the Facility Pollution Prevention Guide,
 which details how to implement a pollution prevention program and how to conduct a pollution
 prevention opportunity assessment.  This manual includes Federal facility case studies, policies,
 and programs and is written from an overall Federal facility perspective.
       Federal Facility Pollution Prevention: Tools for Compliance is written for Federal facil-
 ity environmental mangers and is intended to help Federal facilities develop broad-based, multi-
 media pollution prevention programs.  It describes how to identify and assess opportunities and
 implement alternatives and/or improvements for preventing pollution and how to stimulate the
 ongoing search for such opportunities.  Facilities that adopt this approach typically find that they
 reduce both their operating costs and their potential liabilities, in addition to helping to preserve
 the environment.

       This is  not  intended to be a prescriptive,  comprehensive  document.  It  is,  however,
 intended to provide exposure  to the tools and techniques necessary for the development of a
 successful pollution prevention program plan that is feasible  to implement and able to meet
 facility-specific pollution prevention goals. This manual also provides references and  informa-
 tion sources that will help facility environmental managers expand their efforts.
       This document is a living document and is dynamic in its need to incorporate new tools,
 strategies, examples, policies, and regulations over time.  Revisions will be provided on a regular
basis; Appendix I provides a means for the readers of this manual to input case studies, lessons
 learned and to comment on this version. Every reader and user of this document is encouraged
to do so.
                                            111

-------
                                                                     ABSTRACT
       This document is intended as a guide for Federal facility managers in the use of pollution
prevention tools to reduce their waste generation and emission or release rates in order to meet
compliance objectives.  This project is the latest of a series of pollution prevention studies
conducted under trie Risk Reduction Engineering Laboratory's (RREL's) Waste Reduction Evalu-
ations At Federal Sites (WREAFS) program.  The WREAFS program is designed to provide
technical assistance and support to Federal facilities in conducting pollution prevention opportu-
nity assessments (PPOAs) and pollution prevention research.
       This guide presents pollution prevention tools and provides a step-by-step approach to
develop a pollution prevention program  plan for Federal facilities. The tools needed to complete
a successful pollution prevention program or project  are not described in detail in this guide but
it does include valuable information pertaining to pollution prevention opportunity assessments;
training and outreach; energy conservation and efficiency; cost/benefit analysis, life-cycle cost-
ing, total cost assessment, and life-cycle analysis; and pollution prevention program planning.
The guide incorporates characteristics and operating procedures distinct to Federal facilities, with
emphasis on case histories for illustration of key points. The report includes several appendices
that provide lists of pollution prevention contacts,  outlines of  State and Regional programs,
Executive Orders on pollution prevention and Federal facility compliance, policy briefs by Fed-
eral departments, a technical resources  directory, and pollution prevention publications lists.

       The information used for this manual was compiled and prepared by Science Applications
International Corporation, Falls Church, VA, under  Contract No. 68-C2-0148 for the U.S.  En-
vironmental Protection Agency's (EPA's) Office of Research and Development (ORD).
                                         IV

-------
                                                                    CONTENTS
                                                                                 Page

 Notice	   j j
 Foreword	    -^
 Abstract	jv
 Contents	v
 Figures	vii
 Tables	        vjj
 Acknowledgments	     v jj j
 List of Acronyms	          x
 Tools for Pollution Prevention	    xjj
 1.0  Overview	         j
      1.1 Definition of Pollution Prevention for Federal Facilities	2
      1.2 Purpose and Scope	      2
      1.3 EPA's Objectives for this Guide	3
      1.4 Organization	     5
 2.0  The Regulatory Basis for Pollution Prevention	7
      2.1 Why Is Pollution Prevention Important?	8
      2.2 Federal Environmental Requirements 	9
      2.3 Environmental Regulations and Pollution Prevention Techniques	 19
      2.4 Saving Money Through Pollution Prevention	                31
      2.5 Wrap-Up	!!.'.'!.'.'.'.'.'.'!!!!".'.'37
 3.0  Ensuring Organizational Support	37
      3.1  Working Up and Down the Chain of Command	38
      3.2 What You Need to Know  	44
      3.3 Building Teams	45
      3.4 Training and Outreach	51
      3.5  Understanding Incentives and Barriers to Pollution Prevention	54
4.0  Establishing  Pollution Prevention Goals and Objectives	63
      4.1  Introduction	       54
      4.2  Goals	  67
5.0  Gathering Appropriate Data and Information	73
      5.1  Introduction	          74
      5.2  Preparing the Baseline	    75
      5.3  Baseline Management Recommendations	77

-------
                                                     CONTENTS (continued)
                                                                                 Page

6.0  Identifying and Screening Pollution Prevention Alternatives	83
      6.1  Pareto Analysis	86
      6.2  Economic Screening Methods	91
7.0  Implementing and Measuring the Success of Pollution Prevention	95
      7.1  Implementing Pollution Prevention	96
      7.2  Monitoring and Evaluation	101

Appendix A - Economic Analyses Methods	105
Appendix B - Case Studies	123
Appendix C - Federal Facilities Compliance Act	139
Appendix D - Presidential Executive Orders	155
Appendix E - State Pollution Prevention Programs	193
Appendix F - Facility Pollution Prevention Planning - Provisions of Twelve State Laws ....203
Appendix G - Establishing a Recycling Program	219
Appendix H - Pollution Prevention Opportunity Assessment Worksheets 	233
Appendix I - Ordering Pollution Prevention Publications	245
Appendix J - Federal Agency Pollution Prevention Programs	257
Appendix K - Pollution Prevention Information Clearinghouse	277
Appendix L - Pollution Prevention References	279
                                       VI

-------
                                                                    FIGURES
la   State Landfill Bans	28
Ib   State Landfill Bans (continued)	29
2    Sample Pollution Prevention Charter	43
3    Example of a Pollution Prevention Program Plan Summary for a Commissary	72
4    Example of Completed Worksheet 4	80
5    Pareto Chart Example 	87
6    Pareto Analysis	87
                                                                     TABLES
 1   Hazardous Waste Generated at Federal Facilities 	24
 2   State Landfill Bans	30
 3   Recyclable Items	32
 4   Summary of Federal Agency Pollution Prevention Goals	69
 5   Summary of Federal Agency Pollution Prevention Program Elements	70
 6   Qualitative Assessment of Options for the Naval Supply Center, Norfolk Naval Base ..71
 7   Data Sources for Facility Information	76
 8   PPOA Worksheet Titles	79
 9   Example of General Pollution Prevention Options for a Federal Laboratory Site	85
10  Example of a Decision Matrix Used at a USPS Facility 	89
                                        vn

-------
                                                ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
      This guide was prepared under the direction of Kenneth R. Stone, a WREAFS Project
Officer at the Pollution Prevention Research Branch (PPRB) in Cincinnati, Ohio.  The WREAFS
Program was initiated and is managed by James S. Bridges,  Chief of the Products and Assess-
ments Section of the PPRB.
      This publication is the first product of a continuing initiative by U.S.  Environmental
Protection Agency's (EPA's) Office of Research and Development (ORD) and Office of Federal
Facilities and Enforcement (OFFE), to provide pollution prevention tools to alleviate compliance
burdens.   Reggie Cheatham of OFFE has provided  invaluable  assistance and support to the
development of integrated environmental management practices at Federal facilities.
       Science Applications International Corporation (SAIC) compiled and prepared informa-
tion for this guide under a contract to EPA.  The SAIC Work Assignment Manager was Gary E.
Baker with Dina Li as principal author.
       The EPA appreciates the assistance of the following  individuals whose support was  in-
valuable to this  effort:
       Thomasine Bayless
       Reggie Cheatham
       Dr. Naresh K. Chawla
       Capt. Paul Churchill
       Thomas Eckels
       Marvin Fink
       Lt. Commander Michele Fitzpatrick
       Raj en Gaura.v
       Mark Ginsburg
       T.J. Granite
       Capt. Timothy Green
       Tom Halloway
       Dr. J. Kent Hancock
       Jim Hayes
       Major Lynn Hineman
       Terri Hoagland
       Joyce Jatco
       Connie Kurtz
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
U.S. Food and Drug Administration
U.S. Air Force, AFIT
U.S. Army Environmental Center
Department of Justice
U.S. Coast Guard Services
Department of the Interior
Department of Energy
U.S. Coast Guard Service
U.S. Air Force, AFCEE
Federal Aviation Administration
Department of Energy
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
U.S. Air Force, Pentagon
U.S. Army Corps of Engineers
National Aeronautics & Space Administration
Department of the Interior
                                       Vlll

-------
                          ACKNOWLEDGMENTS (continued)
John Lee
John Marchetti
William McGovern
Elizabeth McPherson
Tami McVey
Paul Schmierbach
Captain Edward C. Stalker
John Staudt
Helen Turner
NASA Langley Research Center
Department of Energy
Department of Treasury
McPherson Environmental Resources
U.S. Coast Guard Service
Tennessee Valley Authority
U.S. Air Force, AFLMC/LGM
Department of Veterans Affairs
Ft. Eustis Army Transportation Center
                                IX

-------
                                                 LIST OF ACRONYMS
AFIT
AEE
AFB
AFCEE
AMC
BARC
CAA
CAREIRS
CERCLA
CFCs
CWA
DLA
DoD
DOE
DOI
EGAS
EM
E.G.
EPA
EPC
EPCRA
FAME
FAR
FEE
FEMP
FFCA
FMECI
FPPA
GNP
GSA
HOPE
IAG
IRP
IRR
JA
Air Force Institute of Technology
Agency Environmental Executive
Air Force Base
Air Force Center for Environmental Excellence
Army Material Command
Beltsville Agricultural Research Laboratory
Clean Air Act
Conservation and Renewable Energy Inquiry and Referral Service
Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act
chlorofluorocarbons
Clean Water Act
Defense Logistics Agency
Department of Defense
Department of Energy
Department of the Interior
Environmental Compliance Assessment System
Environmental Management
Executive Order
Environmental Protection Agency
Environmental Protection Committee
Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act
Federal Agency Mini-Exchange
Federal Acquisition Regulations
Federal Environmental Executive
Federal Energy Management Program
Federal Facilities Compliance Act
Federal Facilities Multimedia Enforcement/Compliance Initiative
The Federal Procurement Policy Act
Gross National Product
General Services Administration
high-density polyethylene
Inter-Agency Agreement
Installation Restoration Program
internal rate of return
Legal Counsel

-------
                                      LIST OF ACRONYMS (continued)
 LAN
 LaRC
 LCA
 LCC
 LDPE
 MSDS
 NASA
 NICE3

 NPDES
 NPV
 OCR
 ODC
 O&M
 OMB
 OPR
 ORD
 PA
 PET
 PI
 PIES
 POTWs
 PPA
 PPIC
 PPRB
 PPOA
 PVC
 RCRA
 RD&D
 RREL
 SARA
 SG
 SIMA
SOHES
SOP
 local area network
 Langley Research Center
 life cycle assessment
 life cycle costing
 low density polyethylene
 Material Safety Data Sheets
 National Aeronautics and Space Administration
 National Industrial Competitiveness Through Energy,
 Environment, Economics
 National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System
 net present value
 Office of Collateral Responsibilty
 ozone depleting chemicals
 operations and maintenance
 Office of Management and Budget
 Office of Primary Responsibility
 Office of Research and Development
 Public Affairs
 polyethylene terephthalate
 profitability index
 Pollution Prevention Information Exchange System
 publicly-owned treatment works
 Pollution Prevention Act
 Pollution Prevention Information Clearinghouse
 Pollution Prevention Research Branch
 pollution prevention opportunity assessment
 polyvinyl chloride
 Resource Conservation and Recovery Act
 research, development and demonstration
 Risk Reduction Engineering Laboratory
 Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act
 Surgeon General's Office
 Shore Intermediate Maintenance Activity
 Safety, Occupational Health, and Environmental Section Office
standard operating procedure
                                         XI

-------
                                  LIST OF ACRONYMS  (continued)
TCA
TIPPP
TRADOC
TRI
TSCA
USCG
U.S. EPA
USAF
USDA
USPS
VOCs
WREAFS
total cost assessment
Tidewater Interagency Pollution Prevention Program
Training and Doctrine Command
toxics release inventory
Toxic Substances Control Act
U.S. Coast Guard
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
United States Air Force
United States Department of Agriculture
United States Postal Service
volatile organic compounds
Waste Reduction Evaluation At Federal Sites
                                    xn

-------
                      TOOLS FOR POLLUTION PREVENTION
                                                                       Referenced
                                                                          Page#
 1.   Facility Pollution Prevention Guide	38  42
 2.   Waste Reduction Evaluation At Federal Sites Assessments	3, 4, 71 ,85, 89
 3.   Pollution Prevention Information Clearinghouse, Pollution Prevention
     Information Exchange, International Cleaner Production Information
     Clearinghouse, Office of Air Quality Program and Standards
     - Bulletin Board Systems	53
 4.   Life Cycle Analysis, Total Cost Analysis,
     Cost/Benefit Analysis	91-93, Appendix A
 5.   Special Guide Series - Worksheets	79
 6.   Department of Energy, Department of Defense, and Department of Commerce
     Cooperatives with Environmental Protection Agency 	60
 7.   Air Force Center for Environmental  Excellence Training	52, 100
 8.   Pro-ACT 	53
 9.   Pharmacy	Appendix B
10.   Material Balance Experience	74-77
11.   Programming arid Funding Procedures	  45, 53 61
12.   Agency-Specific Policy and Guidance	 15, 48-50, 68, 69-70, Appendix J
                                       xni

-------

-------
                                                                       CHAPTER 1
                                                                       OVERVIEW
The Procedure for Conducting Pollution Prevention Opportunity Assessments

                       The recognized need to minimize waste
                           PLANNING AND ORGANIZATION

                         Get management commitment
                         Set overall assessment program goals
                         Organize assessment program task force
Assessment organization
                                         and commitment to proceed
                                ASSESSMENT PHASE
                         Collect process and facility data
                         Prioritize and select assessment targets
                         Select people for assessment teams
                         Review data and inspect site
                         Generate options
                         Screen and select options for further study
                                                                 Select new
                                                                 assessment targets
                                                                 and reevaluate
                                                                 previous options
     Assessment report A of selected options
                            FEASIBILITY ANALYSIS PHASE
                        Technical evaluation
                        Economic evaluation
                        Select options for implementation
                        Review data and inspect site
                    Final report, Including •  recommended options
                                 IMPLEMENTATION
                        Justify projects and obtain funding
                        Installation (equipment)
                        Implementation (procedure)
                        Evaluate performance
                                               Repeat the process
                        Successfully implemented pollution
                               prevention projects

-------
                                                                   CHAPTER 1
                                                                   OVERVIEW
Pollution prevention
means process or
procedural change that
addresses waste
generation reductions for
all environmental media.
1.1    Definition of Pollution Prevention for
       Federal Facilities

       Pollution prevention has become nearly venacular in
the last five years for environmental managers and regula-
tors.  Although some government agencies have coined their
own  versions and emphasis for what pollution prevention
should mean, a common definition is fundamental for this
guide.  Pollution prevention is a paradigm  for the ultimate
environmental compliance strategy.  Properly indoctrinated
into an organization's culture and properly executed,  it will
mean wholesale new approaches to conducting business and
meeting the requirements of the mission.  It means  a  new
kind  of competitiveness and improved stewardship  of the
Nation's resources and tax dollars. Simply  stated, pollution
prevention is Any practice which reduces the amount  of any
hazardous substance, pollutant, or contaminant entering the
waste stream or otherwise  released to  the environment (in-
cluding fugitive emission) prior to recycling, treatment, or
disposal; and reduces the hazards to public health and the
environment associated with the release of such substances,
pollutants,  or contaminants.   (Pollution Prevention Act of
1990). This definition applies equally  to commerce and in-
dustry and  government.  The  government infrastructure is,
in fact, a commercial and industrial giant  that has a great
opportunity to excel by making pollution prevention part of
its mission.

1.2    Purpose and Scope

       The purpose of this  document is to provide di-
rected information to  Federal agencies and facilities on
the  myriad tools  and methods  that  have developed or
been developed over the last five to eight years.  It also serves

-------
                                                                                Overview
 to reinforce the concept that there is almost always a full
 gambit of levels of effort for performing each of the steps
 in pollution prevention program development for an en-
 tire facility or for conducting a specific pollution preven-
 tion project.

        The case studies,  resources  identified for doing
 particular evaluations, and the methods presented are in-
 tended to eliminate the hesitations, fears, and the lack of
 momentum of the pollution prevention novice and to bol-
 ster the confidence  of the more  experienced manager.
 There is no reason to wait. Pollution prevention now has
 all the fundamental  legitimacy  that  any Federal  agency
 could want.  It is predicated in  regulation and executive
 orders.  It has found enormous success with those who
 have adopted it into  their  mission; it simply makes good
 sense.

       This guide cannot be comprehensive in presenting
 the successes and bases of pollution prevention for every
 Federal agency and  department.  Instead the guide pre-
 sents random examples of the commitment, success sto-
 ries, and  lessons-learned from various agencies to make
 specific points.   Further,  it is extremely important that
 the concepts and methods in this guide be framed in the
 context of the agency implementing pollution prevention.
 The scope of this guide, however, does accommodate ex-
 planation of the current state-of-the-art for pollution pre-
 vention as it has evolved and progressed. Many positive
 changes have occurred over the  last few years that make
 pollution  prevention not only  accessible and possible to
 develop, but essential.

 1.3    EPA's Objectives for this Guide

       This guide is a joint initiative between the U.S.
 Environmental Protection Agency  (EPA) Waste Re-
duction Evaluations At Federal Sites (WREAFS) program
and the EPA's Federal Facilities  Multi-Media  Compli-
ance/Enforcement Initiative (FMECI).  By publishing this
 This guide presents the
 tools available to get
 pollution prevention
 actions started.
Each facility needs to
understand the extent to
which pollution
prevention can become
part of its culture.

-------
Chapter 1
WREAFS has three goals:

1)  Conduct assessments
2)  Identify and conduct
   RD&D; and
3)  Transfer technology
   and information
guide, EPA intends to encourage pollution prevention tech-
niques as a means to strengthen compliance. Each of these
initiatives is described in the following subsections.

1.3.1  WREAFS
      In keeping with the Agency's responsibility to advise
and cooperate with other Federal departments on environ-
mental risk reduction, the Office of Research and Develop-
ment (ORD),  -  Risk Reduction Engineering Laboratory's
(RREL), Pollution Prevention Research Branch (PPRB), has
managed a technical  research and development support ef-
fort known as the WREAFS program.  WREAFS was estab-
lished to conduct research and to develop and demonstrate
opportunities  to reduce the generation of waste from Federal
activities.  Since  1988, WREAFS has funded work on other
Federal  sites and has supported research, development, and
demonstration (RD&D) activities with  other  Federal depart-
ments through Interagency  Agreements (lAGs) sponsoring
pollution prevention opportunity assessments  (PPOAs), base-
wide assessments, technology and product demonstrations,
technology evaluations, technology and methodology devel-
opment, technical assistance and technology transfer across
the Federal community.
      WREAFS has conducted cooperative RD&D activi-
ties with the following Federal departments and services:

•  National Aeronautics and Space Administration

•  Department of Defense
•  Department of Treasury

•  Department of Transportation

•  Department of Energy
•  Department of Interior

•  Department of Agriculture

•  Department of Veterans Affairs
•  U.S. Postal Service

-------
                                                                                 Overview
        WREAFS continues to provide integrated environ-
 mental support for  (1) primary research in pollution pre-
 vention technology; (2) expanding cooperative RD&D with
 other Federal departments; and  (3) developing technol-
 ogy transfer opportunities for both public and private sec-
 tor benefit.

        It is anticipated that the continually increasing com-
 pliance responsibilities of Federal facility operators will
 result in cleaner operating practices.  It is also becoming
 increasingly likely  that the EPA will be required to in-
 clude pollution prevention in this area, as in writing settle-
 ment decrees.  In this framework, the PPRB will support
 development of cutting edge technologies within the Fed-
 eral community that are driven by the compliance  incen-
 tive.

 1.3.2  FMECI

       In  1993, EPA implemented the FMECI,  which
 marks the  first comprehensive, Agency-wide program to
 address multimedia enforcement and compliance issues at
 Federal facilities. The goal of this initiative is to improve
 Federal agency compliance and reduce environmental risks
 from Federal facilities through increased use of multime-
 dia inspections, efficient use of all available enforcement
 authorities, and enhanced use of innovative pollution pre-
 vention approaches to achieve  compliance.

       The FMECI plans to assess the compliance of Fed-
 eral facilities with environmental laws through EPA/State
 multimedia inspections. This initiative consists of at least
 40 centrally coordinated multimedia team inspections con-
 ducted by all 10 EPA Regional offices at top-priority Fed-
 eral facilities throughout  the Nation.  The facilities are
 selected based on the following criteria:  compliance his-
 tory, level  of risk the facility poses to the environment,
 Nation, and regional program priorities (such as the Chesa-
peake Bay Initiative), and pollution prevention opportuni-
ties.
The FMECI integrates
pollution prevention into
multimedia compliance
inspections by
encouraging source
reduction of waste to
avoid penalties.

-------
Chapter 1
This guide is organized to
duplicate the step-by-step
process of conducting
PPOAs.  The steps
presented also work for
setting up a whole facility
pollution prevention plan.
1.4    Organization

       This guide has been organized to reflect the step-by-
step process of conducting a PPOA.  It is, by design, also
organized to coincide with the processes necessary to estab-
lish a pollution prevention program plan for an entire facility
or for a specific operation at a facility.
•  A presentation of the current regulations and Executive
   Orders applicable to Federal facilities is included in
   Chapter 2.
•  Chapter 3  shows how to foster organizational support
   for meeting the goals identified in Chapter 4.
•  Chapter 4  describes how to set goals for a pollution
   prevention program (or assessment) that are most im-
   portant to  the agency, facility, and environmental man-
   ager.
•  The important process of gathering accurate, appropri-
   ate data and information about an operation, facility, or
   process is  presented in Chapter 5.
•   Once the data are collected and evaluated, Chapter 6
    shows how to identify and screen pollution prevention
    options and alternatives; and how to properly prioritize
    the options to best accomplish the specific goals.
•   Chapter 7 provides insight on implementation of the
    options, and discusses how to measure the actual per-
    formance  of the option versus  that predicted.

       Numerous appendices are provided at the back of this
document. They are additional tools for compliance resources
at the immediate disposal of the reader.  These resources
give order forms for published documents, access numbers
and free assistance  for databases, and valuable information
on regulations and Executive Orders.

-------
                                          CHAPTER 2
                     THE REGULATORY BASIS
             FOR POLLUTION PREVENTION
Legislation and Executive Orders

•  The Federal Facilities Compliance Act strengthens EPA and
   State enforcement authority for pursuing Federal agencies who
   violate environmental laws.

•  Under Executive Order 12856, Federal facilities are now re-
   quired to develop pollution prevention programs. Under the
   same executive order, Federal facilities are required to comply
   with the report requirements under SARA Title III, Section
   313, Emergency Planning and Community and Right-to-
   Know Act.

•  Executive Orders 12780 and 12873 require Federal agencies to
   develop affirmative procurement programs.

•  The 1990 amendments to the Clean Air Act will require some
   Federal facilities to comply with stricter emission standards.

•  Wastewater discharges are regulated under the National Pollut-
   ant Discharge Elimination System in accordance with the
   Clean Water Act.

•  Hazardous wastes are regulated under the Resource Conserva-
   tion and Recovery Act and the Hazardous and Solid Waste
   Amendments.

•  Municipal solid wastes are subject to Federal, State and local
   requirements.

•  The Federal Facilities  Compliance Act requires compliance
   with Suite and local hazardous and solid waste regulations.

-------
                                                                 CHAPTER 2
                                   THE REGULATORY BASIS FOR
                                         POLLUTION PREVENTION
Federal Departments:

-  State
-  Treasury
-  Defense
-  Justice
-  Interior
-  Agriculture
-  Commerce
-  Labor
-  Health and Human
  Services
-  Housing and Urban
  Development
-  Transportation
-  Energy
-  Education
-  Veteran's Affairs
Executive Order 12856
requires Federal agencies/
facilities to prepare
pollution prevention
program plans.
2.1   Why Is Pollution Prevention Important to
      Federal Facilities?

      On Earth Day 1993,  President Clinton said that he
would issue an Executive Order (E.O.) asking Federal facili-
ties to voluntarily reduce their releases of toxic pollutants by
50 percent by 1999. "This will reduce toxic releases, control
costs associated with cleanups, and promote clean technolo-
gies.  And it will help make our government what it should
be, a positive example for the rest of the country," President
Cl inton said. Four months later on August 3, President Clinton
signed E.O. 12856, Federal  Compliance in Right-to-Know
Laws and Pollution Prevention Requirements.
      E.O. 12856 strongly  supports the pollution preven-
tion  initiatives which the EPA has launched over the past
decade.  It sends a clear message to Federal facilities that
pollution prevention  is the best approach to environmental
stewardship. At the same time that EPA  has been promoting
pollution prevention, the Agency has also taken a tougher
stance on enforcing environmental regulations at Federal fa-
cilities.  As a result, environmental compliance issues have
moved steadily to the  forefront of Federal  facilities' con-
cerns.  Federal facilities have learned that the most cost-ef-
fective way to prevent compliance problems  is to take a
proactive pollution prevention approach to environmental
management.

This chapter has five goals:
(1)   To introduce the major Federal environmental re-
      quirements that apply specifically to Federal facili-
      ties;
(2)   To introduce pollution prevention concepts;

-------
                                                          Regulations and Requirements
 (3)



 (4)


 (5)
To summarize the principal environmental regu-
lations and identify pollution prevention tech-
niques for compliance;

To provide case studies as examples of Federal
facilities' pollution prevention achievements; and

To discuss the benefits of pollution prevention.
        The chapter is divided into three sections. Section
 2.2 provides an overview of federal environmental re-
 quirements that pertain directly to Federal facilities. Sec-
 tion 2.3 describes the  major environmental statutes and
 gives case studies of how Federal facilities have complied
 through pollution prevention.  Section 2.4 discusses the
 benefits of pollution prevention.  Section 2.5 summarizes
 this chapter.

 2.2    Federal Environmental Requirements

 2.2.1   Overview

        Environmental compliance and waste management
 costs increase in proportion to the number, volume, and
 complexity of a facility's waste streams.  Simply stated,
 the less waste a facility generates,  the lower the treatment
 and disposal costs; riot generating  wastes is the wisest ap-
 proach to waste management.

        This  section introduces the major environmental
 requirements as they  apply to Federal facilities.  The re-
 quirements fall under four general categories:

 Compliance
 •   Federal Facilities  Compliance  Act (FFCA)

Pollution Prevention
 •   E.G. 12856
 •   Pollution Prevention Act (PPA)
Reporting
•   SARA  Title III
Pollution prevention is a
multimedia environmental
management technique
that emphasizes the
reduction of waste at the
source.
                                                              Federal agencies:

                                                              -  Environmental
                                                                Protection Agency
                                                              -  Equal Employment
                                                                Opportunity
                                                                Commission
                                                              -  Federal Deposit
                                                                Insurance Commission
                                                              -  Federal Emergency
                                                                Management
                                                                Association
                                                              -  General Services
                                                                A dminis tra tion
                                                              -  Na tional A eronau tics
                                                                and Space
                                                               A d minis tra tion
                                                              -  Nuclear Regulatory
                                                                Commission
                                                              -  Office of Personnel
                                                               Management
                                                              -  Small Business
                                                               A d minis tra tion
                                                              - Smithsonian Institution
                                                              -  Tennessee  Valley
                                                               Authority
                                                              - U.S. Information
                                                               Agency
                                                              - U.S. Postal  Service

-------
Chapter 2
Compliance
• Federal Facilities
  Compliance Act

Pollution Prevention
• E.O. 12856
• Pollution Prevention
  Act

Reporting
• SARA Title III

Affirmative Procurement
• Section 6002 of RCRA
  and E.O.s 12780 and
  12873
Affirmative Procurement
•  Section 6002 of the Resource Conservation and Recov-
   ery Act (RCRA) and E.O. 12780

       These requirements provide Federal facilities with in-
centives for building strong pollution prevention programs.
A summary of each requirement follows.

2.2.2  Compliance: Federal Facilities Compliance Act

Background
       By  strengthening  EPA's enforcement authority,  the
FFCA provides Federal  facilities with a great incentive to
adopt a pollution prevention approach to environmental man-
agement.
       The FFCA (1992) waves sovereign immunity for Fed-
eral facilities with respect to compliance with any Federal,
State, local, or interstate hazardous waste requirements.  Al-
though  the  Act exempts Federal  employees  from personal
liability they are still subject criminal sanctions.

Key Provisions
The Act's major provisions include the following:

• Waiver of Sovereign Immunity — Federal  facilities must
    comply with all of the provisions of Section 6001 of the
    RCRA; also,  Federal employees are subject to adminis-
    trative orders, penalties and fines.
 • Liability -- Federal  employees are exempt from personal
    liability under the hazardous waste laws but not from
    criminal liability.
 • Enforcement Authority — the EPA Administrator has the
    authority to take enforcement action against any Federal
    agency.
 • Facility Environmental Assessments — EPA is required
    to conduct annual inspections of each Federally-owned/
                                         10

-------
                                                           Regulations and Requirements
                         Example 1
       Federal Employee Prosecution for Environmental Crime

   For over 5 months, Mr. Curtis, Dormer director of the fuels division
   at Adak Naval Air Station, Alaska, ignored repeated employee warn-
   ings of a pipeline leak.  As a result, thousands of gallons of fuel
   flowed into an inlet of the Bering Sea.

   Mr. Curtis was indicted in October 1991 on five felony counts for
   knowing violations of the Clean Water Act.  He was convicted in
   March 1 992 of three counts  of violating the Clean Water Act, one
   felony count for  a knowing violation, and two lesser-included mis-
   demeanor counts for negligent violations. He was sentenced  to
   serve 10 months in jail.

   United States v. Curtis, CR. (S.D. Ak. May 26, 1992)
    operated hazardous waste treatment,  storage, or dis-
    posal facility.

   Federally-Owned Treatment Works — the introduc-
    tion of any hazardous waste into a Federally owned
    treatment works is forbidden unless specific pretreat-
    ment standards are met.
The FFCA clearly brings
Federal facilities into the
framework of meeting
environmental requirements.
It is the basis for the Multi-
Media Enforcement Program
by EPA.
       Appendix C provides a copy  of the  Act.  The
FFCA makes Federal agencies and employees responsible
for violations of RCRA and state hazardous waste  laws
resulting from activities conducted on Federally owned or
operated property.  To achieve environmental compliance,
Federal facilities have successfully applied pollution pre-
vention techniques to reduce wastes.

2.2.3  Pollution Prevention: E.G. 12856

Background

       Signed on August 3,  1993 E.G.  12856 reaffirms
the Federal government's commitment to fully implement-
ing the concepts outlined in  the PPA of 1990.

       The E.G. strengthens the PPA of 1990 by specify-
ing actions that Federal facilities should take to reduce the
use and release of toxic  substances.   The head of each
                                              11

-------
Chapter 2
Goals of the Pollution
Prevention Executive
Order

• Federal agencies will
  become leaders in
  providing information to
  the public concerning
  toxic and hazardous
  substances.
• The Federal
  Government will be a
  leader in pollution
  prevention.
• Pollution prevention will
  promote energy
  efficiency.
• Through pollution
  prevention. Federal
  facilities will encourage
  markets for recycled
  products.
Federal agency is responsible for ensuring that the  agency
complies with the E.G.

Key Provisions

       Key E.G.  provisions affecting Federal  facilities in-
clude the following mandates:

• All Federal agencies develop an agency-wide pollution
    prevention strategy and policy statement emphasizing
    source reduction as the primary method of environmen-
    tal protection.

• All affected Federal facilities develop a written pollution
    prevention plan. The plan must be designed to bring
    each facility into compliance with a voluntary reduction
    goal of 50 percent  for total combined releases of toxic
    chemicals to the environment and off-site  transfers for
    treatment and disposal;

• All Federal facilities require the application of life-cycle
    assessment  (LCA)  and total cost assessment (TCA)
    principles to the greatest extent practicable,  when
    evaluating pollution prevention opportunities.

• All affected Federal facilities must comply  with the
    Emergency Planning and Response provisions under
    Sections 302 through 312 of the Community Right-to-
    Know Act.

2.2.4  Pollution Prevention: PPA of 1990

Background

       In addition to the FFCA, the PPA of  1990 provides
Federal facilities with an incentive to practice pollution pre-
vention.  The PPA clearly establishes pollution prevention as
the  Nation's preferred  approach to environmental protection
and waste management.

Key Provisions
       The Act states the following:
  The Congress hereby declares it to be the national
    policy of the United States that pollution should be
                                          12

-------
                                                          Regulations and Requirements
    prevented or reduced at the source whenever fea-
    sible; pollution that cannot be prevented should
    be recycled in an environmentally safe manner
    whenever feasible; pollution that cannot be pre-
    vented or recycled should be treated in an envi-
    ronmentally safe manner whenever feasible; and
    disposal or other release into the environment
    should be employed only as a last resort and
    should be conducted in an environmentally safe
    manner.

 In accordance with the PPA, EPA issued a national pollu-
 tion prevention strategy in January,  1991.  The strategy
 revolves around three key principles:

 •   EPA is  encouraging industry and Federal  facilities to
    take voluntary action to identify and implement pol-
    lution prevention instead of expanding its  existing
    authority.

 •   EPA will continue to promulgate and enforce regu-
    lations and thereby  encourage industry and Federal
    facilities to minimize waste.

 •   EPA will conduct a variety of initiatives to promote
    pollution prevention including projects designed to:
    identify and overcome barriers to pollution preven-
    tion, expand public participation and choice, expand
    partnerships between EPA  and other Federal agen-
    cies, promote outreach and training, incorporate pre-
    vention  into enforcement settlements, develop  a
    research strategy, and promote clean technologies.

       The  FFCA, E.G. 12856, and the PPA send a clear
message to  Federal facilities:  pollution prevention is the
best way to achieve environmental compliance.  Two other
recent Federal regulatory  changes that promote pollution
prevention are described below: compliance with the Su-
perfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act (SARA)
Title III reporting requirements and  affirmative procure-
ment.
 Pollution Prevention Act
 of 1990 establishes the
 hierarchy of
 environmental risk
 reduction:

 1.  Source reduc tion;

 2.  Recycling;

 3.  Treatment; and

 4.  Disposal
Source reduction - the
design, manufacture,
acquisition, or reuse of
materials to eliminate or
minimize the quantity and
toxicity of waste
produced. Source
reduction prevents waste
either by redesigning
products or by otherwise
changing patterns of
consumption, use and
waste generation.

Recycling - the process
by which materials
otherwise destined for
disposal are collected,
reprocessed or
remanufactured, and
reused.
                                             13

-------
Chapter 2
Reporting of
manufacture, processing,
or use of specific
chemicals under EPCRA
requires pollution
prevention progress to be
monitored and quantified.
For assistance with
EPCRA, call the EPCRA
hotline at 800-535-0202.
2.2.5  Reporting: SARA Title ffl Emergency Planning
       and Community Right-to-Know Act
Background

       Although Federal facilities were exempt from com-
plying with the Emergency Planning and Right-to-Know
(EPCRA) requirements, E.G. 12856, Federal Compliance in
Right-to-Know Laws and Pollution Prevention now requires
Federal facilities that manufacture, process, or use toxic chemi-
cals to comply with both provisions.

       EPCRA serves two purposes: to encourage and sup-
port  emergency planning for responding to chemical acci-
dents, and to provide local governments and the public with
timely and comprehensive information about possible chemi-
cal hazards in communities.

Key  Provisions

EPCRA requires Federal  facilities to:

1) Report to the fire department or emergency response
   team  the location and volume of chemicals stored onsite
   if the facility is storing over 10,000 pounds.

2) Report emissions  of certain chemicals using Form R, if
   threshold limits are met.

       EPCRA requires Federal facilities that meet the re-
porting requirement threshold to track and report on the an-
nual  inventory of hundreds of  substances routinely used in
production and equipment maintenance. The reporting form,
the Toxics Release Inventory (TRI) report is public informa-
tion; the public has access to all TRI reports submitted to
EPA.

       Whereas earlier versions of the TRI report  asked fa-
cilities to voluntarily submit general information on their waste
minimization programs,  the 1993  edition requires facilities
to answer detailed questions about their pollution prevention
achievements.
                                        14

-------
                                                         Regulations and Requirements
       Under Section 8 of the TRI report, Source Reduc-
tion and Recycling Activities, facilities must now provide
information about source reduction and recycling activi-
ties related to the toxic chemical for which releases are
being reported.  In addition, Section 8 asks for the vol-
ume of the chemical released, recovered for energy, re-
cycled, or treated, over a 4 year time frame.

       Federal facilities must now also comply with the
EPCRA laws under Sections 301 through  312.  These
requirements include submitting the following:

•   Emergency planning notifications to the  Local
    Emergency Planning Committee.

•   Hazardous chemical inventory information to the
    Local Emergency Planning Committee in order to
    prepare comprehensive emergency response plans
    for the jurisdiction.

•   Materials Safety Data Sheets to the Local Emer-
    gency Planning Committee.

•   Emergency and Hazardous Chemical Inventory
    Forms to the State Emergency Response Board,  the
    Local Emergency Planning Committee, and the local
    fire department.

•   Emergency Notification of Releases of an Extremely
    Hazardous Substance to EPA and the State.

2.2.6  Affirmative Procurement: Section 6002 of
       RCRA and E.G. 12780

Background

       Affirmative procurement specifically refers to buy-
ing items made from recycled materials.  By creating a
demand for recyclables, the  purchase of materials  with
recycled content makes recycling programs cost effective.
Federal and State governments have focused on stimulat-
ing market development by  modifying government pur-
chasing practices.
Some of the DOE facilities
have already voluntarily be-
gun submitting TRI reports.
DOE has developed pollution
prevention goals for the 17
priority chemicals identified in
the EPA's 33/50 Program and
reported under TRI.  Accord-
ing to DOE's Interim Environ-
mental Guidance (DOE
publication DOE/EH-0305),
the DOE's goals are the fol-
lowing:

• By the end of 1995,
  achieve a 50 percent
  reduction in re/eases from
  the 18 facilities that
  currently submit TRI Form R
  using 1988 as the baseline.
• By the end of 1997,
  achieve a 33 percent
  reduction in releases from
  facilities that are not
  currently reporting but meet
  the reporting thresholds
  using 1993 as the baseline.
• Beginning in 1993, all DOE
  sites must report all TRI
  chemicals used.
                                            15

-------
Chapter 2
The recycling loop has
two major components:
the first is recycling
existing products to
produce new products;
the second is specifying a
preference to buy new
products containing
recycled materials.
Through affirmative
procurement, the Federal
and State governments
are able to establish a
demand for recycled
goods and
environmentally benign
products.
       E.O.  12780,  "Federal Recycling, Acquisition, and
Use of Environmentally Preferable Products  and Services"
gives  coherence and greater authority to Federal procure-
ment policy.  The current affirmative procurement policy is
based on the following:

•   Section 6002 of the RCRA

•   E.O. 12780

•   PPA of 1990

•   The Federal Procurement Policy Act (FPPA)

•   General Services Administration (GSA) Purchasing Re-
    quirements

•   Federal Acquisition Regulations (FAR)

•   Office of Management and Budget (OMB) Policy Letter
    92-4

•   OMB Circular A-102, A-l 10, and A-l 19

Of  these,  Section 6002 of RCRA and E.O.  12780 are of
direct concern to Federal facilities.

Key Provisions
Section 6002 of RCRA

       Under the requirements of Section 6002 of RCRA,
EPA began the process of designating specific  recycled items
for  the Federal procurement program and developing pro-
curement guidelines. The guidelines apply to procuring agen-
cies, defined as Federal,  State,  and local  agencies and their
contractors,  that purchase more than $10,000 per year of a
guideline item using appropriated Federal funds.

       EPA promotes the purchase of guideline items through
the  Affirmative Procurement Program, which requires pro-
curing agencies to review and revise specifications to elimi-
nate any barriers to recovered materials.
                                         16

-------
                                                         Regulations and Requirements
 E. O. 12780:  Federal Agency Recycling and the
 Council on Federal Recycling and Procurement Policy

 E.O. 12780 issued on October 31, 1991  serves two pur-
 poses:

 1)  To stimulate implementation of RCRA Section 6002

 2)  To require cost-effective waste reduction, procure-
    ment, and recycling programs and policies within
    Federal agencies and to promote Federal outreach to
    State and local waste managers.

       A summary of key provisions of E.O. 12780 fol-
 lows.  The order:

 •   Requires Federal agencies and contractors that oper-
    ate government-owned/ leased facilities to promote
    cost-effective waste reduction and recycling.
 •   Directs the OMB to encourage  Federal agencies to
    participate in the development of environmentally
    sound and economically efficient voluntary stan-
    dards.
 •   Requires immediate implementation of cost-effective
    Federal agency affirmative procurement programs
    for products  with recovered content and establishes
    reporting requirements.
 •   Establishes the Council on  Federal Recycling and
    Procurement Policy to develop  incentives to encour-
    age (1) the acquisition of products that reduce waste
    and products made from recycled materials, and (2)
    active participation in economically efficient Federal
    waste reduction and recycling programs.

       In response to RCRA Section 6002 and  E.O.
 12780, several Federal agencies  have begun affirmative
procurement programs (or programs similar in nature).
Such agencies include, but are not limited to, the U.S.
Department of the Interior (DOI), organizations within
Department of Defense (DoD), the Bureau of Prisons, the
EPA, and the GSA. E.O. 12780  is reproduced in Appen-
dix D.
A ffirmative Procurement
Deadlines

1993 Cement and
       concrete
       containing fly
       ash

1998 Paper and paper
       products,
       lubricating oils,
       and retread tires

1999 Building insulation
       products
       containing
       recovered
       materials
E.O. 12780 tasks all
Federal agencies with
initiating a reduction and
recycling program.
                                            17

-------
 Chapter 2
                                                          Example 2
                                                     Affirmative Procurement
                                   U.S. Postal Service (USPS)
                                   The USPS is now using a lighter weight, 100 percent recycled (25
                                   percent post-consumer waste) stock for its Priority Mail flat-rate en-
                                   velopes. As a result, the USPS  saves 251 tons of cardboard annu-
                                   ally.
                                   Similarly, changing to a thinner, yet equally strong, cardboard for
                                   Express Mail packaging has reduced bulk by  15 percent,  while also
                                   lowering shipping costs, warehousing, and post-consumer costs of
                                   disposal.
 To get your free 2-hour
 video on complying with
 Executive Order 12873,
 contact Rebecca O'Dell
 at (209) 946-6014.  This
 video was developed as a
 training tool by GSA and
 EPA and is available at no
 charge to Federal
 agencies.
In addition to E.O.
12873, E.O. 12845
provides requirements
for energy efficient
computers.
E. O. 12873:  Federal Acquisition, Recycling, and Waste
Prevention

       E.O. 12873 issued on October 20, 1993 strengthens
the provisions of RCRA 6002 and E.O. 12780.  The Order
will also strengthens the role of the Federal government as an
enlightened, environmentally conscious, and concerned con-
sumer for private and other public institutions to emulate.
The Order addressed six areas concerning:

1)  The appointment of a Federal Environmental Executive
    (FEE) by the  President and  the  designation of a high-
    level Agency Environmental Executive  (AEE) by each
    Federal  agency.

2)  The consideration of environmental factors in acquisition
    planning and the development or revision of agency affir-
    mative procurement programs.

3)  The revision of standards and specifications to allow the
    purchase of environmentally preferably  products based
    on guidance to be provided by EPA.

4)  The establishment of goals for solid waste prevention,
    recycling, and recycled product purchases.

5)  The application of the requirements to contractors work-
    ing at government-owned or government-leased facilities.

6)  The establishment of government-wide and agency-wide
    awards for innovative environmental programs.
                                          18

-------
                                                        Regulations and Requirements
       The FEE and AEE will play an important role in
 the success of the efforts required by this Executive Or-
 der.

       The FEE's duties include the development of
 government-wide initiatives promoting  this  order,  the
 distribution of waste prevention and recycling information
 electronically, and the provision of guidance on Agency
 programs.  The AEE's will be responsible for coordinating
 all agency environmental  programs and participating in
 interagency development of Federal environmental plans.
 E.G. 12873 is available for reference in Appendix D.

 2.3   Environmental  Regulations  and
       Pollution Prevention Techniques

       In addition to complying with the requirements spe-
 cific to Federal agencies described above, Federal facili-
 ties  must also comply  with  the general  environmental
 regulations that apply to both the private and public sec-
 tors.  Each of the major environmental regulations is sum-
 marized below and is followed with suggestions on how
 to comply  with the regulation through pollution preven-
 tion.  Case studies are provided at the end of each discus-
 sion as examples of Federal facilities' achievements and
 as illustrations of different pollution prevention techniques.
 The following areas of regulation are discussed:

 •   Air Quality Management: Clean Air Act (CAA)
 •   Wastewater Discharge: Clean Water Act (CWA)
 •   Hazardous Waste: RCRA
 •   Municipal Solid Waste: Federal, State, and Local
    Requirements

2.3.1  Air Quality Management: Clean Air Act
Provisions

       The  1990 amendments to the CAA significantly
affects Federal facilities in several ways.  Facilities lo-
cated in nonattainment areas may be subject to more strin-
gent emission levels on existing permitted sources such as
As the largest single
consumer in the Nation, the
Federal Government has the
opportunity to realize
significant economic as well
as environmental benefits
from pollution prevention.
   Federal regulations by
   media:

   Air - CAA
   Water - NPDES
   Solid Waste - RCRA &
     CERCLA
                                           19

-------
Chapter 2
Selected air toxics in the
list of CAA of 1990:

-  benzene
-  chlorine
-  hydrazine
-  methanol
-  lead compounds
-  trichloroethylene
 The list of regulated air
 toxics (hazardous air
 pollutants) has grown
 from 7 to 189.  Federal
 installations be required
 to have permits for many
 small sources previously
 unregulated.
painting/degreasing operations, power plants, or incinerators,
and new regulations on many small sources that were not
regulated previously such as print shops, dry cleaning opera-
tions, and  gasoline stations.  The air toxics provisions are
likely to mandate new  or additional control equipment for
new and existing sources.  The list of air toxics to be regu-
lated has grown beyond the original list of seven, to a new
list of 189 substances. The expanded list of air toxics, coupled
with the new provisions to reduce  emissions  in nonattain-
ment areas nationwide,  means that many small sources typi-
cally found at Federal facilities must now have permits.
       In addition, the CAA establishes stricter vehicle emis-
sion levels  and promotes the use of alternative fuels.  Facility
operations  requiring the use of many vehicles will be affected
by the new standards.   Finally,  all air quality permits for
each installation  will be revised and reissued as each  State
implements the new permit program contained in the  1990
Amendments.
       The 1990 Amendments also  affects Federal facilities
in terms of enforcement. The enforcement provisions of the
Act were substantially strengthened with increased civil pen-
alties and new criminal penalties. As a result, Federal facili-
ties will need to pay greater attention to air emissions.

Pollution Prevention Techniques:  Air Quality
       By  using pollution prevention techniques, Federal fa-
cilities can reduce air pollution emissions at the source and
thereby reduce or eliminate the need for new or additional air
pollution control  equipment.   Air pollution control equip-
ment is both capital and labor intensive and may create addi-
tional waste streams (solid or liquid) as part of air emissions
control.
       The pollution prevention approach to air quality man-
agement begins with the development of a  source inventory
for the facility.  The inventory should include all point, area,
and mobile sources.  For  each source, the facility should
compile emission and/or process data and check the regula-
tory compliance status  of each source (Federal, State and
                                          20

-------
                                                           Regulations and Requirements
 local regulations).  Pollution prevention options should
 be developed for both sources that are out of compliance
 and those that can be eliminated through pollution pre-
 vention.

        For example, to comply with volatile organic com-
 pounds (VOCs) emission standards, a Federal facility co-
 ordinator should investigate pollution prevention options
 rather than install costly pollution control equipment.  First,
 the facility coordinator might conduct a survey of solvent
 degreasing stations.  The facility would then test nonsol-
 vent-based degreasers as a means of eliminating the source
 of VOCs.  This pollution prevention technique,  material
 substitution, is a source  reduction measure since it elimi-
 nates the waste stream at the origin. One potential draw-
 back with this substitution, however, is that although  VOC
 emissions are eliminated. In some applications, a hazard-
 ous wastewater and sludge could be generated.   This ex-
 ample makes it clear that pollution prevention coordinators
 must weigh environmental trade-offs when evaluating pol-
 lution prevention projects.

       If the pollution prevention coordinator finds that
 for any reason s/he is unable to replace the solvent with
 an aqueous  substitute, s/he should try to consolidate the
 operations requiring the  solvent sinks to reduce the num-
 ber of sinks and the volume of degreaser used.  Installing
 sinks that maximize retention of VOCs is an example of a
 process modification, a  second kind of source reduction
 measure. Training workers to close the lids on sinks when
 they are not in use is an  example of a third source reduc-
 tion measure,  an operating procedure modification.

       The  pollution prevention approach to  air quality
also includes ensuring that Federal facilities are  in com-
pliance with the air quality standards in the future.   Fed-
eral facilities can ensure that they are in compliance by
designing new products to meet or surpass the standards.
Ideally, facility engineers design new products in such a
way that they do not require the use of toxic substances.
Federal facilities should  identify pollution prevention op-
 First Step: Conduct a
 source inventory or
 assessment to identify
 problem areas.
E.O. 12843 provides
procurement
requirements for
reduction of ozone
depleting chemical usage.
Use pollution prevention
to avoid capital and labor
costs of air pollution
control measures.
                                             21

-------
Chapter 2
Material Substitution -
Replacing a toxic material
with less toxic {on
nontoxic) materials of
equal performance.

Process Modification -
Conserving resources and
materials by improving
the efficiency of a
process such that
hazardous wastes and
en vironm en tal release s
are reduced.
Procedural Modifications -
Modifying procedures and
standard operating
practices so that
hazardous wastes and
environmental releases
are reduced.
 CWA
  NPDES Program
  Pretreatment Program
portunities when staff members are assessing existing sources,
and planning for new equipment acquisitions.
       For example, the Army  has  issued a pollution pre-
vention guidance document to assist the Army Material Com-
mand acquisitions staff in designing  weapons systems in an
environmentally sound manner.  The guidance teaches staff
to minimize the use of hazardous substances in all phases of
the product's life-cycle.  LCA is an important pollution pre-
vention tool that is discussed in greater detail in Appendix A.

2.3.2  Waste water  Discharges

Provisions
       The  primary  regulation for wastewater management
is the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System
(NPDES),  developed  in accordance  with the Clean Water
Act.  The CWA requires NPDES  permits for the discharge
of pollutants from any point source into waters of the United
States. Permits are required for industrial facilities as well as
facilities treating domestic wastewater. NPDES permits typi-
cally contain limits  on the quantities of specific  pollutants
that  can be discharged from the facility. The NPDES permit
system encourages Federal facilities to restrict their usage of
regulated substances in order to comply with the discharge
limits.
       EPA has established 34 NPDES Primary Industry Cat-
egories.  Any permit issued to a Federal facility included in
one  of these categories contains specific effluent limitations
and  a compliance and sampling schedule to meet the limita-
tions. Technology-based treatment limits form the basis of
most effluent limitations.
       Another aspect of wastewater management which af-
fects Federal facilities is  the pretreatment program. The pre-
treatment program sets standards for the control of industrial
wastewater discharged to publicly-owned treatment works
(POTWs).  The goal of the pretreatment program is to pro-
tect human health and the environment by reducing the po-
tential of harmful substances from entering POTWs.
                                          22

-------
                                                          Regulations and Requirements
        Point source discharges are those that originate from
 a specific location such as an outlet pipe or open channel
 that carries wastewater from sewage treatment or indus-
 trial process plants. Typically, all point source discharges
 are required to have NPDES permits that specify the maxi-
 mum quantity of toxics  allowed to be released.  Point
 sources at Federal facilities include photo labs, medical
 clinics, cafeterias, and electroplating operations.  Non-
 point source discharges are from operations such as agri-
 culture, golf courses, and forest operations.

 Pollution Prevention Techniques: Wastewater
 Discharges

       Pollution prevention techniques for point source
 discharges include material substitution to prevent the dis-
 charge of a toxic substance, recycling and reuse to reduce
 the volume of contaminated wastewater, and better oper-
 ating practices to prevent  accidental discharges of hazard-
 ous substances.  In addition, equipment modifications may
 reduce the amount of contaminated wastewater generated
 during a process.

       For example, Ft.  Eustis, an  Army Transportation
 Center in Virginia, uses a high pressure washer for clean-
 ing heavy equipment.  The pressure washer directs a con-
 centrated flow of high  pressure water at the soiled area,
 cleaning much more effectively than a low pressure hose
 and using  less water.   Other pollution prevention tech-
 niques for vehicle cleaning include reducing the frequency
 of vehicle washing arid using fewer hazardous substances
 (or  no additional  cleaning  substances) during  washing.
 Proper treatment  equipment should be  installed to trap
oils that may otherwise be discharged to the sewage treat-
 ment plant.

       Nonpoint source pollution prevention techniques
 include  designing construction operations in a  way that
minimizes  surface runoff, planting vegetation to prevent
soil erosion, and keeping  paved surfaces to a minimum.
 The Tidewater
Interagency Pollution
Prevention Program
(T/PPP) is a good
example of a Model
Community Program near
Norfolk, Virginia. T/PPP
is a program that
incorporates Army,
Navy, Air Force, and
NASA installations.  The
program goal is to reduce
releases of certain
chemicals into the
Chesapeake Bay, and to
establish a "good
neighbor" attitude with
the local community.
                                             23

-------
Chapter 2
E.O.s have bolstered the
intent of environmental
regulations and now
make them applicable to
Federal facilities.
2.3.3  Hazardous Waste Regulations

Provisions
       Table  1 gives examples of hazardous wastes gener-
ated from operations commonly found at Federal facilities.

       The hazardous waste promulgated to implement RCRA
and the Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensa-
tion and Liability Act (CERCLA) specify requirements for
the identification, storage, treatment, and disposal of hazard-
ous waste.  RCRA offers Federal facilities four incentives
for pollution prevention:

1) Under the cradle to grave liability provisions, generators
    remain legally and financially responsible for any envi-
    ronmental damage from their wastes from generation to
    disposal.  In fact, generators remain responsible for
    their wastes even after they have been disposed of
    (e.g., at a landfill).
2) As a result, hazardous waste management, treatment,
    and disposal costs have risen dramatically, giving waste
    generators a financial incentive to produce the least
    amount of waste possible.
                                       TABLE 1. HAZARDOUS WASTE GENERATED AT
                                                    FEDERAL FACILITIES
                                   Operation
                                                             Hazardous Waste
                                   Painting



                                   Metal Working



                                   Electronics Maintenance

                                   Vehicle Maintenance


                                   Construction
                           Thinners, paint residues and
                           chips, solvent for cleaning
                           equipment

                           Coolants, quenching oils, salt
                           baths, plating solutions and
                           rinses, degreasers

                           Heavy metals, solvents

                           Spent cleaning solvents, rags,
                           oil/solvent mixtures, used oils

                           Spent cleaning solvents, rags,
                           used oils, paint thinners, paint
                           wastes
                                           24

-------
                                                         Regulations and Requirements
 3) RCRA requires hazardous waste generators to certify
    that they have waste minimization programs in place
    whenever they sign off on a manifest.
 4) generators are asked to voluntarily report their waste
    minimization achievements on the waste minimiza-
    tion form of the Biennial Report, which they are re-
    quired to file under 40 CFR §262.41.

        Although RCRA does not mandate pollution pre-
 vention reductions,  12 States have  legislation requiring
 hazardous waste generators to submit waste reduction plans
 demonstrating how  they  will decrease waste generation
 over a specified planning horizon.  Detailed information
 on State planning requirements is provided in Appendix F.

 Pollution Prevention Techniques: Hazardous Waste

        The basic concepts illustrated through the refer-
 enced case studies on air emissions, wastewater discharge
 and municipal solid waste also apply to hazardous waste.
 In Appendix B, five case  studies (Case Studies 5 through
 9) are  presented to illustrate how Federal facilities have
 reduced hazardous wastes. The case studies cover:

 •  Source reduction through process and equipment
   modifications to reduce or eliminate the generation
   of hazardous waste
 •  Source reduction through material substitution
 •  Improving inventory control to reduce the amount of
   raw material that expires on the shelf
 •  Recycling toxic materials

 Other techniques not described in the case studies include
 improving operator training and providing environmental
awareness training.

       Although pollution prevention can dramatically re-
duce or even eliminate environmental releases, most Fed-
eral facilities will still have some regulated emissions or
wastestreams. As  in the past, having a clear understand-
ing of  the regulations is important not only in terms of
EPA is now exercising its
authority to determine
the multimedia
compliance status of
Federal facilities in a
methodical, organized
program.
                                            25

-------
Chapter 2
Landfill restrictions can
significantly impact
Federal facilities at the
State and local level.
Besides source reduction
projects, Federal facilities
must look for recycling
and reuse opportunities.
complying but also to prevent the mistake of overcomplying.
Many hazardous waste generators pay to treat their nonhaz-
ardous wastes as hazardous wastes simply because they feel
that it is legally safer in the long run.  Facility environmental
coordinators should educate their hazardous waste accumula-
tion point managers to ensure that good judgement is used in
declaring  wastes hazardous.

2.3.4  Municipal Solid Waste

Provisions
       Municipal solid wastes, in general terms, includes all
items that are discarded and are, or could be, taken to a sani-
tary landfill.  According to an EPA report, the average office
worker individually contributes more than IOC) pounds of high-
quality paper to landfills every year.  Paper and paperboard
products were the largest components of municipal solid wastes
by weight (37 percent) and volume (about 32 percent), total-
ling nearly 66.5 million metric tons in 1990.  Construction
and demolition debris wastes accounts for more 25 percent of
all municipal solid waste in the United States.  The majority
of these wastes are landfilled.  Example 3 outlines several
Department of Energy (DOE) sites where significant cost sav-
ings was experienced by recycling municipal solid waste.

       Many State and local regulations prohibit the disposal
of specific wastes at sanitary landfills.  Wisconsin,  for in-
stance, bans tires and used oil.  Figures la and Ib summarize
states with landfill bans. Table 2 lists states where materials
are current banned or the year the materials are  anticipated to
be banned.  Further information on state recycling laws and
State recycling goals is presented in Appendix  E, F, and G.
       Apart from regulatory incentives, the greatest  incen-
tive for applying pollution prevention to municipal solid wastes
is the cost savings from reduced disposal fees.  In addition,
recycling programs  may  generate a small profit  depending
on local market conditions and the volume generated.
                                          26

-------
                                                               Regulations and Requirements
Pollution Prevention Techniques: Municipal Solid
Waste

        There are  many  source  reduction options for
municipal solid wastes generated  from offices. The U.S.
Postal Service (USPS) has identified the following:

•   Using old drafts for scrap or notepads
•   Expanding use of voice mail for issuing short, non-
    confidential messages to all staff
•   Specifying in orders that efficient packaging must be
    used
•   Returning used supplies for reuse
•   Procuring durable instead of disposable items
 A facility may choose to
 assign environmental
 costs to the waste
 generating activity/group
 as an incentive for
 improving efficiency.
                        Example 3
                 DOE DP Recycling Program

 Department of Energy (DOE) Defense Programs reports several
 examples where DOE facilities  have  realized significant cost
 savings by recycling municipal solid waste.

   The Y-12 plant site's second hand stores recycled items with
   an estimated value of  $1,100,000.  Ninety percent of those
   items were recycled within the Y-12 plant. In addition, Y-12
   diverted 1 20 tons of paper and 50 tons of cardboard from the
   landfill.

   Los Alamos National  Laboratory's paper recycling  program
   exceeded its goal of recycling by 50 percent.  In 1990, 75
   percent of the white paper was recycled.  In  FY92 the recy-
   cling program earned $140,000.

   Lawrence Livermore  National Laboratory recycled  approxi-
   mately  1,397,642 pounds of  nonhazardous  waste  in 1991
   including white paper and tires. The lab's waste haulers be-
   lieve they have experienced a 10 percent reduction in trash
   hauled to the landfill since the implementation  of the white
   paper recycling program.

   Bar-Coding of Recycled Products:  DOE-ldaho  is  conducting a
   project to test and evaluate the use of a bar-coding system to
   trace the  purchase of  recycled products.  Materials that are
   targeted for testing include the five items designated by EPA
   - paper and paper products, lubricating oils,  building insula-
   tions, retread tires, and concrete and cement that contain fly
   ash.  The  project is budgeted at $400,000 and  is scheduled
   for completion in September 1994.

 Source: DOE-DP Defense Programs Summary of Waste Minimization
 and Pollution Prevention Activities.  Unpublished. 1993
Costs may be "hidden"
because they are not
recognized. Examine
procurement, inventory,
operations, and disposal
to determine all costs of
an operation.
                                                27

-------
Chapter 2
                      A Commercial

                WASHING] ON
                                                                                White
                                                                                Goods
                                                                                Household
                                                                                Batteries
   Figure la. State Landfill Bans (as of April 1993).

                                          28

-------
                                                              Regulations and Requirements
                                                                           MASS, of
                                                                          R. i. a
                                                                          CONN, a	,
                                                                                      Container
                                                                     NEW JERSEY E3$j  HHW j

                                                                   DELAWARE
                                                                                  j'94
                                                                    MARYLAND ni§:
ADAPTED FROM: STATE RECYCLING LAWS UPDATE:
YEAR-END EDITION. February. 1993.
                                                                       Lead Acid
                                                                       Batteries

                                                                       Tires
                                                                       Yard
                                                                       Waste
        Used Oil

        White
        Goods
        Household
        Batteries
                                                                      HHW
All Household
Hazardous Waste
                                                      Recroduced with oermlsslon of Raymond Communications
Figure Ib.  State Landfill Bans (as of April 1993).

                                               29

-------
Chapter 2
                              TABLE 2. STATE LANDFILL BANS
 Banned Material
           Current
                                                      1993
                                                 Year

                                               1994
                         1995
                    1996
 Lead acid batteries
 Tires
 Yard waste
 Used oil
 White goods
 All household
 hazardous waste

 Household
 batteries
AL, CA, CT, FL, GA, HI, ID*,IL, IA,
KY, LA, MD,MA, Ml, MN, MS,MO,
NC, NH, NJ, NM, NY, OR, PA, Rl,
SC, TN, TX, UT, VA, WA, Wl

FL, GA, ID*, 10, KS, KY, LA, MA,
MN, MO, NV,  OD, OR, TN, TX, VT


FL, GA, ID*, 10, KS, KY, LA,MA,
MN, MO, MT, NH, NJ, PA

AL, CA, FL, HI, IA, LA, Ml, MN,
MO, MT, NC,  NH, NM, OR, PA,
SC, TN, TX, VT, WA**, Wl

FL, LA, ME,MA, MN, MO, NC, NY,
OR, VT, Wl
CA, NJ
CA, FL, MN, PA, VT
AZ, AR, NV,
  OH, WV
AR, Ml, NC,
OH, SC, WV,
    Wl
AZ, AR, VA
                                                       VA
                                                                   NE
AZ, AR,
CA, OH,
SC, WV

  NE
 CA, IL,
  SC
               CA, IL,
                SC

                MO
           SD
                                                                            , MD
                                                                            SD
                                                                            NE
                                                                            NE
                                                                            TN
                                   NE
SD
                     SD
                                                                   NE
  *    Special handling requirements.
  **   Commercially generated.
  ***  Containerized.
                                         Pollution prevention techniques for food service op-
                                  erations (e.g., cafeterias) include the following:
                                  •   Evaluating all packaging to eliminate any that may be
                                      unnecessary; if necessary, issue procurement specifica-
                                      tions requiring reduced packaging.
                                  •   Reducing the price of beverages for consumers who
                                      supply their own reusable cups.
                                  •   Serving milk from a self-service machine into reusable
                                      cups instead of individual disposable packages.
                                  •   Collecting bones, tallow, and grease for pickup by a
                                      commercial recycler.
                                           30

-------
                                                       Regulations and Requirements

•   Composting food wastes.

       Federal facilities can reduce construction and debris
wastes through the following techniques:

•   Allow salvage contractors to identify and retrieve re-
    coverable materials prior to demolition.

•   Set waste reduction goals and require contractors to
    prepare a waste management plan explaining how ma-
    terials will be recovered and sold.

Table 3 shows items generated at Federal facilities that may
be recycled although  local market conditions vary greatly.
Further information on recycling programs and options for
these waste streams is provided in Appendix G.

2.4   Saving Money Through Pollution
       Prevention

       Federal environmental staff can develop long-term
solutions for meeting the environmental regulations through
pollution prevention.  At the same time,  implementation of
pollution prevention projects can save money.  Direct cost
savings resulting from pollution prevention include the fol-
lowing:

•   Raw material purchases - improved process efficiency
    may reduce the volume of raw materials  required
•   Waste treatment and disposal - reduced waste genera-
    tion means lower  waste treatment and disposal costs
•   Labor - reduced waste generation saves manhours re-
    quired to ensure proper v/aste management
•   Equipment - improved process efficiency may in-
    crease the life of the equipment
•   Operation and maintenance costs  - reduced environ-
    mental releases  may reduce the facility's  operating
    and maintenance costs
•   Water and energy - conservation  measures may re-
    duce water and  energy costs
                                           31

-------
Chapter 2
                                   TABLE 3.  RECYCLABLE ITEMS
Operation
Recyclable
Description
Offices, cafeteria, loading docks,
mail handling, and industrial shops
Paper
Food service, industrial shops, and
maintenance shop
Glass
    High-grade white office paper (com-
    puter paper, tab cards, stationary
    bond, copy machine paper, miscella-
    neous plain paper)
    Newspaper
    Corrugated cardboard boxes
    Magazines and other slick advertising

    Clear (flint)
    Brown (amber)
    Green
Food service, maintenance shops,
and metal working
Aluminum
    Soda and beer cans
    Scrap (TV dinner and foil pie plates,
    foil food wrap, aluminum siding,
    storm doors, windows, lawn furniture)
Maintenance shops, vehicle mainte-
nance, metal working, and industrial
shops
Other metals
    Tin-coated steel (food cans)
    Bi-metals cans (tin-coated with
    aluminum end)
    Scrap (cast iron, steel sheet metal,
    nickel, bronze, copper, brass, lead)
    Damaged parts
Loading docks, offices, cafeteria,
maintenance shops, and industrial
shops
Plastics
    Polyethylene products (HOPE, PET,
    LDPE)
    Mixed plastics
    Polyvinyl chloride (PVC)
Landscaping
Yard wastes
    Grass clippings, leaves, prunings,
    wood, and other vegetative debris
Vehicle maintenance, maintenance
shops, industrial operations, boilers,
and generators
Oil
    Used motor oil
    Synthetic oils
    Solvents
    Shop rags
                                               32

-------
                                                         Regulations and Requirements
In addition, Federal facilities may achieve significant indi-
rect cost savings in such areas as:

•   Liability for future environmental remediation - re-
    duced off-site waste shipments decreases liability for
    future remediation at Subtitle C permitted landfills

•   Insurance - reduced storage of hazardous substances
    on-site may reduce insurance premiums

•   Workman's compensation - reduced use of hazardous
    materials may decrease accidents and the resulting
    costs associated with workman's compensation

•   Regulatory compliance - fines, recordkeeping, report-
    ing, monitoring

•   Onsite waste management - reduced waste generation
    may decrease the costs associated with proper storage
    and management on-site
•   Onsite pollution control equipment operation - elimi-
    nation or reduction of hazardous environmental re-
    leases may reduce the  need  for operating costly
    on-site pollution control equipment

•   Minimized paperwork - reductions  in hazardous sub-
    stances and waste generation may reduce paperwork
    associated with tracking these materials on- and off-
    site

       Often facilities fail to take these indirect cost sav-
ings into account because they are slightly more difficult to
quantify.  Indirect costs should not be overlooked because
they typically represent a large percentage of the "hidden"
cost of doing business.
       Where information was available, examples of cost
savings and cost avoidance due to pollution prevention are
presented as case studies in Appendix B.

2.4.1   Additional Pollution  Prevention Benefits
       Pollution prevention has many other benefits in ad-
dition to  compliance and cost savings.  These benefits are
                                            33

-------
Chapter 2
                                 referred to as "intangible benefits" because they can not al-
                                 ways be accurately quantified. The USPS describes the ben-
                                 efits of pollution prevention:

                                 •   Significantly reducing the amount of pollution released
                                     to the environment
                                 •   Getting reductions faster than might be achieved by
                                     waiting for statutes or regulations to take effect and by
                                     achieving permanent solutions where  source reductions
                                     occur
                                 •   Providing the flexibility to choose cost-effective and en-
                                     vironmentally sound solutions that will also result in
                                     improved efficiency and net economic growth
                                 •   Creating clear expectations in the form of a national
                                     goal for targeted chemicals
                                 •   Providing positive incentives through public recognition
                                     of its efforts and by working to identify regulatory bar-
                                     riers
                                 •   Positively changing the status of  facilities that generate
                                     hazardous waste from Large  Quantity Generator to
                                     Small Quantity Generator or  Conditionally Exempt
                                     Small Quantity Generator status
                                 •   Reducing long-term risks of an uncertain nature and
                                     scope such as the cumulative effects of toxic  substances
                                     without waiting for research.

                                        As the public's interest and knowledge about the en-
                                 vironment grows, the public will pay greater attention to the
                                 environmental track records of Federal facilities.  Media cov-
                                 erage has made the public wary of Federal facilities in their
                                 communities.  Public access to the TRI reports, which Fed-
                                 eral facilities are now required to submit, will  increase local
                                 communities' scrutiny  of their Federal neighbors.  As such,
                                 pollution prevention coordinators should recognize the im-
                                 portance of community outreach as a  tool  for building a good
                                 relationship with the local community.
                                         34

-------
                                                        Regulations and Requirements
2.5 Wrap-Up

       The PPA of 1990 and E.G. 12856 clearly demon-
strate that pollution prevention is here to stay.  Pollution
prevention is the nation's policy for preventing environ-
mental releases and waste generation.  Whereas  in the
past, EPA concentrated the majority of its efforts in pro-
moting pollution prevention in the private  sector, EPA
has launched new initiatives to encourage Federal facili-
ties to adopt a pollution prevention approach to environ-
mental management.  EPA's efforts are backed by the
E.O. which asks Federal facilities to reduce the release of
toxics by 50 percent by the year  1999 and expands the
EPCRA reporting requirements to include Federal facili-
ties. Similarly, passage of the FFCA sends a clear signal
to pollution prevention coordinators that the nation's laws
apply equally to Federal facilities.
                                           35

-------

-------
                              CHAPTER 3
ENSURING ORGANIZATIONAL SUPPORT
                            Facility Operations
                            & Maintenance Staff
                             Environmental
                            Compliance Staff
              37

-------
                                                                 CHAPTER 3
                   ENSURING ORGANIZATIONAL SUPPORT
Tools for Assessments

• Facility Pollution
  Prevention Guide
• Specialty guides
       Experience with the WREAFS program and involve-
ment with a variety of Federal facilities has shown that it is
sometimes very difficult to know where to begin integrating
pollution prevention into  the overall compliance strategy.
Prior to the FFCA and the more recent E.O.s, it was not
always clear what specific actions were appropriate from a
Federal facility, despite existing agency policies and even
regulations. The process of adopting agency policy into daily
activities can be  slowed simply  by the bureaucracy itself.
This chapter describes approaches that can be taken to sub-
stantiate the level of support that exists and ways to tap that
support when the project or program gets going.
       As with program  plan development or conducting
process-specific PPOAs,  many  different approaches with
varying levels of difficulty and sophistication can be used. A
successful pollution prevention program can have as its basis
single positive project that brings a facility into compliance
or meets the most important goal. The program can also be
a completely integral  part  of daily operations,  such that ev-
ery Federal employee thinks in terms of pollution prevention
and is constantly generating ideas for consideration while the
program is in progress. In  either case, the fundamental mind-
set of a facility is changed for the better.

3.1   Working Up and Down the Chain of
       Command

       The most important aspect of planning a successful
pollution prevention program  is a clear understanding of who
can be counted on within your own organization, and which
specific resources are critical to making the program progress.
DoD, specifically the Air Force,  assigns accountability to an
                                       38

-------
                                                       Ensuring Organizational Support
 Office of Primary Responsibility (OPR) and Office(s) of
 Collateral Responsibility (OCR) for a program.  The OPR
 is supposed to provide direction, initiatives, and staffing
 to the responsibility.  The OPR must also establish man-
 agement, provide funding or other necessary resources,
 and report on the progress or successes of the activity.
 An OCR is a very important component in the accom-
 plishment of the goals and objectives, but is not  explicitly
 assigned the accountability.

       A good example of program management within
 this kind of government system is that of the Air  Force
 Installation Restoration Program (IRP). The Civil Engi-
 neers are the  OPR for  the IRP; OCRs are the Surgeon
 General's office (SG), Public Affairs (PA) and  Legal
 Counsel (JA).  Although this may seem complicated, it is
 extremely important to put the civil engineers in  charge of
 a program that affects every operational and planning mis-
 sion function of their facilities. Vast resources and knowl-
 edge about workplace exposure, toxicology, and human
 health is then  provided by the SG community to quantify
 the nature and extent of contamination at the base. PA
 provides the vital link to the community and to the base
 personnel; involvement of the lawyers with the IRP should
 be obvious.  Although not named, other offices that are
 integral to a successful IRP  include the accounting and
 finance  staff, contracts,  and procurement.

       Similarly, in many organizations the environmen-
 tal  compliance responsibility has become that  of Civil
 Engineers or the Directorate of Environmental  Manage-
 ment (EM) in  the case of much of the Air Force.  Some
 EMs are very large and carry with their size the probabil-
 ity of a top-down support for pollution prevention pro-
 grams.  It is extremely important that the level of support
 from management be  assessed and that  the influence that
 the EM  director has with higher authority be clearly un-
 derstood.  In military programs, changes in top  manage-
 ment are inevitable, and each changfe can require retraining
 of people in these positions  to keep programs or even
projects on their paths.  The time spent in retraining will
The roles of major
players in a program
must be clearly defined,
including a broad
overview of which
organizations should be
included. The most
important step in proper
coordination is to include
collateral organizations as
soon as possible.
                                            39

-------
Chapter 3
                                   be worthwhile,  if the commitment to support pollution pre-
                                   vention appears genuine from the new management hierarcy.
A PPOA requires:

• Direct involvement of
  the pollution prevention
  coordinator
  Support by upper
  management
                        Example 4
              Pollution Prevention Kickoff Meeting
                     Fort Eustis, Virginia

         At Ft. Eustis, the installation commander signalled the im-
  portance of sound environmental management and pollution pre-
  vention when he presided over a ceremony to  proclaim the
  Environmental Stewardship Campaign.  A centerpiece of this cam-
  paign is to focus the installation's efforts on pollution prevention.

         In addition, Ft. Eustis held  an environmental fair on April
  23, 1993, called  EcoLogic '93.  It supported the Army's environ-
  mental strategy and provided an opportunity  to present environ-
  mental information to  military and civilian personnel at Ft. Eustis
  and to the surrounding communities. More than 40 exhibitors par-
  ticipated, and the response to the event was positive.

  (Source: Onsite Pollution  Prevention Assessment. December 1992)
A PPOA is a tool for:

• Understanding the
  shop's processes and
  wastes
• Identifying options for
  reducing waste
• Determining whether
  the options are
  technically,
  environmentally, and
  economically feasible.
       In cases where top-down support is lacking or weak,
many successful programs have started by getting pollution
prevention projects supported, programmed, funded, imple-
mented,  and measured at a facility.  The way to make this
happen is to solicit help from technical people  in the produc-
tion areas or engineers responsible for the quality of the prod-
ucts made at a particular shop.  Another way to focus attention
on a process or activity where pollution prevention methods
might work is to identify a major waste generator or a high
cost process.  The best way to muster support for assessment
of the pollution prevention opportunities for such a process
is with the production, engineering, or waste management
staff, with a  mutually defined goal in mind to accomplish
with the project.

       Within the framework of Federal bureaucracy,  it is
preferred to use both a top-down and bottom-up strategy at
the same time if at all possible.  Projects can be successful by
either strategy alone, but when used together they are likely
to meet less resistance and to foster a cooperative spirit.  That
cooperation is the key to many  parts of the  project:   data
collection, data evaluation, screening and selection  of alter-
natives,  implementation, and measurement of the  success.
                                            40

-------
                                                       Ensuring Organizational Support
Development of these support strategies  is agency-spe-
cific, even person-specific — requiring interaction between
management and production.  This kind of subtlety and
diplomacy is more art than science and is very dependent
on personalities that foster a team approach to problem
solving. The successful OPR for pollution prevention will
create successful, productive relationships that work.

3.2    What You Need to Know

3.2.1  Policy and Programs
       The OPR for pollution prevention should begin by
obtaining  all  relevant policies and  regulations  that are
available.   The legislation, regulations, and E.O.s that
prescribe pollution prevention and that are described in
this guide provide a general overview of the regulatory
framework  for pollution prevention.  Agency-specific
policy  and regulations should be read  with  the Federal
requirements in mind. The dates of issue of internal docu-
ments are noteworthy; new material may be in progress at
higher headquarter levels. It is essential that both projects
and pollution prevention programs get their start to ac-
complish the goals of internal policy and regulation.  It is
equally important that the intent and requirements of the
Federal, State,  and local mandates be met.
       If the pollution prevention program  is in  place,
determine its focus and emphasis by asking the following
questions:
•  What are the goals and objectives of the internal
   program?
•  Are waste streams of high priority identified?

•  What projects are planned or underway?
•  Which organizations are currently involved in the
   project being considered, relative to meeting internal
   or agency level accomplishments?
•  Is adequate funding properly programmed to make
   the projects work?
A pollution prevention
program plan is a
compilation of pollution
prevention projects that
have been screened to
meet specific goals.  The
projects are predicated
on waste generation
data and the
documentation of
interview data.
                                            41

-------
Chapter 3
Further information on
PPOA 's is found in the
Facility Pollution
Prevention Guide (EPA/
600/R-92/088). The
guide was prepared by
the U.S. EPA's Pollution
Prevention Research
Branch of the Risk
Reduction Engineering
Laboratory located in
Cincinnati, Ohio. It can
be ordered from the
Center for Environmental
Research Information
using the order form in
Appendix I.
•   Are there clear methods of measuring the success of the
    projects in place?

       If no program or projects exist, the OPR must first
establish answers to the questions posed above.  Most impor-
tantly, preparation of a pollution prevention program pack-
age, properly coordinated by people both up and down your
chain of command will set the stage for the interactions  and
support needed later.

       The next step for a new program is to identify at least
one project where action must be taken.   Action may be re-
quired for a specific reason, or simply to bring a process or
activity into environmental compliance. A high-profile suc-
cess from a pollution prevention initiative will likely ensure
support for more projects and perhaps a facility or command-
level program.

       Development of a charter,  such as that shown in
Figure 2, will  help establish the foundation for a pollution
prevention program.

       The personal roles and procedural details necessary
for programming and funding pollution prevention projects
must be  understood;  this  includes the specific  category of
funding that can be appropriately used to fund pollution pre-
vention activities, as well as its duration. Many Federal funds
have a defined life span of one to three years.   To obtain
other types of funding, the programs have to be  set up for
months to years and be subject to nearly constant re-prioriti-
zation of projects in that category.  At base level, it  is not
uncommon for environmental projects to compete with projects
necessary for day-to-day operations and maintenance, such
as air conditioning for a paint booth or a day care facility for
dependents. This competition must be resolved by balancing
upper management support for compliance or pollution pre-
vention goals with knowing when it is  appropriate to wait.
       Pollution prevention support may exist at  surprisingly
high levels in the chain of command. Special funding  set-
asides may exist to  address replacement and phase-out of
ozone depleting chemicals (ODCs), for example.  These spe-
cial emphasis areas must be identified  and used  to form the
                                          42

-------
                                                          Ensuring Organizational Support
                          United States Postal Service Policy
                                              for
                               Environmental Protection
              Policy
              In performance of its mission to provide prompt, reliable, and efficient postal
              services to all communities, the United States Postal Service will conduct its
              activities in a manner protecting human health and the environment. Our con-
              cern is for the well-being of our employees, our customers, and the communities
              we serve. This policy applies to all postal programs, products, and services.

              Guidelines

              We will comply with all applicable environmental laws and regulations govern-
              ing our activities, and we will not hesitate to exceed legal requirements when, in
              our judgment, it is in order.
              In establishing postal regulations and practices, we will, as appropriate, imple-
              ment policies that:
                 • Encourage the use of nonpolluting technologies and waste minimiza-
                   tion in the development of equipment, products, and operations.
                 • Promote the sustainable use of natural resources and protection of the
                   environment through conservation, recycling, and reuse of material
                   in our own processes and as we work with customers in the prepara-
                   tion of mail.

                 • Include environmental considerations among the criteria by which
                   projects, products, processes, and purchases are evaluated.
                 • Develop in our employees an awareness of environmental  respon-
                   sibilities and  encourage their adherence to sound  environmental
                   practices.
                 • Maintain an ongoing assurance program to measure our progress
                   toward meeting our environmental objectives.
                                                    Anthony M. Frank
                                                    Postmaster General
           UNITED STATES
           POSTAL SERVICE
                                                                         Printed on recycled paper.
Figure 2.  Sample pollution prevention charter.


                                               43

-------
Chapter 3
Getting the word out to
your own organization
and to the regulators may
be integral to program
success.
basis for the definition of projects that will in turn form the
foundation of a pollution prevention program.  Similarly, it
is critical that OPRs at base level be familiar with the specific
research and development centers that offer assistance, con-
tract vehicles, facilities to conduct  necessary research, and
share technology. For the Air Force, for example, the Cor-
rosion  Control Center is at Warner Robins Air Force Base
(AFB)  in Georgia; Armstrong Lab and the Air Force Center
for Environmental Excellence (AFCEE) are in San Antonio;
Wright Labs (as well as  100  other tenant organizations) re-
side  at  Wright-Patterson AFB  in Ohio; and the  Air Force
Civil Engineering Support Agency is located at Tyndall AFB
in Florida.  These are only a few of the Air  Force groups
charged with conducting various support roles for pollution
prevention.  Analogous facilities in other services or other
departments or agencies should  also be identified, since they
may be conducting research or  evaluation studies on the ex-
act process or activity of interest.
       Although a base-level  OPR could spend considerable
time identifying contacts at these facilities, a worthwhile ef-
fort is simply to find someone knowledgeable in your agency
or department,  and talk  with them  to learn how your own
entity gets its job done.  People  in research and development
facilities, for example, likely  know  of parallel  service or
agency research projects and facilities, and can lead you to
them and to a point of contact.

3.2.2  Support Infrastructure
       A successful pollution  prevention program (or project)
needs to be broadcast to the  community and to people who
have made it happen.  Similarly, lessons learned from the
innovation of a technology or process need to be transferred
to other agencies and departments.  It is important to recog-
nize the media available for conducting  this type of technol-
ogy or  information transfer and to use them to their fullest.
Example tools include agency  newsletters  (especially those
focused on environmental issues), open houses, technical jour-
nals, presentation of papers at  workshops and conferences,
and electronic mail or bulletin boards.
                                         44

-------
                                                       Ensuring Organizational Support
       Depending upon the particular relationship with
 EPA and State and local regulators,  a memo or letter on
 the success of a pollution prevention project can foster
 cooperation and result in acceptance of such future projects
 to mitigate compliance problems.  The IRP makes use of
 Technical Review Committees,  which meet regularly to
 discuss the  program progress  and individual projects or
 problems. A similar forum might be developed to high-
 light pollution prevention and to isolate and focus on par-
 ticular remedies to compliance issues.

       Also within the Air Force there are Environmental
 Protection Committees  (EPCs),  which meet regularly to
 review overall environmental  status  and the progress of
 particular programs.  Pollution prevention should play a
 major role in the compliance strategy for a facility, if the
 proper levels of support have been secured and the EPC is
 staffed with pollution prevention advocates.

 3.2.3  Programming and Funding

       In Federal agencies and  departments, programming
 and funding are the bottom line.  Identification of a spe-
 cific pollution prevention sponsor or fund  manager can
 make projects happen and  programs evolve.   There are
 always counterparts to base accounting sponsors at higher
 headquarters levels; these people should be informed about
 the types and sizes of projects  that are anticipated.

       Beyond people,  there are essential accounts that
are dedicated to specific types  of projects. For example,
the DoD used to have a program called FastCap, which
was dedicated funding for projects that accomplished their
projected goals and could be quantified to have succeeded
within a specific payback period.  Demonstrated perfor-
mance and measured success allowed new projects to be
more favorably considered and funded.  It is very impor-
tant the OPRs for pollution prevention obtain  any and all
information about existing  funding programs from their
accounting sponsors,  and documents that detail specific
types of money,  its purpose,  its duration,  its program-
ming sequence, and any limiting factors that define how
the money may be  used.   For example, the Air Force
The variety of dedicated
funding sources and spe-
cial programs is great in
the Federal government.
The key lies in knowing
about the programs and
getting  to know the
people who administer
them.
                                            45

-------
Chapter 3
Identifying pollution
prevention opportunities
within the organization
can greatly enhance
program  progress.
Logistics Command-Maintenance organization published (in-
ternally) in late 1986, a document called 'VI  Summary of
Current Management/Funding  Programs and Technology
Organizations."  There are other internal documents that fur-
ther describe the various types of funding that are available
in great detail.

3.3    Building Teams

       Ideally, all of the employees in a shop will have a role
in the PPOA,  such as by  contributing innovative ideas, or
collecting information necessary for the assessment.  In the
case of a small shop, a typical PPOA team would include the
shop supervisor and whomever is responsible for  environ-
mental and health and safety issues. Employees with enthu-
siasm and genuine  interest in the environment should also
participate; their input can be invaluable.
       Some facilities have found that PPOAs are more suc-
cessful when a team from another area conducts the assess-
ment.   In such a case,  the PPOA team  may  have a fresh
outlook on a process, which enables the  team to ask ques-
tions and identify  opportunities that process workers,  who
are closely familiar with the process, might not have raised.
For a larger shop, the PPOA team should  include employees
with different job skills  and backgrounds  to ensure  a variety
of perspectives.
       PPOA  teams need to receive adequate training in pol-
lution prevention prior  to doing the site  visits. Each team
should prepare worksheets  for the process it  will be visiting
using information collected during the preassessment (work-
sheets are described in Chapter 5  and provided in Appendix
H).  The team coordinator's responsibility is to ensure that
each team member knows what information s/he is respon-
sible for collecting.  If the team is planning to prepare  a
report documenting the waste generation baseline,  the team
coordinator should assign writing responsibilities to the team
members.  Assigning responsibilities  will give team mem-
bers a stronger feeling of participation in  the  project and im-
prove coordination in collecting information.
                                         46

-------
                                                           Ensuring Organizational Support
                        Example 5
                   DOE - Sandia's MINNET

  To facilitate a change in mindset about how their R&D mission
  was  performed, the OPR for pollution prevention at Sandia —
  Albuquerque  established a computer-linked group of people to
  share ideas.  The group of  60 people were spread across the
  facility and were appointed  by tneir respective organizations to
  participate in the program.

  The computerized Minimization Network has been successfully
  used to identify projects for PPOAs, to itemize materials that
  could be exchanged or utilized elsewhere in the facility, and to
  identify research needs.
 3.3.1  Assigning Roles and Responsibilities

        The assignment of specific roles and responsibili-
 ties will depend on the organization's structure.  In the
 case of the preparation of a program plan for a large facil-
 ity, roles may be assigned to the facility director, the en-
 vironmental  department,  the pollution prevention
 committee, the pollution prevention coordinator, and the
 PPOA working teams.  The primary responsibility for
 pollution prevention, however,  rests with the waste gen-
 erators.   Supervisors and personnel  of waste generating
 operations must play an active  role if the pollution pre-
 vention program is  to succeed.

 Facility Director

       The director of the facility must be absolutely com-
 mitted to the pollution prevention program and should
 demonstrate this commitment to the facility.  By sending
 a clear signal that pollution prevention is not a short-term
 initiative, the facility director encourages employees to
 take the program seriously  and is responsible for over-
 coming resistance to change, the "that's the way  we have
always done it" syndrome.  Establishing clear authority
 for implementing the program can prevent turf battles that
will hinder implementation.  The facility director should
maintain open lines of communication and set up an orga-
nizational structure for speeding the flow of information.
 The pollution prevention
 team at a facility must be
 organized and carefully
 selected.

 "The key to Fairchild's
 (Air Force Base)
 successful waste
 reduction program is the
 support of the
 Commanders.  Without
 their support, a good idea
 is just a good idea; with
 it, it becomes a good
program."

 Pollution Prevention News.
 May 1992.
                                              47

-------
Chapter 3
The lead for pollution
prevention typically
comes form the
environmental manager
or department. There are
numerous internal
committees and
mechanisms that can be
used to work issues,
delegate duties, and
solidify the program.
       Structural changes implemented by the facility direc-
tor may include setting up a pollution prevention committee,
giving the environmental program the  organizational status
necessary for carrying out pollution prevention, and approv-
ing organization-wide changes such as developing a hazard-
ous materials pharmacy or waste management charge-back
policy.

Environmental Program Department

       Responsibility for actually getting the pollution pre-
vention program underway usually rests with the  facility's
environmental program. The environmental program should
be given the lead in guiding the development of the program
plan,  briefing the facility director and  pollution prevention
committee, and implementing projects.  Specifically, the en-
vironmental program department's duties may include:

•   Identifying new pollution prevention projects
•   Supporting and monitoring existing projects
•   Obtaining funding for projects
•   Providing pollution prevention training
•   Documenting projects
•   Integrating pollution prevention into operations

The environmental staff will need the assistance of shop su-
pervisors and workers to integrate pollution prevention into
operations.

Pollution Prevention Committee
       Several Federal facilities have  established  pollution
prevention committees for guiding program development. The
U.S.  Coast Guard's  (USCG) Pollution Prevention  Commit-
tee, for example, is  divided into  four subcommittees: Haz-
ardous  Material Management and  Control,  Solid  Waste
Management, Hazardous Waste Management, and Air Pol-
lution Minimization. The committee's overall mission is the
following:
    "To identify and ensure implementation of pollution
    prevention practices throughout the Coast Guard via
                                         48

-------
                                                       Ensuring Organizational Support
    changes to appropriate Commandant instructions,
    technical manuals,  and other policies and to
    recommend major pollution prevention initiatives
    to the Commandant."

       The following describes the four subcommittees'
 missions.

 Hazardous Material Management and Control — "Mini-
 mize use of hazardous material in Coast Guard procure-
 ment, operations, arid maintenance evolutions; control
 required hazardous material use throughout the life cycle
 to protect personnel and eliminate releases to  the environ-
 ment. "

 Solid Waste Management — "Minimize solid waste dis-
 posal in the  Coast Guard through source reduction and
 recycling; ensure procurement of recycled materials where
 practical; oversee transfer of recycling funds to Coast
 Guard Morale, Recreation and Welfare Activities."

 Hazardous Waste Management — "Where hazardous ma-
 terial must be used to accomplish the Coast Guard mis-
 sion, find  ways  to recover,  recycle, treat, or destroy
 hazardous materials in order to minimize hazardous waste
 disposal; determine and track progress of hazardous waste
 generation and disposal Coast Guard wide; ensure proper
 hazardous waste management to protect personnel and the
 environment."

Air Pollution Minimization — "Minimize release of air-
 borne pollutants throughout the Coast Guard and ensure
 compliance with the amended Clean Air Act."

       Members of the committee include the Chiefs of
 several departments:
 •   Civil Engineering
 •   Aeronautical Engineering
 •   Logistics Management
 •   Naval Engineering
 •   Research and Development
 •   Environmental Compliance and Restoration

                                           49
The USCG at Governor's
Island, NY, found that by
working together and
sharing information they
could overcome many
barriers to pollution
prevention.  A cultural
change was needed.  In
the past,  all 22
commands reported to
separate off-site
commands. USCG/GI
used separate waste
haulers, procurement and
inventory systems, etc.

-------
Chapter 3
 The Pollution Prevention
 Coordinator is the engine
 driving the program plan
 development process.
•  Safety and Environmental Health
•  Acquisition Technical Support
•  Procurement Management
•  Planning Staff
•  Liaison and  Coordination
•  Plans and Programs
•  Environmental Law
•  Commander, Maintenance and Logistics Command,
   Atlantic
•  Commander, Maintenance and Logistics Command,
   Pacific

       The Chief of the Civil Engineering Division is the
Chairman of the Pollution Prevention Committee. The Com-
mittee meets regularly three times a year.  The Committee's
key functions are the following:
•  Review/issue decision papers from work groups and
   provide feedback.
•  Review/approve draft instructions, notes, policy letters,
   messages.
•  Select winners of pollution prevention awards.
•  Review progress  of working groups.
•  Assign tasks and  establish working groups.

Pollution Prevention Coordinator
       The coordinator should act as a liaison among the
Facility  Director, the Committee, the Environmental Pro-
gram, and the  PPOA working teams.  In a nutshell, the
coordinator's primary responsibility is to keep the program
moving forward.  Implementing projects, clearing barriers,
sharing information, and getting recognition for shops' pol-
 lution prevention achievements are a few of the coordinator's
duties.

PPOA Working Teams
       The PPOA teams' mission is to  conduct PPOAs as
 specified in the program plan.  The teams may be responsible

         50

-------
                                                         Ensuring Organizational Support
 for preparing summary reports of their assessments as well
 as assisting  with follow-up research and project imple-
 mentation.

        Deciding who should lead a pollution prevention
 working group is perhaps the most important decision in
 implementing projects.  Furthermore, the people at the
 operating  level are likely to be most directly affected by
 the pollution prevention project.  In fact, the project may
 alter how  they do their jobs.  For this reason, it is often
 best to allow personnel  from each operating activity to
 appoint their own pollution prevention  "champion" or
 working group leader.

        A good candidate for pollution prevention "cham-
 pion"  may be someone who has had some environmental
 training such as the hazardous material/waste coordina-
 tor.  The working group leader should possess the follow-
 ing qualifications:

 •   Believe in pollution prevention and show enthusiasm.
 •   Have high enough authority or "standing" in the op-
    eration activity to obtain people's cooperation.
 •   Have the technical or operation experience necessary
    to  direct  work and evaluate findings.
 •   Have the "people skills" required to form a working
    group with shared goals and objectives.

3.4   Training and Outreach

       Many Federal agencies have extensive training pro-
grams  to give employees the skills they need to carry out
the agency's mission.  Since  training is, indirectly, an
important component of many Federal agencies' missions,
Federal agencies have the opportunity to  shape the envi-
ronmental  outlook of future generations of students/em-
ployees.   Federal facilities have found  that pollution
prevention training is  crucial to fostering a long-lasting
pollution prevention ethic.   The goals of pollution pre-
vention training are to:

1.  Show students that they do have an impact on the
   environment both at work and at home.
 Who should be a
 pollution prevention
 coordinator?

 Someone with operations
 and management
 experience on-site. S/he
 should be familiar with
 major activities and have
 a long track record on-
 site.  The pollution
 prevention coordinator
 has a solid reputation
 and is going to be around
 for a while.
Involving the right people
can ensure successful
implementation. It is
best to have a working
group leader who has
direct knowledge of, and
responsibility for, the
process being assessed.
Involving people familiar
with the operations and
procedures builds a
sense of "ownership" of
the pollution prevention
project.
                                             51

-------
Chapter 3
A fundamental lesson of
pollution prevention
education is to
demonstrate the potential
to improve operational
efficiency and thus
mission accomplishment.
  TheAFCEEhas
  established a pollution
  prevention training course
  for Air Force employees
  which includes hands-on
  practice in conducting
  opportunity assessments,
  case studies, team-
  building exercises, and
  lectures on the tools
  which comprise pollution
  prevention. For
  information on the
  AFCEE training course,
  call (210) 536-3517.
2. Explain fundamental environmental concepts so that
   students understand that environmental damage is both
   difficult and costly to repair.
3. Show students what they can do to minimize the impact
   of their activities on the environment by using pollution
   prevention tools.

       In addition to providing specific pollution prevention
training, Federal facilities should integrate pollution preven-
tion concepts into existing technical training courses. Train-
ing courses on hazardous waste management or basic training
such as vehicle maintenance should teach students the pollu-
tion prevention ethic by demonstrating how it applies to spe-
cific tasks.   The Army has  moved toward this  goal  by
 instituting an Environmental Training Master Plan.  Signed
 in December 1992, the plan is the Army's strategy for inte-
 grating environmental  awareness and training into all levels
 of the Army school system, and providing environmental train-
 ing  and other informational resources in non-classroom set-
 tings for appropriate unit and facility audiences.
        Several  Federal agencies have begun pollution pre-
 vention outreach programs for promoting  information  ex-
 change and communication. Sharing success stories, vendor
 information, and pollution prevention techniques reduces the
 time necessary for designing and implementing pollution pre-
 vention projects.  Learning from others' mistakes as well as
 successes leads to a more effective use of limited resources.
        Several methods that exist for getting the message out
  include:
  •  Prepare an environmental charter stating the goals and
     objectives
  •   Hold a public ceremony when the organization's top
      manager signs the environmental charter; invite local
      environmental groups to participate
  •   Host an Earth Day event to increase the community's
      environmental awareness
  •   Use internal communication resources to advertise the
      goals [e.g., bulletin boards, local area network (LAN)
      systems]
                                            52

-------
                                                         Ensuring Organizational Support
 •   Issue fact sheets or news alerts
 •   Publish articles in the facility newsletter
 •   Have meetings with headquarters

        There are many different kinds of outreach activi-
 ties. The DOI is publishing a series of easy-to-read fact
 sheets on pollution prevention techniques for distribution
 to DOI facilities.  The Air Force has established  PRO-
 ACT, an information  clearinghouse.  Program elements
 include:

 •  An environmental hotline

 •  Technical environmental document review  services
    (e.g., closure plans, Environmental Assessments)
 •  Communication services

        DoD  is  in the process of establishing DENIX, a
 computer bulletin board containing pollution prevention
 information.  DOE is  also establishing a bulletin board.
 Both projects are in the early stages of development.

        DOE-DP has a pollution prevention newsletter, the
 Pollution Prevention Advisor, which carries articles on
 DOE's pollution prevention efforts. Similarly,  the Army
 has a newsletter, US Army Environmental News,  which
 includes articles on the Army's pollution prevention ef-
 forts.

       EPA has several newsletters; Pollution Prevention
News and Chemicals in Progress Bulletin  issued by the
Office of Pollution Prevention and Toxic Substances are
particularly informative in the area of pollution preven-
tion.  The EPA has opened a Federal Agency  Mini-Ex-
change (FAME) for the  EPA's Pollution Prevention
Information Exchange System (PIES). The mini-exchange
will be  devoted exclusively to case studies  and other in-
formation from Federal facilities.  For further informa-
tion, see Appendix L.

       Outreach does not have to stop at  the  facility's
fence line.  Federal  agencies have initiated innovative
 Numerous pollution
 prevention training
 videos and materials are
 available.  For a list,
 refer to the EPA's 1993
 Reference Guide to
 Pollution Prevention
 Opportunities (EPA/742/
 B-93-001). Copies of
 the document are
 available from the
 Pollution Prevention
 Information
 Clearinghouse  (PPIC) by
 calling [202) 260-1023.
 Newsletter Contacts:

 DOE-DP Pollution
 Prevention Advisor.
 Elizabeth McPherson
 (615)543-5422

 DOE Federal Energy
 Management Program-
 Focus: Federal Energy
 Management Update.
 Rick Klimkos (202)586-
 8287

 EPA Pollution Prevention
 News.  US EPA, 401 M.
 St.  SW,  Washington, DC
 20460

 EPA Chemicals in
 Progress—En vironmen tal
Assistance Division (TS-
 799) Office of Pollution
Prevention and Toxics,
 US EPA, 401  M. St. SW,
 Washington, DC 20460
                                             53

-------
Chapter 3
Federal agencies can
create pollution
prevention incentives.
community outreach programs to raise environmental aware-
ness.  AFCEE has visited local elementary schools and talked
about recycling.  A bookmark design contest was held to get
students thinking about recycling.  Recognizing that excess
government property could be put to good use by the local
community, a DOE facility donated 4,000 low-density floppy
computer diskettes to Mesa State  College and also donated
454 liters of paint, lacquer, and sealing compound along with
adhesive and roofing asphalt to Habitat for Humanity of Mesa
County, a nonprofit organization that builds affordable hous-
ing for low income families.

3.5    Understanding Incentives and Barriers to
       Pollution Prevention

       For the most part, Federal  agencies/facilities face the
same barriers and incentives to pollution prevention that pri-
vate companies face.  Commonly cited barriers are:

•   Restrictive environmental regulations that impede inno-
    vative pollution prevention projects

•   Lack of capital to fund projects
•   Lack of technical expertise to  develop pollution preven-
    tion solutions
•   Organizational resistance to change.

Incentives  include:
•   Mandated pollution prevention program requirements

•   Stringent environmental regulations

•   Rising  waste treatment and disposal  costs
•   Improved government technical assistance programs

•   More flexible enforcement strategies.

        In addition to the  barriers and incentives mentioned
above, Federal agencies/facilities have several unique fea-
tures that generate barriers and incentives.
                                         54

-------
                                                       Ensuring Organizational Support
3.5.1  Incentives for Promoting and Conducting
       Pollution Prevention

       Federal agencies have a number of incentives for
institutionalizing  pollution prevention in their organiza-
tions.  In addition, agencies have the power to create pol-
lution prevention incentives both for  their organizations
and for the private sector.

•  Regulatory Incentives — The FFCA and E.G. 12856
   clearly states that Federal facilities must comply
   with all environmental regulations and must fully
   implement several pollution prevention programs
   (details are provided in Chapter 2).

•  Acquisition of Goods and Services — The purchas-
   ing power of Federal facilities should not be under-
   estimated; for instance, DoD is the largest single
   consumer of refrigerators in the U.S.  The Federal
   government buys about 1 percent of the total annual
   output of domestic auto manufacturers. This gives
   agencies the leverage needed to demand improved
   environment-friendly products (e.g., optimum en-
   ergy efficiency, recycled content,  VOC substitutes).

   Furthermore,  Federal agencies spend billions of dol-
   lars a year to procure services from contractors.
   Agencies have a tremendous opportunity to encour-
   age pollution prevention internally and to the private
   sector  by including pollution prevention provisions
   when issuing contracts. For example, EPA now re-
   quires  contractors to submit double-sided copies of
   all documents. The Army Materiel Command
   (AMC) requires contractors to justify the use of haz-
   ardous substances in their proposed engineering de-
   signs for new  weapons systems.  Contractors have to
   explain why nonhazardous substitutes are not avail-
   able.

   The Federal government also distributes research
   grants  for a variety of laboratory-based research
   projects every year.  Agencies can modify grant pro-
   posal protocol to include pollution prevention prin-
Incentives for Pollution
Prevention

• Regulatory acquisition
  of goods and services
• Technical orders and
  specifications
• Training
• Cost-effective research
  and development
• Technical expertise
• Economic resources
                                            55

-------
Chapter 3
Technology Transfer
Example

Sandia's Motor Pool
Services Department has
installed an energy
recovery system that
filters and blends used
motor oil with die set fuel.
The blended fuel is then
placed back into the
vehicles and is consumed
as energy.  This process
saves Sandia $15,840 a
year in disposal costs and
saves $ 12,490 a year in
incineration costs for a
total savings of $28,330
a year.  This technology
may prove cost-effective
at other Federal facility
motor pools.
   ciples.  Pollution prevention should be an evaluation
   criterion for evaluating the proposals (i.e.,  minimal im-
   pact on the environment resulting from the research).

•  Technical Orders and Specifications — Federal agen-
   cies such as DoD are responsible for establishing tech-
   nical orders and specifications for manufactured
   products.  Only Federal agencies have the authority to
   reevaluate  the orders to incorporate pollution preven-
   tion.  Because of the volume of materials purchased,
   eliminating the use of cadmium in certain specifica-
   tions, for example, can have a significant positive im-
   pact on the environment.

•  Training — Federal agencies perform extensive train-
   ing.  As such, agencies can have a long-lasting effect
   on the education of their employees. In the short-term,
   incorporating pollution prevention into training courses
   reduces facilities' impact on the environment.  In the
   long-term, if government employees move  to the pri-
   vate sector, they will help spread pollution prevention.

•  Cost-Effective Research and Development — Since
   many Federal facilities have identical operations, pollu-
   tion prevention can result in great cost savings for the
   Federal government through a ripple effect. Once
   funds are expended on researching and implementing a
   project at a specific location, the results should be
   shared through information transfer. Pollution preven-
   tion techniques and equipment implemented at an Air
   Force base  maintenance shop can be applied equally
   successfully to a US PS maintenance shop, a Bureau of
   Prisons facility, or  a National Park Service shop.
•  Technical Expertise — Compared with many small pri-
   vate companies, Federal facilities have larger environ-
   mental program staffs with educational backgrounds
   appropriate for pollution prevention work.  Support net-
   works and  technical assistance programs to encourage
   pollution prevention make access to expertise relatively
   easy.
•  Economic Resources — Despite the complexity of the
   funding processes,  Federal facilities can usually  obtain
                                          56

-------
                                                       Ensuring Organizational Support
    funds for pollution prevention projects at levels that
    small to mid-sized companies cannot afford. At the
    same time, the Government's fiscal crisis is forcing
    agencies to streamline procedures and cut costs; pol-
    lution prevention, therefore, stands out as an impor-
    tant means to increase efficiency.

3.5.2  Barriers to Conducting Pollution Prevention
       at Federal Agencies/Facilities
       The major barrier to pollution prevention at Fed-
eral agencies/facilities stems from the organizational struc-
ture; however, as the following discussion illustrates, other
barriers exist as  well.

Organizational  Barriers

•   Political Appointees — The fact that some agency
    directors are politically appointed makes it difficult
    to implement long lasting institutional changes.  As
    a result of their short tenure in office, agency direc-
    tors may be reluctant to implement dramatic pollu-
    tion prevention changes,  Also, policy changes
    implemented by one agency directors may be re-
    versed a few years later by a successor.

•   Organizational Structure — Federal agencies tend to
    be highly complex hierarchies. The organizational
    structure makes it difficult for employees at the shop
    level to get approval for innovative pollution pre-
    vention ideas.  A perceived lack  of responsiveness
    from the organization may encourage employees to
    find ways to  circumvent established procedures, of-
    ten resulting  in unnecessary waste generation.

•   Lack of Organizational Status for Pollution Preven-
    tion Programs — In many cases,  pollution preven-
    tion program responsibilities are  combined with
    those of other environmental programs; as a result,
    pollution prevention programs may have poor infra-
    structure, making them susceptible to budget cuts.
    In addition,  the lack of status and visibility makes it
Barriers to Pollution
Prevention

• Organizational
• Communication
• Economic
• Waste generation
• Regulatory
                                            57

-------
Chapter 3
Most Federal agencies
lack budget line items for
pollution prevention
projects.
   difficult for pollution prevention coordinators to de-
   velop effective programs. Pollution prevention roles
   and responsibilities are often not clearly defined and are
   not incorporated into job descriptions.

Communication Barriers

•  Communication — Federal agencies/facilities are gener-
   ally not in the habit of exchanging information.  In the
   case of pollution prevention, the lack of communication
   may result in double-funding research projects.  Fed-
   eral agencies tend to focus on immediate needs and
   problems rather than the future. As a result, agencies
   find it difficult to adjust to pollution prevention's long-
   term outlook.

•  Personnel Turnover — While it may not be true for all
   Federal agencies, in some cases, the personnel turnover
   rate is high.  The turnover rate can have a negative im-
   pact on the pollution prevention program's continuity
   and may make it more difficult to reduce waste genera-
   tion costs because of the time required for new employ-
   ees to become familiar with pollution prevention
   procedures.

Economic Barriers
•  Fiscal Year Funding Cycle — In most cases, the Fed-
   eral government obligates money for specific purposes
   for a 1-year life-span. Since the funds expire at the end
   of the year, recipients are encouraged to spend the
   money.  It is common for shops to  purchase large quan-
   tities of supplies, for example, to use up  their funding
   at the end of the year. Often the shelf life of these sup-
   plies  expires before they are consumed.  Most Federal
   agencies lack budget line items for  pollution prevention
   projects,  making it difficult for such projects to com-
   pete for funding.

•  Base Closures — Faced with base closures, DoD instal-
   lations are competing with one another for work.  The
   need to improve efficiency and keep costs down makes
                                         58

-------
                                                       Ensuring Organizational Support
    pollution prevention attractive; however, as in the
    private sector, the competitive nature of the business
    is now a disincentive to sharing pollution prevention
    techniques.  Pollution prevention projects have to
    compete with compliance projects for funds that are
    in short supply.

 •   Cost Sensitivity — Federal facilities are not under
    pressure to show a profit the way private firms are.
    As a result, they have less incentive to conserve ma-
    terials and reduce waste.

 Waste Generation Barriers

 •   Fluctuations in Waste Generation — For some agen-
    cies, waste generation may be highly episodic (e.g.,
    DoD), requiring a pollution prevention program to
    be flexible and aible to handle large volumes of ex-
    cess materials  and, potentially, reusable stock items.

 Regulatory Barriers

 •   State Laws — Differences in State laws raise barri-
    ers for pollution prevention innovations. Practices
    that are permitted under one State's laws may be
    prohibited in another state.

 3.5.3  Overcoming Barriers to Pollution Prevention

       Federal agencies/facilities can overcome both the
 communication and financial barriers to pollution preven-
 tion; one of the most effective ways is by improving inter-
 agency  information exchange and technology transfer.
 Many agencies/facilities have already discovered  ways of
overcoming financial, technical, and organizational barri-
ers to pollution prevention projects. Sharing these tech-
 niques saves time and resources that might be spent
 inadvertently repeating mistakes.

Overcoming Communication Barriers
       The TIPPP is a model community  program  de-
signed  to promote environmental  compliance of select
                                            59

-------
Chapter 3
                                   Federal facilities  in the Chesapeake Bay watershed through
                                   pollution prevention.   By using a well-defined community,
                                   EPA is demonstrating measurable progress and the benefits
                                   of pollution prevention.  Program participants include  the
                                   EPA, Langley  AFB, Norfolk Naval  Base, Ft. Eustis, and
                                   NASA Langley Research Center (LaRC).
                                                            Example 6
                                            Solving Problems Associated with New Practices

                                            Anytime a process modification is made, a certain amount
                                     of resistance can be expected. Environmental coordinators must be
                                     on the alert to identify specific implementation problems that may
                                     stem from a process modification.  For example, the corrosion con-
                                     trol shop at  Dover AFB recently switched from conventional paint
                                     spray guns to high-volume low-pressure guns  (HVLP). The new guns
                                     require careful cleaning.   The shop used to  pool the  guns; all the
                                     painters shared the guns rather than each having his own gun. With
                                     the new HVLP guns, however, this system was no longer appropri-
                                     ate.  The painters were not taking the extra  time to clean the guns
                                     because they were sharing them.  As a result, the guns malfunc-
                                     tioned.  The shop manager identified the problem and solved it by
                                     assigning one gun to each painter. Under the  new system, the paint-
                                     ers do a better job  cleaning because they know  they  will  reap the
                                     benefits.
                                     (Source: Science Applications International Corporation (SAIC) Onsite Pollu-
                                     tion Prevention Opportunity Assessment, Dover Air Force Base, 1993).
 Better communication
 can eliminate many of
 the barriers of pollution
 prevention.
       The objective of the TIPPP is to develop and imple-
ment integrated multimedia pollution prevention plans  for
each participating facility, outlining short- and long-term
projects  that are readily  transferable to other communities.
The goal of the TIPPP is to institutionalize pollution preven-
tion approaches throughout the installations, both in practice
and in mindset, and for all missions and activities,  to make
pollution prevention the  preferred environmental protection
option.
       Anticipated outputs of the TIPPP are designed to fos-
ter cross-agency communication and include:
•   Generic guidelines to assist Federal facilities in devel-
    oping and  implementing pollution prevention programs
    and techniques.
                                             60

-------
                                                        Ensuring Organizational Support
    Case studies and fact sheets that document the devel-
    opment, implementation, monitoring, and results of
    specific pollution prevention initiatives to be in-
    cluded in the new FAME in EPA's PIES in FY94.

    Installation of a network of Federal facilities to
    transfer technical information concerning pollution
    prevention.  This will avoid duplicate efforts and
    provide a forum for comparison of results.
Overcoming Financial Barriers

       One of the greatest barriers to prevention projects
is lack of funding. Complex funding requirements, such
as large-scale capital equipment expenditures or long-term
pollution prevention projects, may be difficult to address
in the short term.  The pollution prevention coordinator's
objective is to find ways to implement pollution preven-
tion at a minimum cost, while still maintaining and en-
hancing the mission.  A facility may be able to justify and
obtain funding for expenses for prevention projects from
the operation  and maintenance funds.  To do this, the
coordinator will have to demonstrate  that a prevention
project may result in cost savings.

       To estimate potential cost savings, the coordinator
must consider all the current costs associated with the
adverse impacts, including such factors as labor to man-
age  hazardous materials and waste, costs for  disposal,
permitting  fees,  and cost of raw materials.  If the coordi-
nator can  demonstrate potential  cost savings that  can
quickly repay the investment needed  to implement the
prevention project, the coordinator may obtain funding
from the facility command.  Over time, the facility may
develop a good enough track record in saving funds through
pollution prevention, that  the facility will be willing to
fund efforts where the cost  information demonstrates a
longer rate of return or less clearly defined economic ben-
efits.
Through careful planning,
facilities can obtain funds
for pollution prevention
projects.
A pollution prevention
program plan that
exhibits a sound
methodology for
identifying, prioritizing,
and selecting pollution
prevention projects can
itself be used to attract
capital investment in
pollution prevention
projects.
                                             61

-------
Chapter 3
                                                             Example 7
                                                    Naval Aviation Depot — Norfolk

                                     In recognition of its environmental excellence, the Naval Aviation
                                     Depot at Naval Base Norfolk was recently awarded the Navy's En-
                                     vironmental Quality Award for a large industrial activity in FY 1992.
                                     In addition, two individuals from the depot received environmental
                                     awards for their work in promoting the environment. John VanName,
                                     environmental engineer,  received the Secretary of the Navy Indi-
                                     vidual Pollution Prevention Award for his work in waste minimiza-
                                     tion, and Kevin Summers, supervisory environmental engineer, was
                                     the runner-up for the Individual Environmental Quality Award.
                                           Each Agency has its own set of procedures for apply-
                                    ing for pollution prevention funding.   As such,  pollution
                                    prevention coordinators are encouraged to contact their head-
                                    quarters organization for specific information.  General tools
                                    that a coordinator might use to help in overcoming economic
                                    stumbling blocks include the following:

                                    •   Prioritizing projects based on risk

                                    •   Investigating alternative funding sources

                                    •   Preparing a cost/benefit analysis to justify the project.
                                              62

-------
                                    CHAPTER 4
ESTABLISHING POLLUTION PREVENTION
                   GOALS AND OBJECTIVES
  Example of Typical Pollution Prevention Goals
  • Compliance
  • Hazardous materials and waste management
  • Reducing disposal liability
  • Reducing disposal costs
  • Reducing operating and maintenance costs
  • Improving mission efficiency
                  63

-------
                                                                CHAPTER 4
                 ESTABLISHING POLLUTION PREVENTION
                                          GOALS AND OBJECTIVES
Examples of Goals

• Environmental
  considerations
• Cost
• Worker health and
  safety
• Compliance
• Mission (product)
  impact
• Ease of implementation
4.1   Introduction

      Prior to beginning information collection or forming
the team, pollution prevention coordinator should identify
goals. This will save time and resources. Federal facilities
can select goals based directly on environmental consider-
ations (e.g., water conservation, stormwater discharge), cost,
worker health and safety, compliance or other considerations.
For example, a vehicle maintenance shop's goals may be to
reduce hazardous air emissions by 20 percent  by the year
1995, lower waste management disposal costs by 25 percent
by the year 2000, and improve worker health and safety to
reduce sick days by 10 percent.

      In addition to volume-based goal setting,  a risk-based
approach to goal setting deserves mention.   Shops should
evaluate processes and waste streams and assess their relative
risk to human health and the environment. Using risk as a
criterion can direct attention to the most important issues.
While the volume of a waste stream is a significant factor,
the risk a waste stream poses because of its  toxicity should
also be considered.
      For example, using volume and waste disposal costs
as the primary criterion, a shop might focus its PPOA on the
waste stream with the largest volume and waste disposal costs;
however, using  risk as a criterion,  the shop might instead
choose a second waste stream with lower volume and waste
disposal costs but higher toxicity and worker health and safety
concerns.  For instance, depending on local tipping fees, a
small maintenance and repair shop may pay more to dispose
of its cardboard packaging waste than to  dispose of the very
small amounts  of hazardous degreasing  solvents  generated
on-site.  In this case, by using waste disposal costs alone, the
PPOA team would  focus on the cardboard waste. From a
risk reduction perspective, however, the  PPOA  team should
                                      64

-------
                                                                    Goals and Objectives
take a closer look at the toxicity, usage, and management
practices associated with the solvent usage instead of in-
vestigating the cardboard waste stream.  In making risk-
based decisions, shops should keep in mind the following
concepts:
•   Toxicity and volume of the substance.

•   Exposure pathway and number of individuals af-
    fected.

•   Long-term liability for the waste stream (i.e.,  dis-
    posal options and persistence of the substance in the
    environment).

•   Availability of pollution prevention options to re-
    duce risk.
Federal facilities should
develop an effective
methodology for
prioritizing projects under
their pollution prevention
program plans.  This
methodology should
result in ordering the
projects based on the
plan's goals and
objectives.
       Quantitative goals are preferable to qualitative goals
because quantitative progress is more tangible and results
in stronger evidence of success.  Goals  should be  modi-
fied and refined as time passes to reflect changes  in the
shop's operations  and waste generation.  Pollution pre-
vention applies to  all environmental media (i.e., air, wa-
ter,  and solid waste emissions and releases),  and  shops
should be open-minded when setting goals.
       Developing a program plan using poorly defined
goals and objectives is an inefficient use of  resources.
For example, the facility may end up doing more PPOAs
and  interviews than necessary  and may spend excessive
time gathering information. Training may not be targeted
at the right audience,  or standard  operating procedures
(SOPs)  may not be modified in a  logical  order. Pollution
prevention coordinators should impress upon management
the importance of establishing realistic, concrete goals.

4.1.1  Developing Pollution Prevention Goals Using
       Risk Based Decision-Making

       Reducing Risk, a report published by the Science
Advisory Board's Relative Risk Reduction Strategies Com-
mittee in 1990, asserts  that pollution prevention  is the
Goals

• Targeted waste
  reduction
• Baseline development
• Program continuity
• Compliance
* Hazardous materials
  inventory control
                                             65

-------
Chapter 4
E.O. 12843 requires
Federal agencies to
modify procurement
requirements and policies
for ozone depleting
substances. A copy of
the Order is provided in
Appendix D.
best way of reducing risk to both human health and the envi-
ronment.  Based on the report's findings as well as those of
other studies, the EPA has adopted a risk-based approach to
addressing environmental problems.  Although risk assess-
ments have been conducted for many years to evaluate risk
posed to human health (such as the risk of death resulting
from  exposure to a toxic substance in the workplace),  the
application of risk-based decision-making to assess environ-
mental impacts is a new and growing field.
       The major factors assessed through risk-based
decision-making are not usually considered when facilities
evaluate their environmental priorities.   Federal facilities
should use these factors to develop a hierarchy of  relative
risk.  The factors for assessing the ecological  stresses (e.g.,
release of a toxic substance into the atmosphere) include:
•   Intensity of potential effects on the environment
•   Uncertainties associated with estimates of  the effect
•   Type of ecological responses
•   Time scale for recovery following removal of stress.

       The geographical scale of the stress (local, regional,
biosphere), the  transport media or exposure  pathway (air,
water, land), and the time it takes the environment to recover
(years, decades, centuries) must also be  understood.
       To illustrate the kinds of findings that risk-based
decision-making can lead to, the following is  the list of risk
groups presented in Reducing Risk:

Relatively High-Risk Problems
•   Habitat alteration and destruction
•   Species extinction and overall  loss of biological
     diversity
•   Stratospheric ozone depletion
•   Global climate change.
                                          66

-------
                                                                  Goals and Objectives
Relatively Medium-Risk Problems

•  Herbicides/pesticides
•  Toxics, nutrients, biochemical oxygen demand, and
   turbidity in surface waters

•  Acid deposition
•  Airborne toxics.

Relatively Low-Risk Problems

•      Oil spills
•      Groundwater pollution
•      Acid runoff.

Federal facilities can integrate risk reduction into their
environmental programs by targeting environmental pro-
tection efforts on the basis  of opportunities for the great-
est risk reduction. Risk reduction should be an important
goal of the facility's pollution prevention program plan,
and the plan should reflect the facility's risk-based priori-
ties.

4.2  Goals

4.2.1  Examples of Goals
       There are many different kinds of goals, the fol-
lowing is a summary of several categories with examples:
•  Targeted Waste Reduction —  Both environmental
    and economic benefits can be derived from reducing
    a waste stream by a specified percentage or volume.
    Federal  facilities may choose to participate in the
    EPA's 33/50 program which targets  17 hazardous
    substances for elimination or reduction based on
    their risk to human  health and the environment.
•   Baseline Development  — Federal  facilities have
    found that improved mechanisms for collecting envi-
    ronment* • iiormation  helo them remain in compli-
    ance, uuv-u i.noniiaiion collection mechanisms are
Examples of criteria
goals :

• Environmental
• Political
• Technical
• Economical,
• Practical

The best goals have two
or more of these criteria
as their basis.
                                            67

-------
Chapter 4
                                    also critical in assessing the relative risk associated
                                    with an environmental problem, identifying projects,
                                    and measuring results.
                                 •  Program Continuity — One of the program plan's goals
                                    may be to implement projects that help establish the
                                    pollution prevention program.  Integrating pollution
                                    prevention concepts into employee training is, for ex-
                                    ample, one way of building support for pollution pre-
                                    vention at the facility.
                                 •  Compliance — The program plan can address compli-
                                    ance issues through its goals and objectives.  Comply-
                                    ing with State landfill bans for specific materials
                                    through source reduction and modified procurement
                                    practices could be an explicit goal. Complying with
                                    E.G. 12780 by increasing the procurement of products
                                    with recycled content could be another goal.
                                 •  Hazardous Materials  Inventory Control — Establishing
                                    a program to improve control over the procurement,
                                    storage, and disposal of hazardous materials can signifi-
                                    cantly reduce wastes resulting from expired shelf life
                                    and overstocking.

                                 The DO I  National  Park Service's Waste Reduction Action
                                 Plan for Yosemite National Park outlines three objectives for
                                 creating long-term  structural changes to ensure  that waste
                                 reduction practices  are incorporated into everyday decision
                                 making and operations. The three objectives are carried out
                                 through the following:

                                 •  Education: Education for the public, suppliers, and
                                    employees is an effective means to increase recycling
                                    rates and reduce solid waste generation levels.
                                 •  Procurement: Purchasing products with recycled con-
                                    tent causes waste reduction.
                                 •  Oversight:  Organizations can increase the success of
                                    different waste reduction initiatives by close monitoring
                                    of participation or  activity  levels.  The plan contains
                                    project designed to reinforce management's commit-
                                    ment to full program implementation.
                                         68

-------
                                                                    Goals and Objectives
       Institutionalizing change is the best method to pro-
mote long-term, continuous improvement. By permanently
changing new employee orientation materials or perma-
nently modifying contract language to promote the use of
recycled content  products, the organization ensures that
the program will outlast the personnel responsible for ini-
tiating these changes.
       The pollution prevention goals and objectives  for
several Federal agencies are presented in Appendix J and
summarized in Table 4. Table 5 summarizes  the major
program elements for several Federal agencies.

4.2.2  Strategy for Developing  Goals

       When developing goals, facilities should establish
a timeframe for meeting the goals. Specifying short-term,
intermediate, and long-term goals helps organizations un-
derstand their priorities; furthermore, goal setting encour-
ages program continuity  and creates structure.   For
example, the short-term goal for a facility with immediate
compliance problems might be to  resolve the problems
through source reduction.   An intermediate goal might be
         TABLE 4.  SUMMARY OF FEDERAL AGENCY POLLUTION  PREVENTION GOALS


Goal	DPI     USPS     USAF   U.S. Army

Establish a pollution prevention program                        v        v       v         */

Provide guidance and training                                 ^/       J                 J

Reduce waste generation and use of hazardous waste             v        v       v         v

Improve baseline information                                 v        v       v

Establish affirmative procurement program                      J       J       J

Reduce energy consumption                                          J                 J

Develop pollution prevention partnerships with private sector                                   V

Apply new pollution prevention technologies                                                 V
                                             69

-------
Chapter 4
              TABLE 5. SUMMARY OF FEDERAL AGENCY POLLUTION PREVENTION
                                     PROGRAM ELEMENTS*
                                                           Federal Agency
 Program Elements
  DoD
    DOE
                                                                DOI
              DOT
              USPS
 Does the agency have a pollution
 prevention policy?
  Yes
    Yes
  Yes
  Yes
    Yes
 Does the agency have a target
 reduction goal?
  No
Yes: 50% by
    1995;
  additional
   33% by
   1997*
  No
   No
 Yes; 25%
reduction by
   12/93;
 additional
  25% by
   12/95
 What program elements does the
 pollution prevention policy contain?
   R
   EC
  PRP
HAZMIN
   TA
 PROC
     R
    PRP
  HAZMIN
    TA
    PROC
   R
  PRP
HAZMIN
  TA
 PROC
   R
   EC
  PRP
HAZMIN
   TA
 PROC
     R
    PRP
  HAZMIN
    TA
    LCA
   PROC
 For which subjects has the agency
 published guidance documents?
   PP
   R
  HW
     PP
      R
     HW
   PP
   R
  HW
   PP
   R
  HW
    PP
     R
    HW
 Does the agency have its own
 dedicated pollution prevention staff
 or sources for technical assistance
 that people can call for further
 information?
  Yes
    Yes
  Yes
                                                                            Yes
               Yes
 Legend:
 R = Recycling
 EC = Energy conservation
 PRP = Program planning
 HAZMIN = Hazardous waste minimization
 TA = Training and awareness
                        LCA = Life-cycle analysis
                        PROC = Procurement and awareness
                        PP  - Pollution prevention
                        HW = Hazardous waste management
    For reporting facilities that do not meet reporting thresholds.
                                             70

-------
                                                                           Goals and Objectives
to improve employee training to prevent future compli-
ance problems, and the long-term goal might be to reduce
the use of toxic substances by 35 percent by the year 2005.
        While the resolution of immediate compliance prob-
lems will in  most cases be a facility's  top priority, Fed-
eral facilities  should  set goals  to prevent compliance
problems in the future through toxics use reduction.
        Once the organization has agreed on its  goals and
objectives, it needs to communicate them to its members,
its agency, and the local  community. Table 6 provides a
qualitative assessment of three options,  based  on estab-
lished criteria of importance.   Figure  3 provides an ex-
ample of a  pollution prevention  program plan  for a
commissary.
     TABLE 6.  QUALITATIVE ASSESSMENT OF OPTIONS FOR THE NAVAL SUPPLY CENTER,
                                      NORFOLK NAVAL BASE
 Criteria
Just-In-Time
Inventory Control
                                                     Material Substitution
                           Employee Education
 Effect on base operation:?
 Waste reduction
 Compatibility with existing
 operating procedures
 Cost requirements compared
 with current costs
 Ease of implementation
 Adverse environmental
 impacts
No long-term effect
                          Positive effect
Partially compatible; will require
changes in procurement policies
and shop operating procedures

Unsure; may result in slight
cost increase; further evaluation
needed
 Additional labor requirements  None
Can be difficult to implement,
depending on operational
requirements

None; positive benefits
No effect

Partially compatible; will require
changes in procurement policies
and shop operating procedures;
may require military
specifications

Unsure; may result in slight
cost increase; further evaluation
needed

Unsure; material specific,
needed further research
Identification and testing of
alternatives necessary before
implementation can proceed;
may take time to perfect new
material with operations

None; positive benefit
                                                                               No effect
                                                      Fully compatible
Cost savings
Instructors are required
                                                      Immediate
                                                      implementation
                                                                                None; positive benefit
 (Source: This project was developed under RREL 's WREAFS Program. Project Summary: Pollution Prevention Opportunity
 Assessment:  Norfolk Naval Base.  1992.)
                                                  71

-------
Chapter 4
  Supervisor:  Randolph Small
  Shop Identification:  Commissary, Bldg. 222

  Goals:
  •   Reduce waste management and utility costs by 2005

  •   Promote customer environmental awareness

  Objectives:

  •   Reduce waste management costs by 10 percent by 1997 and an additional 15 percent by
     the year 2003

  •   Reduce utility costs by 50 percent by 2001

  •   Increase the number of green products offered for sale by 20 percent by 2003


                                        Project Tasks
  Task
Start Date   End Date    Total Hours  Personnel
  Conduct a PPOA at the commissary
  to identify opportunities for reducing
  waste management costs

  Conduct an energy audit at the
  commissary to identify opportunities
  Research opportunities to market
  green products by contacting GSA
  and vendors

  Identify and screen projects
  Feasibility analysis
  Project  implementation
  Monitor and measure progress
  9/15
  9/16
  9/20
  10/1
  10/2
  10/5
 9/15
 9/16
9/30
 10/1
 10/2
10/15
 on-going    on-going
 8 to 10   Store manager
          Clerks
          Environmental coordinator

   8      Store manager
          Clerks
          Facility energy manager

20 to 30   Store manager
          Environmental coordinator
   8      Store manager
          Clerks
          Environmental coordinator

   4      Store manager
          Environmental coordinator

  40     Store manager
          Clerks

          Store manager
          Clerks
Figure 3.  Example of a Pollution Prevention Program Plan Summary for a Commissary.
                                           72

-------
                 CHAPTER 5
GATHERING APPROPRIATE DATA
          AND INFORMATION
,m t^c. Ce&
,. L-T5. M:j_r=7__rS
i» i •'•'•_;£ ^ , \C-A \
WORKSHEET
11
__ AS____ __0cc'
,. LC6> Ao|
WORKSHEET
9
-, AvS-l ^orzp>
i. U£6> C-Klf^LtS
,,.,V,W2__^ «^>
WORKSHEET
8

WORKSHEET
7b
: ...f;£gu
Proi. Ho. .
OPTIO
GootIO
Pol
All***
Proi. No.

WASTE
Good Ol
Pe*
Aim
OPTIOI
Proe
Aia*»i
Proi. No.
WASTE
AMMI
Proj. No. _
WASTI
»o»
WORKSHEET [ WASTED
7a ' 	
Attribute
Van* lO/Nam*:
;ourc*/Onow
vnnual G*n*r*,ion Rat* (umli/yeetl
lizaroout Comoooem Nam*
,.„ ^t*,*.
s,,. LC^ AiJSe (___rs=
D«. ,;-i^^4 . IQO,
WORKSHECT P
6e L
Firm -i\R^ -^V--^
Si,. Ls^> iv-:^r i t "-
D«t« ^"^tC M- ^— ^? 1
WOMKSHEIT 1
6d L~
Firm £__?£. ^2f2-"P>
Six LC£, .-J^iS^FS-
OltlfUl'tflJ-. I<99I F
WORKSHEI'T
6c L
rm l^c ^cep>
s,i« L-rs? ;• i---- i~E^
D"« ''&^^ '9^' 	 p
WORKSHEIT (~J
6b L
S>te .--••=. /-^ir^' ES
D.t. '— i-C.+— 'QO |
WORKSHEirr [~
6a L
S.te '_C ^ ' - •'^-F.'i
Date /'-'','- - — 1 ,
WORKSHEIT 1
* L
Meeting Form it («.g.. bramlonrnng. no
Meeting Coordinator ^^
Mexing Panic loami \'-i\\ , *-•''
QuilitY Control Ch*ck
±&^ <^oei(=>
s.i. -• :^Ai V-c-cBS
Oa,*'. — ^^^-» . lc^rl
WORKSHEET
Polwttan PnyemMn
Aiieimient Workineeti
Proi. No. I
PRODUCTS SUMMARY

A*sc. ^roreo
si,, urip t-'-JSPLrJ^b
o«.r>'.'fcU1 i^9 V

AaaMHiMM WorkKi.eti
Proi No. !



She., _i o» J_ PaW 1C ,1 ____


PreoaiM •« X>
-------
                                                                   CHAPTER 5
                               GATHERING APPROPRIATE DATA
                                                     AND INFORMATION
Typical Operations and
Associated Waste
Streams
Receiving Areas (e.g.,
loading docks)
• Packaging materials
• Off-spec materials
• Damaged containers
• Spill residue
• Transfer line leaking or
  dumping

Material and Product
Storage Areas (e.g., tanks,
warehouses, drum storage
yards, storerooms)
• Tank bottoms
• Off-spec and excess
  materials
• Spill residue
• Leaking pumps, valves,
  and pipes
• Damaged containers
• Empty containers

Production Areas (e.g.,
me/ting, curing, baking,
distilling,  washing, coating
machinery,  formulating)
• Wash water
• Solvents
• Still bottoms
• Off-spec products
• Catalysts
• Empty containers
• Sweepings
5.1  Introduction

       Once goals have been established, the PPOA team
has a better idea of what information needs  to be collected
during  the assessment.   For instance,  to reach the  goal of
reducing air emissions by 20 percent, the team should first
inventory sources of air emissions.  Specific objectives for
meeting the goals can be developed based on the results of
the emissions  inventory, for example:

•  Finding substitutes for high VOC coatings

•  Replacing gasoline powered vehicles with electric or
   natural gas powered vehicles

•  Replacing solvent-based degreasers with  aqueous
   cleaners.

The purpose of preparing a waste generation baseline is to
build a comprehensive picture of the materials usage patterns
and environmental impacts associated with the facility pro-
cess or activity.
       Whether preparing a PPOA or a program plan, the
team must construct a comprehensive picture of the facility
or process. The following questions need to be addressed:

1.  What materials enter the facility process  and  in what
   volumes?
2.  What operations occur at the facility process?
3.  What wastes are generated as a result of  the operations?
4.  What other impacts does the facility process have on
   the environment?
5.  How are wastes and emissions managed?
                                        74

-------
                                          Gathering Appropriate Data and Information
6.  What procedures have been established to prevent
    accidental releases?
7.  What pollution prevention measures has the facility
    process already taken?

       Developing a baseline is like preparing a material
balance: the goal is to track the flow of materials as they
enter the facility, are used in processes, and exit the facil-
ity  as waste.  Although in  practice it may prove impos-
sible to develop an accurate quantifiable material balance,
the concept can still serve as a useful tool for understand-
ing the facility as a whole.  A list of data sources that
should be compiled before a site visit  is presented in
Table  7.

5.2   Preparing the  Baseline

       What kind of information should be collected for a
facility PPOA baseline?  The information collected de-
pends to a large extent on the particular goals and objec-
tives. At a minimum, however, the data collected should
include the following:

Raw Materials

•   Purchase cost, weight, hazardous or nonhazardous
    nature, and volume of procured raw materials
•   Inventory practices.

Waste Streams and Environmental Releases

•   Volume  and characteristics of hazardous wastes gen-
    erated, waste management and disposal costs

•   Volume  and characteristics of solid wastes gener-
    ated, waste management and disposal costs

•   Volume  and characteristics of air emissions and
    waste management costs
•   Volume  and characteristics of wastewater discharges
    and management costs
•   Other releases and environmental impacts.
The baseline is like a
material balance for
evaluating materials
throughout.
The baseline contains:

• Raw materials
• Waste streams and
  environmental releases
• Utilities
• Production.
                                            75

-------
Chapter 5
                     TABLE 7. DATA SOURCES FOR FACILITY INFORMATION
Regulatory Information:
•   Waste shipment manifests
•   Emission inventories
•   Biennial hazardous waste  reports
•   Waste, wastewater, and air emissions analyses,
    including intermediate streams
•   Environmental audit  reports
•   Permits and/or permit applications
•   Form R for SARA Title III Section 313

Process Information:
•   Process flow diagrams
•   Design and actual material and heat balances for:
    -  Production processes
    -  Pollution control processes
•   Operating manuals and  process descriptions
•   Equipment lists
•   Equipment specifications and data sheets
•   Piping and instrument diagrams
•   Plot and  elevation plans
•   Equipment layouts and  logistics
Raw Material/Production Information:
•   Product composition and batch sheets
•   Material application diagrams
•   Product and raw material inventory records
•   Operator data logs
•   Operating procedures
•   Production schedules

Accounting Information:
•   Waste handling, treatment, and disposal costs
•   Water and sewer costs, including surcharges
•   Costs for nonhazardous waste disposal, such as
    trash and scrap metal
•   Product,  energy, and raw materials costs
•   Operating and maintenance costs
•   Department cost accounting reports

Other Information:
•   Environmental policy statements
•   Standard  operating procedures
•   Organizational charts
                                    Utilities
                                    •   Utility consumption and costs
                                    •   Maintenance of on-site utilities (e.g., emergency gen-
                                        erators).

                                    Production Factors
                                    •   The amount of product  or service produced per year
                                    •   Number of employees,  type of work schedule (shift
                                        work, "9 to 5"),  and hours of labor associated with
                                        tasks of interest.
                                             76

-------
                                           Gathering Appropriate Data and Information
Ideally, records pertaining to the information outlined
above would be available for 5 years or more.  Having a
larger data set enables the PPOA team to discount one-
time events that may skew the data for a particular year
(e.g., a significant hazardous waste spill).

5.3    Baseline Management
       Recommendations

       Developing a baseline at the facility level requires
careful organization and planning,  particularly if the fa-
cility is large. The following suggestions may prove help-
ful:

•  Selecting PPOAs — The facility should identify spe-
   cific PPOAs based on its goals and objectives; con-
   ducting site visits at all facility operations is
   resource  intensive and probably unnecessary.

•  Information Collection — Prior to conducting the
   assessments, the team should  conduct a preassess-
   ment and prepare worksheets  tailored to the opera-
   tions that the team will be  assessing.

•  Establishing a Schedule — The team coordinator
   should develop a logical sequence for conducting the
   site visits.  For instance, it may make more sense
   for the team to finish all the site visits related to a
   particular issue (e.g., solvent  substitution) before
   beginning the visits for another issue.  When devel-
   oping the interview schedule,  the team coordinator
   should be careful to include time for follow-up ques-
   tions and communication between the PPOA team
   members. Depending on the  scope of the program
   plan, the team coordinator may find it useful to
   schedule general information  collection interviews
   with upper management in addition to the site visits
   with the technical staff.

•  Information Management — Once the PPOAs are
   underway, the team will collect pages and pages of
   information. The team coordinator should establish
   a system  for ensuring that  information is collected,
The Air Force Space
Command's Pollution
Prevention Management
Plan's baseline reflects
the Air Force's goals.
Baseline information will
be collected for the
following:

• Ozone depleting
  compound purchases
• EPA's 17 industrial
  toxic chemicals
  purchases
• Hazardous waste
  disposal
• Municipal solid waste
  disposal
• Volatile air emissions
• Affirmative
  procurement
  - Paper
  - Non-paper
Baseline
Recommenda tions

• Know where to
  conduct PPOAs
• Know how to collect
  information
• Know how to schedule
  PPOA's
• Know how to organize
  information
• Know how to identify
  opportunities
                                            77

-------
Chapter 5
                                    organized, and stored in an efficient manner. A simple
                                    file system may work well, or if many documents are
                                    obtained, a computer database to track the documents
                                    may be necessary.

                                 •   Identifying Options — During the baseline development
                                    phase, team coordinators should encourage team mem-
                                    bers to identify pollution prevention opportunities and
                                    options.  Keeping track of the opportunities  during the
                                    site visit phase enables the coordinator to shift re-
                                    sources to the most productive areas as they are identi-
                                    fied.  Answers to technical questions can also be
                                    obtained while the team is  on-site.

                                 •   Keep Going — The team coordinator should use his or
                                    her best professional judgement to determine when the
                                    costs associated with gathering information exceed the
                                    benefits.  If a facility's environmental records are
                                    poorly maintained, the team will have to devote extra
                                    resources to information collection. Based on the pre-
                                    assessment interview with the facility manager, the
                                    team coordinator should be able to determine which in-
                                    formation is worth collecting and in what situations the
                                    costs outweigh the benefits.

                                 5.3.1  Developing a Baseline by Conducting a Site Visit

                                       After becoming familiar with the  shop's goals and
                                 objectives, the PPOA team should identify areas or opera-
                                 tions where additional information is needed., To do this, the
                                 PPOA team should conduct a preassessment.

                                       A preassessment is particularly important if the PPOA
                                 team comprises people from  outside the shop.   At a mini-
                                 mum, the PPOA team should obtain a process description,
                                 flow diagram, product description, and reports containing
                                 waste generation statistics.  The preassessment is a  good op-
                                 portunity to  ask  the environmental  coordinator about the
                                 shops's pollution prevention  goals and about projects that
                                 have already been identified or completed.  The preassess-
                                 ment helps the PPOA team formulate questions and identify
                                 areas of special interest.  In the case of a  large facility, the
                                 information gathered during the preassessment may also help
                                 in the selection of the PPOA team members.

                                         78

-------
                                           Gathering  Appropriate Data and Information
       The EPA has developed a series of worksheets to
assist PPOA teams  in developing the baseline.  A com-
plete set of the worksheets appears in Appendix H.  The
worksheet series is outlined in Table 8. Figure 4 shows a
completed worksheet for assessing waste sources at a hy-
pothetical facility.

       The worksheets are only examples of the kinds of
questions the PPOA team might  find useful.  After the
preassessment, the PPOA team should tailor  the work-
sheets to suit its needs. Teams may find that some of the
worksheets are not necessary for a given facility, or, con-
versely, the team may need to add  specific technical ques-
tions or worksheets.

       During the site visit, the PPOA team should use
worksheets #1 through #8a to gather the information tar-
geted during the preassessment as well as to record obser-
vations about the operations  and  general appearance of
                            TABLE 8.  PPOA WORKSHEET TITLES
Worksheet No.
Title
Worksheet 1

Worksheet 2

Worksheet 3

Worksheet 4

Worksheet 5

Worksheet 6

Worksheet 7a

Worksheet 7b

Worksheet 8

Worksheet 9

Worksheet 10

Worksheet 11
Waste Sources

Waste Minimization:  Material Handling (2a, 2b, and 2c)

Input Materials Summary

Products Summary

Option Generation: Material Handling

Process Description (6a, 6b, 6c, 6d, and 6e)

Waste Stream Summary

Waste Minimization

Waste Minimization:  Reuse and Recovery

Option Generation: Process Operation

Waste Minimization:  Good Operating Practices

Option Generation: Good Operating Practices
                                             79

-------
Chapter 5
K"T-""~ \-2 -. _ -. p
ir fTTOP tiilCP A
\\ V vJ\ vw v — \A7>^> A*«
q.tP^l
Dilution Prevention
essment Worksheets
o ( -~> f^ r\ n ~^\
Date 0 1 6O M ±> Proi. No. ^J
Preoared Bv ^XljfYA CXV\\-Vy\
Checked Bv C^l . k — ,\QLY"'>x
Sheet H of i Paae I of ^~-

WORKSHEET INPUT MATERIALS SUMMARY


Attribute
Name/ID
Source/Supplier

Component/Attribute of Concern

Annual Consumption Rate
Overall
Component(s) of Concern

Purchase Price, $ per ^So C^L\.
Overall Annual Cost

Delivery Mode'
Shioomg Container Size & Type2
Storage ModeJ
Transfer Mode*
Empty Container Disposal Management5

Description
Stream No. I



H£^

^S.C^O^oA.

V^BC , ueavfu
(v\ehx\^
£?5§
*2,i~TZ-~%

~T?\AC£_
c~~^~) OS]\ .
\\\^(\Y\\^^
"TrucA^
D\^V\O
Shelf Life 1 N(O bCCVC
Supplier Would
— acceot exoired material? (Y/N)
— accept shipping containers? (Y/N)
— revise exciration date? (Y/N)

M(A


Acceotable Substitute(s), if any i^&H^iU /Mo^d
Alternate Suoolier(s)

£c^^?h^Ad:
MA
Stream No. /-^

























Stream No. ^3

























Notes: 1. e.g., pipeline, tank car, 100 bbl tank truck, truck, etc.
2. e.g., 55 gal drum 100 Ib paper bag, tank, etc.
3. e.g., outdoor, warehouse, underground, aboveground, etc.
4. e.g., pump, forklift, pneumatic transport, conveyor, etc.
5. e.g., crush and landfill, clean and recycle, return to supplier, etc.
 Figure 4. Completed example of Worksheet 4.
                                    80

-------
                                         Gathering Appropriate Data and Information
 the facility (e.g.,  evidence of leaks and spills).   Other
 sources of facility information which the PPOA team may
 refer to while on-site are:

 •  Permits and/or permit application

 •  Environmental audit reports [e.g., DoD's Environ-
    mental Compliance Audit System (EGAS)
    reports]

 •  Biennial hazardous waste reports

 •  Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDSs)

 •  Product composition and batch sheets
 •  Operator data logs

 •  Waste handling, treatment, and disposal costs
 •  Water and energy costs

 •  SOPs

       Although record reviews are informative, the best
 way to find out what  is occurring is to talk to  as  many
 people at as many levels in the shop as possible.  Observ-
 ing the workers doing their jobs is another very important
 technique.  The longer a PPOA team can watch a process,
 the better.  In some cases, the team might find  it neces-
 sary to return to a process during different shifts. Under-
 standing SOPs for  how paint is  supposed to be mixed is
 one story; understanding how shop workers actually mix
 the paint is sometimes another.

       The PPOA team must keep in mind that the as-
 sessment is not intended to identify improper practices.
 In explaining the purpose of the PPOA to shop  employ-
ees, the team should emphasi2;e that it is not performing a
compliance audit.  Since shop employees are often good
sources of pollution prevention ideas, the team must gain
their trust and respect.  The team should make an effort to
document any source reduction and recycling projects that
may already have been implemented.
                                           81

-------

-------
                              CHAPTER 6
           IDENTIFYING AND SCREENING
POLLUTION PREVENTION ALTERNATIVES
         OPTIONS
        4   5   6
          PARETO
         SCREENING
         ANALYSIS
Goals
••^^^••••^H
Environmental
Technical Feasibility
     Option 1/      \Option4
           Option 8
               83

-------
                                                CHAPTER 6

                 IDENTIFYING AND SCREENING

POLLUTION PREVENTION ALTERNATIVES

                     During the site visit and the record review, the PPOA
               team will have identified several preliminary source reduc-
               tion and recycling opportunities.  Conducting a brainstorm-
               ing session after the site visit is an effective method to get the
               team together to compare notes and clarify the options.  Us-
               ing worksheets the team can record the options and begin to
               identify follow-up steps.  The team should hold the session
               immediately after the site visit to take advantage of impres-
               sions and observations that may be forgotten later.
                     An example of a list of general pollution prevention
               options for a Federal site (an agricultural laboratory) is pre-
               sented in Table 9.
                     Because of time and resource constraints, most facili-
               ties have to prioritize their projects based on the original pol-
               lution prevention goals and criteria  specific to  the shop.
               Examples of criteria are the following:
               •  Complying with regulations (present and anticipated
                  compliance issues such as a product phaseout)
               •  Reducing volume of waste generated
               •  Reducing the cost of waste disposal and raw material
                  purchases
               •  Reducing toxicity — risk to human health and the envi-
                  ronment
               •  Reducing the impact on regional environmental con-
                  cerns (e.g., ground water contamination, endangered
                  species habitat)

                      Another criterion for evaluating projects is the project's
               contribution to the development of a pollution prevention pro-
               gram either at the shop or facility level. Structuring projects
               that are inexpensive and easily implemented will build pro-
               gram recognition and acceptability.

                       84

-------
                               Identifying and Screening Pollution Prevention Alternatives
               TABLE 9. EXAMPLE OF GENERAL POLLUTION PREVENTION OPTIONS
                                 FOR A FEDERAL LABORATORY SITE
 Technique
Option
 Training and assessment
Process or equipment modification
Waste segregation
Pollution prevention policy
    Expand on the existing pollution prevention ethic with further education
    and training..  Successful efforts are already underway including paper
    recycling and source reduction in individual operations.

    Appoint a pollution prevention "officer" within each research institute
    to assist researchers with reduction and recycling initiatives. Pollution
    prevention representatives from all the institutes could meet periodically
    to discuss and compare efforts. Such information transfer,  crucial for
    the adoption of pollution prevention throughout the organization, re-
    duces repetitive pollution prevention development efforts. For example,
    DOE's Sandia National Laboratories has a pollution prevention network
    where 60 people throughout the laboratory are points of contact.

    Develop and implement a plan to conduct periodic pollution prevention
    laboratory assessments using suitable in-house expertise.  Such assess-
    ments may uncover additional pollution prevention opportunities; they
    emphasize BARC's commitment to pollution prevention. They can also
    be used to monitor the success of pollution prevention efforts.
    Keep abreast of commercially available technology  changes  as they re-
    late to laboratory pollution prevention. When new technology is too
    expensive for individual laboratories to implement, consider pooling re-
    sources and locating instruments at a centralized facility which may be
    used by several laboratories.

    Reduce  atmospheric  emissions of chemicals from laboratories as part
    of a comprehensive pollution prevention program.  Glassware and auto-
    mated extraction systems to reduce these emissions are commercially
    available.  In addition, for some samples, emissions can be reduced
    through  solid-phase extraction techniques as opposed to classical liquid
    evaporation techniques that release the solvent carrier into the fume
    hood and subsequently to the atmosphere.

    Segregate hazardous from nonhazardous wastes. Hazardous waste
    volumes are often unnecessarily increase because of the addition of
    waste streams that are not hazardous.  Segregation alone can signifi-
   cantly reduce hazardous waste generation rates and disposal costs.

   Require  each laboratory to have a written waste management/reduction
   policy. Minimum requirements would include annual chemical invento-
   ries, the dating of chemicals as received, etc.
[Source:  WREAFS PPOA: U.S. EPA-RREL.  USDA Beltsville Agricultural Research Center Beltsville MD (EPA/
600/SR-93/008)]
                                                  85

-------
Chapter 6
                                 6.1    Pareto Analysis

                                        One of the most effective screening tools is known as
                                 the Pareto analysis. The Pareto analysis is helpful in target-
                                 ing problem areas and sources as illustrated in Figures 5 and
                                 6. A Pareto analysis examines the environmental data in a
                                 visual form to help pinpoint problem areas.  Pareto analysis
                                 is accomplished with the use of the Pareto chart (see Figure
                                 5).  Pareto analysis is often used in quality management to
                                 identify quality defects or production costs.  Small shops may
                                 not need a Pareto analysis since the major environmental is-
                                 sues at these types of shops may be obvious.  Pareto analysis
                                 is more appropriate for medium to large facilities with many
                                 different operations, waste types, and potential environmen-
                                 tal concerns and  impacts which may require more in-depth
                                 targeting analysis.
                                        To conduct a  Pareto analysis, the Pollution Preven-
                                 tion Team and upper management should select the most im-
                                 portant critical factors.  Figure 5 is a Pareto analysis of waste
                                 data from a hypothetical Army  installation.  In this case,
                                 hazardous waste  is the largest quantity of waste generated
                                 and  also the most expensive to manage.  Based on this analy-
                                 sis,  the installation may want to focus pollution prevention
                                 efforts  on reducing hazardous waste generation  and/or dis-
                                 posal.  The next step is to determine the  organizations re-
                                 sponsible for the target waste  (see  Figure 6).   Once the
                                 organizations have been determined, specific processes need
                                 to be  targeted using another Pareto analyses.   The Team
                                 should  continue performing the Pareto analysis until a group
                                 of targeted problem areas emerge.
                                         An advantage to this type of analysis lies in its use of
                                 readily available data and its focus on select issues,  (e.g.,
                                 waste quantities and  disposal costs). A drawback is that it
                                 does not account for other critical factors.

                                  6.1.1   Screening Methods
                                         There are two steps involved in prioritizing pollution
                                  prevention projects.  The first step is to narrow the list of
                                  identified projects to a manageable number.  For example, if
                                  the  PPOA team  has identified 50 potential options but only
                                          86

-------
                       Identifying and Screening Pollution  Prevention Alternatives
 73
  en
  3
  O
  sz
  h-
800
700
600
500
400
300 -
200-
100 -
            0
              Hazardous Waste            Solid Waste
                            Municipal Waste             Wastewater
                                                            Energy
Figure 5.  Pareto Chart Example.
  TJ
  V)
  TJ
  O
  -C
  I—
                      Division A
                                     Division B
                                           Division C
                                                          Division D
Figure 6. Pareto Analysis.
                                          87

-------
Chapter 6
                                 has resources for implementing 10, the team should first elimi-
                                 nate 40 options using a screening  method (the 40 options
                                 should be put on hold for future evaluations).

                                        The  second step  is to rank  the  options (in this ex-
                                 ample, 10 options) by comparing each option to the program
                                 plan criteria using a tool known as the decision matrix.  Rank-
                                 ing the options gives the PPOA team a better understanding
                                 of each project's relative strengths and weaknesses.

                                 6.1.2  The  Decision Matrix

                                        Once the PPOA team has narrowed down the list of
                                 options using the Pareto  analysis, it is ready to rank the op-
                                 tions.  The decision matrix is another powerful tool that can
                                 be used to set priorities among pollution prevention options
                                 (i.e., rank the options by  a  list of critical factors that are
                                 important to the facility). The decision matrix enables a si-
                                 multaneous  examination and  comparison of different pollu-
                                 tion preventions alternatives.  It  facilitates  an "apples-
                                 to-apples" comparison of options based on the selected list of
                                 critical factors, and, therefore, facilitate the group decision-
                                 making process.
                                        To use the decision matrix, one should first  assign
                                 either a numerical ranking to each of the critical factors, such
                                 as 1-10,  or general terms such as  "high,"  "medium," or
                                 "low " This approach can also be used if there is insufficient
                                 information for performing a quantitative ranking.  In these
                                 cases,  the coordinator should rely  on his/her best profes-
                                 sional judgement to assign a ranking.

                                        The pollution prevention coordinator can also decide
                                 on appropriate weighting factors. For example, s/he may de-
                                 cide that  estimated worker exposure issues are four times
                                 more important than  future regulations. In this case,  s/he
                                 would multiply the results of the criteria ranking by a factor
                                 of 4 to give this issue increased relative importance. As seen
                                 in Table  10, the final product of the decision matrix is a list
                                 of options ranked in  order of priority.   If several projects
                                 have the same numerical value, rank the "tied" options using
                                 additional criteria such as:
                                         88

-------
                            Identifying and Screening Pollution Prevention Alternatives
•   Projected ease of reducing waste
•   Downtime considerations
•   Availability of people from the operating activity to
    participate on the pollution prevention working team
•   Necessity of revising SOPs, military specifications,
    or technical orders
•   Impact on the facility's mission.

After the decision matrix ranking process is complete, a
ranked list of those options that deserve the most immedi-
ate attention will be generated.

       A quantitative ranking of pollution prevention op-
tions for a USPS facility is presented in Table 10.

       Once the list of projects has been narrowed  down,
based on the ranking process,  additional research may be
required to determine whether the projects are truly fea-
sible.  This reality check includes a technical evaluation
to ensure that a project is technically appropriate, an envi-
ronmental evaluation to weigh the project with regard  to
environmental goals, and an economic evaluation to as-
sess the costs.
Typical technical
evaluation criteria:

• Will the project reduce
  waste?
• /s the system safe for
  workers?
• Will product quality be
  improved or
  maintained?
• Are the new
  equipment, materials,
  or procedures
  compatible?
           TABLE 10.  EXAMPLE OF A DECISION MATRIX USED AT A USPS FACILITY
Criteria
Reduction in occupational hazard
Reduction of a RCRA-regulated waste
Reduction of a 33/50 F'rogram chemical
Reduction of environmental impact
Capital cost
Ease of implementation
Total
Water Borne Coating
5
5
5
4
3
2
24
HVLP Spray Gun
5
5
4
4
4
2
24
Gun Washer Station
5
4
4
2
2
3
22
5 - very positive; 4 = positive;  3 = neutral;  2 = negative;  1 = very negative

(Source: Adapted from the USPS Pollution Prevention Opportunity Assessment at a Vehicle Maintenance Facility, Buffalo, NY.)
                                              89

-------
Chapter 6
Upper management
should always be in the
loop.
       The key to a successful reality check is making sure
that the right people are involved.   If the project requires
either purchasing new equipment or changes to operating
procedures,  the shop  should seek the opinions of the staff
who will be  most directly affected by the changes.  Building
staff support early on in the implementation phase helps pave
the way for  later cooperation.

       In the case of equipment purchases, technical exper-
tise may have to be sought from outside the shop either at the
facility level or from  other organizations.  One of the best
ways to avoid purchasing a white elephant is to talk to people
who have already purchased similar equipment.  By taking
advantage of outreach programs such as the EPA's PIES sys-
tem, a computer bulletin board, contacts can be identified in
an efficient manner.

       Some vendors are willing to perform an on-site equip-
ment demonstration at no cost. Vendors may also lease equip-
ment on a trial basis. Operator training and follow-up trouble
shooting and repairs are other services that vendors typically
provide.

       The  purpose of the  environmental evaluation  is to
weigh the advantages and disadvantages of a proposed pollu-
tion prevention option with regard to the environment.  True
pollution prevention results in the elimination or reduction of
an environmental pollutant  rather than simply shifting the
pollutant from one medium to another,  for example, trading
an air release for a water release. The environmental trade-
offs should  be carefully considered during project evalua-
tion. Projects that do create new releases of pollutants should
be carefully assessed.  In some cases, trade-offs may be nec-
essary because of the nature of the  operation, for example,
parts washing.
       Replacing a hot caustic washing system with an aque-
ous jet washer reduces the  use of toxic substances and air
emissions; however,  the jet washer releases contaminated
wastewaters.  A  true source reduction option  would be to
prevent the part that needs to be cleaned from becoming soiled
in the first place, or if that is impossible, to clean only when
it is absolutely necessary.
                                         90

-------
                          Identifying and Screening Pollution Prevention Alternatives
       Another example of an environmental trade-off de-
cision is whether to switch from stocking plastic grocery
bags to  paper bags for use at a commissary.  Plastic bags
are petroleum-derived products, and they degrade slowly
in a landfill. Incineration may contribute to the release of
hazardous substances to the atmosphere.   On the other
hand, the process for manufacturing paper bags is energy
intensive and involves hazardous chemicals.  Residence
times in landfills is also very long.

       Another  pollution  prevention option for a com-
missary may be to reduce packaging wastes by buying
time-sensitive products in bulk; however,  if the inventory
is not assessed accurately, buying in bulk may result in an
increase in expired materials.

6.2   Economic Screening Methods

       This  topic  can be very complex in terms of the
economic tools  available to assess costs, to calculate the
time value of money, and to define the variables affecting
the costs of a pollution prevention option.  However, the
most  common method of determining  cost and ranking
projects is that  of  the payback calculation.  A payback
calculation simply  involves a determination of how much
time will pass before the proposed pollution prevention
option saves enough money or avoid enough costs to pay
for itself. To assess this situation, the  pollution preven-
tion team should collectively discuss the pros and cons of
each option  and attempt to estimate the costs associated
with both tangible and intangible aspects of its implemen-
tation.  Program managers need to review the costs esti-
mated to ensure that as many of the avoided costs and as
accurate an estimate of capital and annual operating and
maintenance costs  have been assessed as  possible.  This
will mean review of the notes and calculation sheets of
the team, especially those coming from  the vendor of the
equipment or technology.  Payback calculations can be as
simple as the following equation:

             Startup costs          =  Payback
       (avoided costs - annual costs)
                                            91

-------
Chapter 6
                                     A simple example of a payback calculation is presented be-
                                     low in Example 8.
                                            This type of analysis does not delve  into  intangible
                                     costs (e.g., training of the operators of the recycling unit)  or
                                     benefits (e.g., reduced worker exposure to antifreeze and the
                                     mixture).  It does, however, cover the majority of the fund-
                                     ing requirements for the option and allows prioritization  of
                                     this option  with others based on payback.
                                              Example 8
                                     A Simple Payback Calculation

    A motorpool desires an economic evaluation of an option to install an antifreeze recycling system, with 5
    independent collectors carts to better manage the antifreeze change-outs. The motorpool disposes of 3,1 75
    gallons of waste antifreeze mixture each year; the mix is 60 percent coolant and 40 percent water. The start-
    up costs are estimated to be $9,360, based on:

      5 collector units at $928 each =
      1 recycler unit at $4,720 each  =
    Avoided costs, based on 85 percent recovery from the recycler, reduced raw material costs, reduced dis-
    posal costs (including both the cost to dispose of bottles and antifreeze volumes), and reduced rental costs
    for the  disposal bin are calculated:

      Disposal volume cost avoided  =
      Raw  material cost avoided -
      Bottle disposal avoided  =
      Reduced container rental  =
    Annual costs were  estimated to include electricity, deionized water (Dl) and enough inhibitor to treat the
    recycled antifreeze.  Also, disposal of the 1 5 percent volume of antifreeze mix not recyclable is included.
    The annual costs estimated for this option are:

      Utilities, Dl water, and inhibitor =
      Disposal costs  =
    The payback calculation for this example is then:

         $9,360        =  55 years, or 6.6 months
    $19,996- $3,120
                                               92

-------
                          Identifying and Screening Pollution Prevention Alternatives
       This type of calculation parallels the cost/benefit
ratio that is performed using Worksheet 9 of the Facility
Pollution Prevention Guide.  More sophisticated calcula-
tions to determine net present value and internal rate of
return may be conducted.  In addition, a "Primer for Fi-
nancial Analysis of Pollution Prevention Projects" has been
published and is available as EPA/600/R-93/059.

       The Air Combat Command of the U.S. Air Force
has recently published a "Memorandum for Pollution Pre-
vention Program Managers on Justifications for Pollution
Prevention Equipment and Projects."  It defines 10 sub-
categories of environmental benefit to be derived:

1.  Reduce the demand for the EPA  17 Industrial Tox-
    ics  Project Chemicals.

2.  Reduce the demand for other hazardous materials.

3.  Recycle hazardous material.

4.  Recycle nonhazardous material.

5.  Reduce hazardous waste disposal volume.

6.  Reduce hazardous material disposal toxicity.

7.  Reduce harmful air emissions.
8.  Reduce harmful water emissions.

9.  Reduce municipal solid waste volume.

10. Intangible benefits: improved  image of the Air
    Force, easier compliance reduced potential cleanup
    liability, etc.

       More  definition of economic  terms and concepts,
as well  as applications of the  more sophisticated LCA,
LCC, and TCA is provided in Appendix A.
                                           93

-------

-------
                                                              CHAPTER 7
 IMPLEMENTING AND MEASURING THE SUCCESS
                                 OF POLLUTION PREVENTION
The Procedure for Conducting Pollution Prevention Opportunity Assessments

                     The recognized need to minimize waste
                        PLANNING AND ORGANIZATION
                      Get management commitment
                      Set overall assessment program goals
                      Organize assessment program task force
                 Assessment organization JL and commitment to proceed
                             ASSESSMENT PHASE
                      Collect process and facility data
                      Prioritize and select assessment targets
                      Select people for assessment teams
                      Review data and inspect site
                      Generate options
                      Screen and select options for further study
                                                       3 Select new
                                                         assessment targets
                     Assessment report •  of selected options
                                                         and reevaluate
                                                         previous options
                      Technical evaluation
                      Economic evaluation
                      Select options for implementation
                      Review data and inspect site
                   Final report, including •  recommended options
                            IMPLEMENTATION
                                                         Repeat the process
                                                                    4
   Justify projects and obtain funding
   Installation (equipment)
>• Implementation (procedure)
X Evaluate performance
                       Successfully implemented pollution
                             prevention projects
                                      95

-------
                                                                 CHAPTER 7
IMPLEMENTING AND MEASURING THE SUCCESS OF
                                          POLLUTION PREVENTION
A pollution prevention
program plan that
exhibits a sound
methodology for
identifying, prioritizing,
and selecting pollution
prevention projects can
itself be used to attract
capital investment in
pollution prevention
projects.
 Project Types

 • Foundation —
   contribute to the
   development of the
   pollution prevention
   program
 • Action — specific
   prevention activities
 • Support — foster a
   pollution prevention
   ethic
7.1   Implementing Pollution Prevention

      The schedule for implementing pollution prevention
projects or a program should be closely tied to the facility's
short-, mid-, and long-term goals. Designing a schedule is
similar to devising a personal investment strategy: an inves-
tor typically selects a mixture of stock, bond,  and money
market options, each associated with varying degrees of risk
and dividends. Scheduling the tasks and projects that make
up the pollution prevention program plan is a balancing act to
ensure that projects with a longer  payoff come to maturity at
the desired time; low-cost projects with a quick payback should
be implemented early on to gain program recognition.  Un-
derstanding the nature of the projects is, therefore, impor-
tant.

7.1.1 Understanding Project Types
      Pollution  prevention  projects fall into three general
types: foundation, action, and support. Most program plans
will probably contain a  few of these three project types.  A
discussion of the  three types  of pollution prevention projects
follows; examples are provided using projects identified in
the Yosemite National Park Waste Reduction Action Plan.

Foundation Projects
       Foundation projects contribute to the development of
the pollution prevention program. These projects often take
the majority of funding in the initial years.  When the basic
support is in place, the funding needs for foundation projects
virtually disappear.
                                       96

-------
                      Implementing and Measuring the Success of Pollution Prevention
        Examples of foundation projects are developing
 hazardous material tracking systems, surveying fugitive
 emissions, or installing utility meters on individual pro-
 cesses. Additional analysis is often required to character-
 ize the exact nature of a process that appears to present a
 pollution prevention opportunity. Without sufficient data,
 defining the exact nature  of the pollution prevention op-
 portunity is  impossible.

        Process-specific PPOAs, discussed  in Chapter 3,
 are another type of foundation project.  Pollution preven-
 tion process  analyses  are fundamental to  the definition
 and implementation of specific prevention projects.  The
 program planning process  is used to identify  the processes,
 operations, and activities  that should be analyzed first.

 Action Projects

        Action projects are specific prevention activities
 that directly  reduce environmental  impacts and wastes.
 Action projects  are identified primarily  during  baseline
 development and from process-specific pollution preven-
 tion opportunity  assessments.  These projects often in-
 volve modifying processes or operations, tor example with
 new equipment, improved housekeeping practices, revised
 SOPs, toxic  use reduction techniques, toxic material sub-
 stitutions, and material conservation practices. To imple-
 ment process and operation modifications, the facility may
 need to buy  and install equipment and/or change operat-
 ing procedures.  These projects often include testing, de-
velopment,   and training activities as part of  their
 implementation.

       Action projects also include policy changes to in-
stitutionalize pollution prevention.  Many prevention ac-
tivities will require policy  modifications to formally adopt
the new practice or procedure into the facility's mission.
Further, existing policies  may prohibit the favored pre-
vention option or may even be  directly  responsible for
generating waste.  In such instances, facility or agency-
wide policies may need to be modified so that they sup-
port pollution prevention.
Yosemite National Park's
Action Plan includes a
project for evaluating the
feasibility of
implementing a
comprehensive food and
yard waste composting
program.
 Yosemite National Park
 will field test the use of
 re-refined motor oil in
 National Park Service
 vehicles. If the field
 tests are positive, the
 park will increase the
 purchase and use of
 recycled content
 products.
 Yosemite National Park's
 Waste Reduction Action
 Plan calls for reviewing
 each of the Concessioner
 Operational Performance
 Standards used in the
park.  Suggestions will be
 offered on how to
 change the standards so
 they encourage (or
require) recycling,
 composting, source
reduction, and the
purchase and use of
recycled content of less
 toxic materials.
Yosemite National Park's
Waste Reduction Action
Plan includes a project to
develop waste reduction
and recycling education
materials targeting
visitors before they
arrive at the Park to
increase recycling levels
and reduce solid waste.
                                              97

-------
Chapter 7
Support activities help
foster a pollution
prevention ethic.
In order to secure long-
term support and
commitment, carefully
select projects that are:

• Achievable in a realistic
  and short time frame
• High-profile, yielding
  extraordinary
  successes with small
  investments in time
  and money
• Action oriented rather
  than research and
  development oriented.

By emphasizing these
criteria pollution
prevention successes
should come quickly,
establishing the program
 and attracting future
 resources.
Support Projects
       Support activities  help foster a pollution prevention
ethic both for the facility's personnel and the local commu-
nity.  Training is a typical support project.  Training intro-
duces pollution prevention to those who will be instrumental
in making it happen.  For example, training  can teach the
pollution prevention working teams how to implement a spe-
cific prevention  technique, or it can teach shop personnel
how to use a new piece of pollution preventing equipment.
       Community outreach to inform the community of pre-
vention projects and to solicit public support is another type
of support project.  Prevention projects may require the par-
ticipation of the community to succeed, (e.g.,  implementing
a recycling program).
       From the start, the early success of the pollution pre-
vention  program may depend on showing successes  very
quickly.  Upper management may buy  into the  concept of
pollution prevention, but they may only give  financial sup-
port for the concept once the facility has demonstrated how
well it works. Therefore, the facility may choose  to begin by
implementing low cost projects with a high payback.
        As the program progresses, the facility can then imple-
ment projects that are more time and resource intensive. This
 is not to say that easy-to-do projects should be pursued at the
expense of large-investment, large-return projects. However,
 facilities should pursue a proper balance of projects to achieve
 results in the short term  as well as the long term.
        It is important to  realize that straightforward preven-
 tion  solutions can yield  significant prevention gains.  For
 example, a facility may dispose of solvents from  parts clean-
 ers (solvent sinks).  This may constitute a simple pollution
 prevention opportunity  that  might be realized through the
 following types of techniques:
 •   Dispose of the solvent only when completely saturated
     with grease, oil, or other dirt (to the point where the
     solvent is unusable)  rather than at scheduled intervals.

 •   Preclean dirty parts  with a brush.
                                            98

-------
                     Implementing and Measuring the Success of Pollution Prevention
•   Make sure all tanks are properly covered to mini-
    mize fugitive losses.

•   Segregate waste solvent from other wastes such as
    oily wastes.

These actions can  result  in significant waste reduction,
yet they are simple and can be implemented immediately
without large capital investments.  Meanwhile, a facility
should also be looking at more significant pollution pre-
vention options, for example:

•   Substitute less hazardous alternative cleaning sub-
    stances.

•   Identify just how clean parts must be (e.g., whether
    some processes require parts to be cleaned at all).

•   Identify whether operators are utilizing solvent sinks
    properly.

       While it is important to initiate simple projects first,
it is equally  important to remember that more  complex
efforts may also be appropriate.   In the long-term,  it is
crucial that no  prevention options be  discarded on the
basis of being difficult or expensive.

7.1.2  Techniques for Developing a Schedule

       Many pollution prevention coordinators find it help-
ful to develop a schedule for implementing  specific pollu-
tion prevention actions. In general, the schedule is useful
for  the following:

•   Planning  each effort and sequences  of efforts
•   Establishing  milestones

•   Defining  staffing needs for each project

•   Documenting roles and responsibilities
•   Establishing  monitoring efforts
•   Obtaining funding
With the first series of
projects underway, begin
to raise longer term
issues that will require
investment as the short-
term achievements are
being demonstrated and
documented.
                                             99

-------
Chapter 7
A PPOA requires:
• Direct involvement of
  the pollution prevention
  coordinator and facility
  staff
• Support by upper
  management
 A fundamental lesson of
 pollution prevention
 education is to
 demonstrate the potential
 to improve operational
 efficiency and thus
 mission accomplishment.
 The Air Force Center For
 Environmental Excellence
 (AFCEE) has established
 a pollution prevention
 training course for Air
 Force employees which
 includes hands-on
 practice in conducting
 opportunity assessments,
 case studies, team-
 building exercises, and
 lectures on the tools
 which comprise pollution
 prevention.  For
 information on the
 AFCEE training course,
 call (210) 536-3517.
       The  complexity of the schedule should match  the
facility's needs.  If there are only a few projects, the facility
may be able to schedule each independently. Keeping track
of a few projects can be accomplished easily. For programs
that involve numerous projects, however, the pollution pre-
vention coordinator should define a schedule for initiating
these actions.  This is particularly important for projects re-
quiring multiple actions simultaneously.
       In the long run, many variables will impact and often
delay the schedule.  One  of the most important variables is
the availability of funding. To plan for interruptions, con-
sider developing a schedule for the first 12 to 18 months of
the program.  Then,  after 6 months, review and revise the
schedule to reflect any changes.   After the initial 12 to 18
months,  the coordinator should review the prevention plan
(see Step 6) to revise and refine it as needed.  At this time,
the coordinator can also extend and modify the implementa-
tion schedule.
Project implementation consists of three basic steps:

•  Getting management commitment
•  Making the modifications
•  Evaluating the results.

Getting Management Commitment
       Upper management commitment is  a critical compo-
 nent of project implementation.   Ideally,  the pollution pre-
vention  coordinator should secure  upper  management
 commitment prior to beginning the PPOA.  Getting manage-
 ment  on board can help  remove organizational barriers and
 ensure that implementation proceeds smoothly. Regardless
 of whether the project ends up being successful or not, upper
 management should always be in the loop.

 7.1.3  Making the Modifications
        Many  pollution  prevention projects  will require
 changes in operating procedures, purchasing methods,  or
 materials inventory  control.  Policies and procedures may
 also be affected by the changes.  For projects that involve
                                           100

-------
                     Implementing and Measuring the Success of Pollution Prevention
equipment modifications or new acquisitions,  getting a
project off the ground is essentially the same as any other
capital improvement project.  The phases of the project
include planning, design, procurement, construction, and
operator training.  As with other equipment acquisitions,
it is important to get warranties from vendors prior to
installation of the equipment.  Training and incentive pro-
grams may  be needed to get employees used to the new
pollution prevention procedures and equipment.

       Once a shop has implemented a project, the pollu-
tion prevention coordinator should take the time to evalu-
ate and document its performance. Project implementation
is always a learning  experience, and  conducting a thor-
ough analysis is one way of streamlining the implementa-
tion process for future projects.  Quantitative evaluation
is the most straightforward way to determine whether the
shop's pollution prevention goals are being met. The shop
should choose criteria to use as measurements of progress
prior to project implementation.  The  criteria for screen-
ing options  (as discussed above) may overlap  with the
criteria for measuring progress.

7.2    Monitoring and Evaluation

       The pollution prevention program will change over
time as projects are implemented and priorities shift.  The
planning process described in this manual is an iterative
approach to reducing waste through pollution prevention.
In most cases, pollution prevention team  members work
with the  pollution prevention coordinator  to solve identi-
fied problems, after  which they return to  the planning
process and target another problem area.
       Throughout this process,  the pollution prevention
coordinator,  as the principal monitoring agent, must ex-
amine the progress in meeting specified objectives.  For
example, the coordinator might develop a checklist to
monitor progress.  This checklist could include the fol-
lowing questions:
•  Are the shops making progress towards their pollu-
   tion prevention objectives?
 No need to reinvent the
 wheel! Numerous
 pollution prevention
 training videos and
 materials are available.
 For a list, refer to the
 EPA's 1993 Reference
 Guide to Pollution
 Prevention  Opportunities
 (EPA/742/B-93-001).
 Copies of the document
 are available from the
 Pollution Prevention
 Information
 Clearinghouse by calling
 (202)260-1023.
Newsletter Contact:

DOE-DP Pollution
Prevention Advisor.
Elizabeth McPherson
(615)543-5422

DOE Federal Energy
Management Program—
Focus: Federal Energy
Management Update.
Rick Klimkos (202)586-
8287

EPA Pollution Prevention
News.  U.S. EPA 401 M.
St. SW, Washington, DC
20460

EPA Chemicals in
Progress—En vironmen tal
Assistance Division (TS-
799) Office of Pollution
Prevention and Toxics,
U.S. EPA 401 M. St.
SW, Washington, DC
20460
                                             101

-------
Chapter 7
A program that can
measure and demonstrate
the success is best able
to attract future
commitment of
resources.
 Project tracking systems
 are simple, effective tools
 for monitoring progress,
•  Is the facility meeting the milestones that it laid out for
   itself during the goal setting exercise?
•  Are certain team members acting as leaders in imple-
   mentation and others acting as laggards?

•  What issues are contributing to any lack of success?

»  What is working well?

       Monitoring  and evaluating  pollution prevention
progress is a last step in the program development process,
and  it is the only method  for tracking the effectiveness  of
specific projects.  The pollution prevention coordinator needs
to measure the program's progress against the objectives se-
lected by  the Pollution Prevention Steering Committee.  In
areas where the facility falls short of expectations, the coor-
dinator will need to adjust  the program plan.

7,2.1  Monitoring Progress
        In light of Executive Order No. 12856, Federal Agen-
cies may begin to require facilities to submit progress reports
documenting their pollution prevention achievements.
        It is important for the pollution prevention coordina-
 tor to stay abreast of implementation problems and to address
 them in some manner.  If implementation  is not going well or
 if there are barriers to program implementation that cannot
 be overcome,  it is  the pollution prevention coordinator's  re-
 sponsibility  to try to solve these problems. One mechanism
 for  steering the program in the right direction is to develop  a
 tracking system to monitor each project.  The sophistication
 of the tracking system will depend on the size of the facility
 and the complexity of the  processes.
        For a small facility  with few complex processes, track-
 ing may be as simple as observing working team meetings or
 obtaining the  working team meeting notes. At large facili-
 ties, however, a spreadsheet program that tracks milestones
 may be required. In addition, frequent discussions with team
 leaders and individuals involved in the  operating  activities
 will assist in comprehensive tracking.
                                           102

-------
                     Implementing and Measuring the Success of Pollution Prevention
7.2.2  Evaluating Progress

       To effectively demonstrate implementation of the
pollution prevention program, it is important to measure
and evaluate progress. To do this, the coordinator needs
to compare  the baseline data  to the data obtained for the
tracking program.  The choice of indicators depends on
the nature of the project being tracked.

Program Evaluators

•  Measure the ratio of waste generated to a specific
   unit of production or activity, before and after
   implementation.
•  Monitor the number of violation notices before and
   after project implementation.

Air Emissions

•  Compare air emissions before and after prograrri
   implementation.

Cost

•  Quantify savings attributed to reduced raw material
   costs and/or waste disposal costs.

•  Identify  savings from util ity conservation and effi-
   ciency.

•  Monitor profits from revenue generating programs
   such as recycling.

Training
•  Track the number of students trained in pollution
   prevention.

Recycling

•  Monitor the number of waste streams collected and
   the volume  recycled.
Monitoring and evaluating
progress is critical to the
long-term success of a
facility's pollution
prevention program.
                                            103

-------
Chapter 7
                                Policies and Procedures
                                •  Track the number of SOPs, technical orders, and
                                   MILSPECs revised to incorporate pollution prevention.

                                      For industrial operations, another important indicator
                                is worker health, safety, and job satisfaction. Implementing
                                pollution prevention projects may result in the following:

                                •  A reduction in the number of work-related accidents

                                •  A reduction in the number of sick days due to a
                                   healthier working environment
                                •  A lower turnover rate as workers opt to remain on the
                                   job because of improved working conditions.
                                        104

-------
        APPENDIX A
ECONOMIC ANALYSES METHODS
             105

-------
Appendix A
...there are always
alternative uses for the
resources used in a
project.  Dollar values
can be assigned to those
alternative uses in order
that the true total cost
of a project can be
identified.
  ...a dollar invested today
  will be worth something
  more than a dollar 1 year
  from now.
TOOL:  COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS FOR
POLLUTION PREVENTION PROJECTS

Overview
       Implementing most pollution prevention projects re-
quires spending  capital.  In order to determine whether the
project's benefits are worth the costs, facilities routinely per-
form economic assessments.  The tool which Federal facili-
ties most commonly use is cost-benefit analysis.  Cost-benefit
analysis investigates the costs and benefits of each of a set of
alternatives so that a decision maker can better understand
the consequences of a policy decision. Cost-benefit analysis
is primarily concerned  with economic efficiency, the consid-
eration of whether total benefits outweigh the total costs of
providing them.
       Cost-benefit analysis is also an important aid for de-
cision makers to use when evaluating the economic efficiency
of a pollution prevention project.  Unlike the private  sector
where the primary consequences of a project that are of con-
cern to a firm are those that affect profitability, the public
sector is more concerned with a much broader range of con-
sequences, including environmental effects. When used with
care, cost benefit analyses can help decision-makers consider
both economic and environmental aspects of a pollution pre-
vention project.
       There are several different ways  to perform cost-ben-
 efit analysis for pollution prevention projects.  While  it is
 beyond the scope of this guide to give a complete explanation
 of this topic, this section provides a short summary of two
 methods which are mostly commonly used.

 Major Concepts
        Every project will provide tangible and intangible ben-
 efits, as well as costs.  The challenge in  applying conven-
 tional economic assessment tools to environmental projects
 lies in accurately evaluating the intangible benefits accruing
 from project implementation.  Intangible benefits are ben-
 efits which are difficult to  quantify (e.g., assigning a mon-
 etary value to species  preservation). Improving methods for

-------
                                                            Economic Analyses Methods
 assessing costs and benefits for environmental projects is
 an active area of research; Federal facilities should try to
 keep abreast of new developments in the field.

        To use cost benefit analysis, it is necessary to un-
 derstand three concepts, opportunity cost, the time value
 of money and uncertainty.

 Opportunity Cost

        The concepts of cost are fundamental  to the com-
 parison of project alternatives.  The most fundamental
 concept of an action, decision, or allocation being "costly"
 is that there are alternative uses for the resources used in
 a project.  This concept is referred to as the opportunity
 cost of a project.

        There are two main categories of opportunity cost:
 private opportunity cost and social opportunity cost.  The
 private opportunity cost approach acknowledges that pub-
 lic funds  are withdrav/n from private sectors  where they
 would otherwise earn  some rate of return. By devoting
 them to or investing them in some project,  the rate of
 return is given up as an opportunity cost.  That cost rep-
 resent by the  minimum interest rate or discount rate that
 the funds could otherwise earn should be used in evaluat-
 ing public projects.

       The social opportunity cost of using resources in
 one activity is the value foregone by not using  them in the
 best alternative activity.  For  example, when a govern-
 ment agency decides to fund a certain project,  it is simul-
 taneously deciding not to fund another project even though
 the alternative project has redeeming features.   Social op-
portunity cost is difficult to quantify because the costs are
 subjective: valuing the preservation of a species; the pris-
tine quality of a lake; the healthy life of a human being.
 However, there are methods available to assign costs even
to qualitative issues.

Time Value of Money

       The basic concept of all project evaluations and
long-term financial plans is the time value of money. This
Making an investment
involves giving up capital
in the hope of getting
more in return.
The uncertainty, or risk,
associated with a project
is the chance that the
anticipated benefits may
not be realized.
                                             107

-------
Appendix A
                                 concept captures the opportunity cost of a given project.  The
                                 discount rate, similar to an interest rate, is the mechanism
                                 that equates today's dollar with its value at some point in the
                                 future.
                                        The time value of money describes the principal that
                                 a dollar invested today will be worth something more than a
                                 dollar 1 year from now.  At a simple  interest rate of 5 per-
                                 cent, a dollar today is worth $ 1.05 one year from now.  This
                                 is referred to as the "present value" of one dollar one year
                                 from now at an interest rate of 5 percent.
                                        The selection of an appropriate discount rate is one of
                                 the most  difficult aspects of a cost-benefit analysis,  but it  is
                                 also one  of the most important.  For evaluating long-lived
                                 projects,  such as dams, the identification of an accuracy dis-
                                  count rate is crucial:  a project that looks favorable using a 3
                                  percent discount rate may look very unattractive at a 10 per-
                                  cent rate.
                                         The time value of money means that money that  is
                                  available today to be spent or invested is more valuable than
                                  money that will not be available to earn a return until some-
                                  time in the future. Put simply, a thousand dollars in a shop's
                                  budget today is worth more than the expectation of gaining a
                                  thousand dollars in the future as pay off from an investment.
                                         For an investment to be cost-beneficial, it must return
                                  more dollars in the future (i.e., benefit) than the amount  of
                                  dollars spent in the present (i.e., the cost of the investment)
                                   to account for this difference  in value.  In other words, the
                                   dollar benefits gained  in the future must be greater than the
                                   initial investment.

                                   Uncertainty
                                         Another basic principle related to project evaluation
                                   is the issue of uncertainty.  Making an investment involves
                                   giving up capital (i.e., dollars) in the hope of getting more in
                                   return.  For example, a supervisor buying an antifreeze recy-
                                   cling unit  expects the investment to pay for itself in terms of
                                   reduced operating costs (i.e., avoided costs) within 3 years.
                                   After the unit has paid for itself, the money saved on avoided
                                           108

-------
                                                           Economic Analyses Methods
 operating costs can be used for other purposes.  The
 risks associated with the investment are the chances that
 the unit might break down after only two years and that
 the annual savings may not be as great as expected.

       For environmental projects, the degree of uncer-
 tainty can be particularly high and stems from two con-
 ditions:  (1) the complexity of assessing risks associated
 with the use, transport, and exposure to hazardous sub-
 stances;  and (2) the  rapidly changing regulations and
 shifts in judicial decisions that define and continually
 alter costs.  Thus, a cost-benefit analysis should include
 a mechanism to account for  these risks.  This mecha-
 nism is known as the "risk premium."  Risky projects
 have to earn a higher return than "safe" projects to com-
 pensate for the uncertainty inherent in the project.

       The two cost benefits analysis  techniques de-
 scribed below do not take into account risk.  As a result,
 they are easier  to use; however, they are more likely to
 produce misleading results. Other cost benefit analysis
 techniques are  available which  consider both the time
 value of money and risk (e.g..  present value and risk).
 Two cost benefit methods are summarized in Table A-l.
 Typically, Federal facility managers use the first method,
 payback analysis, when justifying projects.

 Key Terminology

       For readers  who are new to cost-benefit analy-
 sis, this section explains frequently used terms. Many
 of these terms are used  in Table A-l.

Net Annual Benefit

       Net annual benefit is the benefit in dollar terms
gained at the end of the year. To calculate the net an-
nual benefit, subtract the  annual operating  costs (e.g.,
labor, equipment maintenance, energy costs) from the
 (gross) annual benefit.  The annual benefit may be the
avoided costs resulting from the project (i.e., the waste
disposal costs in the antifreeze recycling example).
Payback analysis does
not take into account the
time value of money.
                                            109

-------
Appendix A
 Method
 Payback Analysis
  Net Present Value
  Analysis
                             TABLE A-1. COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS METHODS
How to Apply the Method
                                                                          Advantages/Disadvantages
1.  Obtain the projects' net annual benefits by subtracting
the expected annual operating costs from the expected
annual benefit?;:

    Net annual benefits = annual benefits - annual costs
2. Divide the total project development cost by the average
net annual benefit. A less accurate shortcut is to simply
use the net annual benefit.  The  result is the number of
years the facility can expect to wait before it recovers the
amount of money spent in the development of the system.

 Payback period = Total project development cost/average
                   net annual  benefit
                                                    Advantage: Simple to use. Federal facilities
                                                    typically requires a payback period of three
                                                    years in order to receive funding. Method
                                                    express savings in terms of the number of
                                                    years before an investment pays for itself.
                                                    Disadvantage: This is the least appropriate
                                                    method. It fails to consider the fact that the
                                                    time needed for project development may be
                                                    long in some cases (e.g., setting up a
                                                    recycling program). Although benefits may
                                                    be limited during the early years of
                                                    implementation, they will increase overtime
                                                    as the facility personnel become accustom to
                                                    the project.

                                                    This method does not take into account that
                                                    the current dollars are spent on the
                                                    development of the project, but because of
                                                    the time value of money, less valuable dollars
                                                    are returned in the future. In addition,
                                                    payback analysis does not consider the risk
                                                    that a facility may not receive the required
                                                    benefits from the project.


1.  Obtain the net annual benefits of the project by         Advantages: Takes into account time value of
subtracting the expected annual operating costs from the   money
expected annual benefits:
                          Net annual benefit = annual benefits - annual costs

                       2. Discount the net annual benefits during the life of the
                       project using the following formula:

                             Discount factor = net annual benefits/(1  + i)
                                                      Disadvantages: Does not take into account
                                                      the risk of not fully receiving the benefits of
                                                      the new project.
                       Where:

                       i = discount rate organization's minimum expected rate
                          of return
                       n = number of years benefit will be received

                       3.  Subtract the total development cost from the total of the
                       discounted net benefits, the results must be greater than
                       zero if the new system is to be cost-beneficial

                           Discounted net benefits - total development costs =
                                         net present value
   Source: Adapted from Richard T. Due "Determining Economic Feasibility:  Four Cost/Benefit Analysis Methods". Journal of
   Information Systems Management, pp 14-19, 1989
                                                       110

-------
                                                           Economic Analyses Methods
 Project Development Cost

        The  implementation costs  associated  with the
 project, including capital costs, administrative, permit-
 ting.

 Discount Rate

        The discount rate is used to relate the value of a
 dollar at one date to its value at a later date.  It is similar
 to an interest rate used in the private sector.

 Net Present Value

        Net present value (NPV) is  the present value of
 total benefits (i.e., the generated cash flow) minus  total
 costs (i.e., cost of the investment).  A project with an
 NPV greater than zero will be adopted; a negative NPV
 project will be rejected.

 Rate of Return

        Rather than select a particular discount rate for the
 present value analysis, various rates are tried until the
 present value of the costs equals the present value of the
 benefits.  This rate is the rate of return. A project is
 economically worthwhile  if its rate of return  exceeds the
 cost of borrowing funds.

 Payback

       As discussed previously, payback period analysis
 is the investment performance indicator used historically
 by Federal agencies.  The disadvantage of the payback
 method is that  it does not take the time value of money
 into consideration.  Despite this drawback, many Federal
 agencies still use this form of project analysis. For those
 that do, Total Cost Assessment (TCA) principles can still
 be integrated into  the payback calculations.  Simply by
 expanding the cost arid benefits inventory tabulated, ex-
panding the time horizon of the project evaluation, and by
properly allocating costs and benefits, the payback calcu-
lation will more accurately reflect the true payback period
for the pollution prevention project option.

                                            Ill

-------
Appendix A
A PPOA requires:
• Direct involvement of
  the pollution prevention
  coordinator
• Support by facility staff
  and upper management
NPV Method
       Under the NPV method, the present value of each
cash flow, both costs  and savings, is calculated, using an
appropriate discount rate.  The present value of total benefits
minus total costs is the project's NPV. A positive NPV means
a project is worth pursuing and a negative NPV indicates that
it should be rejected.  For example:

  Discounted savings - discounted costs = NPV
  $300,000 discounted  savings - $200,000 discounted costs = $100,000

Thus,  this project  would be adopted, unless there was an
alternative  project choice that  had a  NPV higher than
$100,000.
 Major Concepts:

 • LCCis a tool to
   evaluate the private
   and societal costs
   across the entire life of
   a pollution prevention
   project.
 • In LCC, social costs are
   quantified, and when
   that is to possible, they
   are addressed
   qualitatively.
Internal Rate of Return
       The Internal Rate of Return (IRR) method is based on
the same theory as NPV, but the unknown in the equation is
the interest, or discount, rate.  The IRR method  calculates
the discount rate that equates the present value of a project's
expected savings to the expected costs, making NPV equal to
zero.  A project is worthwhile if its internal rate of return
exceeds the cost of borrowing funds.  The project alternative
with the greatest IRR will  be the preferred option. For ex-
ample, if an investment choice indicated an IRR of 10 per-
cent it would be adopted unless there was an alternative
investment choice that had an IRR higher than 10  percent.

TOOLS:  LIFE-CYCLE COSTING, TOTAL COST
ASSESSMENT, AND LIFE-CYCLE  ANALYSIS

Overview
       Over the years,  Federal facilities have used a variety
of decision making tools to quantify the effects of alternative
strategies  in the facility acquisition, operation and disposi-
tion process. These tools reflect the nature of the more press-
 ing facility management issues of the day, and are similar to
the methods applied by the private sector.
        During the past decade, economic analysis  tools have
 matured, and techniques for comparing  the costs and benefits
                                          112

-------
                                                             Economic Analyses Methods
 of alternative Federal facility strategies have become more
 rigorously specified by the OMB and implementing Fed-
 eral agencies.  More recently, the environmental effects
 of alternative facility management strategies have received
 greater attention, particularly in the field of pollution pre-
 vention.

        Tools for estimating the environmental effects as-
 sociated with a  project can be valuable when justifying
 pollution prevention projects.  Pollution prevention projects
 are difficult to justify because environmental benefits are
 often intangible, meaning that assigning a dollar value is
 not always possible.  In recent years,  tools for a  more
 comprehensive analysis of the costs and benefits associ-
 ated with a project have been developed.  Similarly,  com-
 paring the environmental effects associated with a proposed
 project requires using special tools. For example, would
 a process modification reduce a hazardous waste stream
 but result in an increase in pollutants discharged to waste-
 water?

        At  this point in time, there are three tools avail-
 able to  Federal facilities for evaluating pollution preven-
 tion projects:

 •       Life-Cycle Costing (LCC);
 •      Total Cost Assessment (TCA); and
 •      Life-Cycle Assessment (LCA).

Table A-2  illustrates the users and applications of these
three tools.
                              TABLE A-2. ANALYTICAL TOOLS
                             Application                 Users                  FOCUS
                       Economic   Environmental     Public       Private
                       Criteria       Criteria        Sector       Sector      Limited      Holistic
Life-Cycle Costing

Total Cost Assessment

Life-Cycle Assessment
                                             113

-------
Appendix A
                                 Life-Cycle Costing
                                        Life-cycle costing (LCC) has been used for many years
                                 by both the public and private sector. It associates economic
                                 criteria and societal costs  with individual pollution preven-
                                 tion opportunities. Managers use LCC analyses to evaluate
                                 the costs arid benefits of different pollution prevention op-
                                 portunities.  Typical decisions include  disposal versus recy-
                                 cling,  replacement versus limited  repairs, and hazardous
                                 materials versus less  toxic materials.  LCC should not be
                                 confused with TCA and LCA.  To dispel any doubts over the
                                 differences, this section explains LCC in greater detail.  The
                                 purpose of LCC is to quantify a series  of time-varying  costs
                                 for a given opportunity over an extended time horizon, and
                                 to represent these costs as a single value. These time varying
                                 cost usually include the following:
                                 •   Capital Expenditures - Costs for large, infrequent in-
                                     vestments with long economic lives (e.g., new struc-
                                     tures, major renovations and equipment replacements)

                                 •   Nonrecurring Operations and Maintenance (O&M) -
                                     Costs reflecting items  that occur on a less frequent than
                                     annual basis that are not capital expenditures (e.g., re-
                                     pair or replacement of parts in a solvent distillation
                                     unit)
                                 •   Recurring O&M - Costs for items that occur on an an-
                                     nual or more frequent basis (e.g., oil and hydraulic
                                     fluid changes)
                                 •   Energy - All energy or power generation related costs.
                                     Although energy costs can be included as a recurring
                                     O&M cost,  they are usually itemized because of their
                                     economic magnitude and sensitivity to both market
                                     prices and building utilization.
                                  •   Residual Value - Costs reflecting the value of equip-
                                     ment at the end of the LCC analysis period. Considers
                                     the effects of depreciation and service improvements.

                                         By considering all costs, a LCC analysis can quantify
                                  relationships that exist between cost categories.  For example,
                                  certain types of capital improvements will reduce operations,
                                          114

-------
                                                             Economic Analyses Methods
 maintenance,  and  energy  costs  while increasing  the
 equipment's residual value at the end of the analysis  pe-
 riod. When energy costs are broken out from recurring
 O&M costs, there is the potential for the application of
 environmental  criteria, but this is generally not the focus
 of traditional LCC analysis.

        Societal costs such as those resulting from health
 and  ecological  damages related to unregulated air emis-
 sions, wetland loss, and deforestation can also be reflected
 in a LCC analysis either in a  quantitative or  qualitative
 manner.  LCC  includes the following cost components:

 •   Extraction of Natural Resources - The cost of ex-
     tracting the material for use and any direct or indi-
    rect environmental cost for the process.

 •  Production  of Raw Materials - All of the costs of
    processing the raw  materials.

 •  Making the Basic Components and Product - The to-
    tal cost of material fabrication and product manufac-
    turing.

 •  Internal Storage - The cost of storage of the product
    before it is shipped to distributors and retail stores.

 •  Distribution and Retail Storage - The cost of distrib-
    uting  the products to retail stores including transpor-
    tation costs, and the cost  of retail storage before
    purchase by the consumer.

 •   Product Use - The cost of consumer use of the prod-
    uct.  This could include any fuels, oils, mainte-
    nance, and repairs which must be made to the
    equipment.

 •   Product Disposal or Recycling - The cost of disposal
    or recycling of the product.

Total Cost Assessment

       Justifying pollution prevention projects  is not an
easy task, as  many Federal facility coordinators have dis-
covered.  In  the competition  for scarce resources, facili-
ties are more likely to fund projects aimed  at  resolving
 Major Concepts

 • To tal Cos t A ssessmen t
   is a too/ for identifying
   the true economic and
   environmental costs
   associated with current
   processes.
 • To tal Cos t A ssessmen t
   can be used to
   evaluate pollution
   prevention projects
   using both direct and
   indirect costs.
 • Total Cost Assessment
   analyzes: direct costs,
   indirect costs, liability
   costs, /ess tangible
   benefits.
For further information on
TCA, refer to the EPA's
Total Cost Assessment:
Accelerating Industrial
Pollution Prevention
Through Innovative
Project Financial Analysis
(EPA/7417R-9 2/002).
May, 1992.
                                              115

-------
Appendix A
immediate compliance violations than projects that could
prevent such problems in the long-run.  Accounting pro-
cedures typically lump environmental costs together in a
single overhead account, or add them to other budget line
items where they cannot be disaggregated easily.  As a
result, facilities are often unable to identify the processes
that cause the greatest environmental expenditures. Us-
ing total cost assessment, fa.cilities can customize account-
ing systems to gather the information necessary for  an
accurate identification of costs related to environmental
management. Facilities can also use TCA to demonstrate
potential costs savings from specific pollution prevention
projects.
       The TCA tool is especially interesting because it
employs both economic and environmental criteria. TCA
was originally  intended for use primarily by private sec-
tor users engaged in a production process.  EPA has be-
gun to  study how TCA can be used to assess  pollution
prevention projects.  As with the LCC analysis, the TCA
study is usually focused on a particular process as it  af-
fects  the  bottom-line costs to the  user.  Environmental
criteria are not explicit, i.e.; success is not measured by
waste reduction or resource conservation, but by cost sav-
ings.  However, since the purpose of TCA is to change
accounting practices by internalizing otherwise external
(environmental) costs, environmental goals are met by cost
reductions.
        Because of its focus on cost and  cost effective-
ness, TCA shares many of the features of LCC analysis
by tracking direct costs (capital expenditures, and O&M
expenses/revenues).  However, TCA also includes indi-
rect costs,  liability costs and less tangible benefits—sub-
jects that are not customarily  included in LCC analysis.
A summary of costs included in TCA is presented in Table
A-3. By factoring in these indirect environmental costs,
TCA achieves both economic  and environmental goals.
Because of its private  sector orientation, TCA  not only
uses  NPV as an economic criteria but Internal Rate of
 Return (IRR) and Profitability  Index (PI) as well.
Major Concepts

• LCA is a tool to
  evaluate the
  environmental
  consequences of a
  product or activity
  across its entire life.
• A complete LCA
  consists of three
  components: Inventory,
  Impact and
  Improvement Analyses.
• Life-cycle inventory
  analysis can be used in
  process analysis,
  material selection,
  product evaluation,
  product comparison,
  and policy-making.
•LCA does not usually
  include cost
  assessment.
• Life-cycle inventory
  analysis can be used
  by acquisitions staff,
  new product design
  staff, and staff
  involved in pollution
  prevention
• LCA is an evolving tool
                                           116

-------
                                                          Economic Analyses Methods
                           TABLE A-3.  TCA COST CATEGORIES
Direct Costs
   Capital Expenditures
   - Buildings
   - Equipment
   - Utility connections
   - Equipment installation
   - Engineering
   Operation and Maintenance
   Expenses/Revenues
   -  Raw materials
   -  Labor
   -  Waste disposal
   -  Utilities
   -  Value of recovered
     material
Indirect or Hidden Costs
                                                           Liability Costs
   Compliance Costs
   - Permitting
   - Reporting
   - Monitoring
   - Manifesting
   Insurance
   On-Site Waste Management
   Operation of Onsite Pollution
   Control Equipment
Penalties and Fines
Personal injury and property
damage
                                Life-Cvcle Assessment
                                       As its name implies, LCA is a departure from LCC
                                and TCA because it does not utilize economic criteria, con-
                                sequently the word "cost" is not included in the LCA termi-
                                nology. Historically, LCA  has been used by both the public
                                and private sector  to identify and evaluate opportunities  to
                                reduce the environmental effects associated  with a specific
                                product, production process, package, material, or activity.
                                The uses of LCA are to:
                                •      Conserve resources
                                •      Prevent pollution
                                •      Preserve diverse, sustainable ecosystems
                                •      Maintain long-term,  viable economic  systems
                                Figure A-l illustrates the typical product life cycle.
                                           117

-------
Appendix A
                                             Product
                                            Manufacture
                                           and Assembly
                                                         Product
                                                       Life-Cycle
                                                                            Reuse, Recycle,
                                                                              Treatment,
                                                                               Disposal
                                 Figure A-l. Product life-cycle.
 Inventory analysis
 quantifies:

 • Energy requirements
 • Raw materials
 • Environmental releases
 GSA's Environmental
 Products Guide (RCPG-
 0001), formerly the
 Recycled Products
 Catalogue , is a good
 source of information.
       EPA defines LCA as a tool for examining the envi-
ronmental releases and impacts of a specific product by track-
ing its development from a raw material through its production
and to eventual disposal. The main reason for using LCA is
to evaluate proposed changes to product or process designs
so that environmental trade-offs can be identified (see Figure
A-l).
       The U.S.  Postal Service encourages its facilities to
adopt a LCA approach when making  decisions that might
impact the environment.  Figure A-2 reproduces an LCA for
the manufacturing of Postal Service vehicles which  is  pub-
lished in the USPS Waste Reduction Guide,
       As Figure A-l  makes clear,  LCA is much less fo-
cused on a single process, product or user.  Instead,  LCA
takes a truly look at atmospheric emissions, waterborne wastes,
solid wastes, coproducts, resource and energy outputs, and
other releases of environmental  concern on the basis of prod-
uct/emission relationships as consumable  goods percolate
through  the economy.   LCA analyzes all the processes  in-
cluding extraction and processing of raw materials; manufac-
turing, transportation and distribution; use/reuse/maintenance;
                                          118

-------
                                                                  Economic Analyses Methods
  Raw Material
  Producers
 Paint
 Manufacturer
 Vehicle
 Manufacturer
 Vehicle User
                        Mining/processing
                        metal constituents
  Manufacturing of
chemical constituents
                            Refining
      Pre-production
         storage
                                                       Manufacturing
                                                      paint containers
  Mixing paints
      Pre-application
     storage of paint
Paint application
      Maintenance
   (touch-up, repainting)
                                                   Disposal of vehicle
                                 Transportation
                                                    Disposal of paint
                        1. Mining/processing and manufacturing of paint raw materials
                        2. Pre-production storage of raw materials for paint
                        3. Mixing of paints
                        4. Pre-application storage of paint
                        5. Application of paint to vehicles
                        6. Paint maintenance
                        7. Disposal of vehicles
                        8. Transportation
    Source: Baker, Rachel D., and John Warren.  "Management of the Product Life Cycle to Promote Pollution Prevention.
    Pollution Prevention Review. Autumn 1991.
Figure A-2.  LCA for U.S. Postal Service vehicles.

-------
Appendix A
What is Design for the
Environment?

EPA's Design for the
Environment (DfE)
program promotes
building the use of safer
chemicals, processes,
and technologies into
products during their
earliest design stages.
The DfE program has
three cornerstones: the
gathering of comparative
risk and performance
data; the development of
analytical tools for
assessing that data; and
the dissemination of
both data and analytical
tools to people in various
industries for use in
making environmentally
responsible choices.  For
information on
participating in the DfE
program, contact Jean E.
(Libby) Parker,
Economics, Exposure
and Technology Division
(TS-779), U.S. EPA, 401
M Street, S. W.,
Washington, D.C.
20460; telephone (202)
260-0667.

Reprinted from
Chemicals in Progress
Bulletin Office of
Pollution Prevention and
Toxics Vol 14/No. 2
June 1993.
LCA and new product
design go hand-in-hand.
recycling and composting; and final disposition.  Instead of
using cost as a criterion,  LCA uses environmental impact
criteria such as emissions, waste generation, and effluent vol-
ume.  These criteria enable Federal facility coordinators to
quantify the impacts of a specific product on the full range of
environmental media.

       LCA  is a very useful and evolving tool for the holistic
quantification of impacts without the constraints normally as-
sociated with a rigorous cost analysis with a narrow focus.
The three main components of a life-cycle analysis include
(1) inventory analysis:  identifying and quantifying energy and
resource use and environmental releases to air, water, and
land; (2) impact analysis: characterizing and assessing the
impact on the environment; (3) improvement analysis: evalu-
ating and implementing opportunities to reduce environmen-
tal burdens.  Of the three components, inventory analysis is
the best developed tool to date.

Inventory Analysis

       Facilities use inventory analysis to quantify the en-
ergy and raw material requirements, and all environmental
releases  (e.g., air emissions,  solid waste, wastewater dis-
charge) during the life cycle of a product, package, process,
material, or activity. As such, LCA is best viewed as a pro-
cess for researching, confirming and disclosing the impor-
tant quantifiable environmental relationships that exist during
each phase of a product, process,  material, or activity's life
cycle.  Facility personnel involved directly with new design
work and acquisitions  should become familiar with LCA as
well as anyone involved in choosing pollution prevention op-
portunities. For example,  a facility coordinator may adopt a
life cycle approach to determine whether replacing  a solvent
degreaser with a caustic cleaner makes sense in terms of the
total impact  on the  environment.  Does the elimination of
VOC emissions offset the discharge  of heavy-metal  laden
caustic cleaner to the wastewater treatment plant?  Does re-
placing paper towels in the restrooms with  reusable cloth or
hand dryers decrease the impact on the environment?
       LCA is particularly appropriate for those involved in
                                           120

-------
                                                            Economic Analyses Methods
 acquisitions and new product design.  Acquisitions can
 include anyone at a Federal facility that orders supplies,
 from office staff ordering supplies out of a Federal supply
 catalogue, to process design engineers ordering hazard-
 ous substances.  When ordering office supplies, for in-
 stance, staff should be aware that  the GSA catalogue
 indicates which products contain recycled materials (e.g.,
 paper products). It isn't necessary to perform a complete
 LCA to realize that from an environmental standpoint,
 staff should purchase products with recycled content if
 possible.

       Design engineers (e.g., DoD weapons acquisition
 staff) can use the LCA approach  to design or redesign
 products to make them environmentally compatible.  Typi-
 cally design engineers focus exclusively on the product's
 quality, performance, and production price. With an LCA
 approach, environmental design criteria are given equal
 footing with traditional criteria.  Design  criteria which
 are commonly used include whether a design requires the
 use of hazardous substances, consumes too much energy
 or water, or is not  readily recycled  or reused.  Stating
 these criteria up-front helps ensure that products are envi-
 ronmentally compatible from the manufacturing stage, and
 through operation and maintenance, and final disposal.

       Environmental criteria to consider in designing
 products:

 •   Use renewable natural resource materials
 •   Use materials with recycled content

 •   Use fewer toxic substances

 •   Reuse scrap and  excess material from production
 •   Produce goods with a longer life expectancy

 •   Manufacture products that can be recycled at the  end
    of their life cycle

 LCA is still a relatively new tool, but research and devel-
opment are  underway.  The EPA,  the Society for Envi-
ronmental Toxicology and Chemistry, and  many industry
hor further information,
see the EPA Risk
Reduction Engineering
Laboratory's publications:
Life-Cycle Assessment:
Inventory Guidelines,
(EPA/600/R-92/245) this
publication describes the
three components of a
life-cycle assessment and
develops guidelines for
implementation;  and
Principles and Life-Cycle
Design Manual:
Environmental
Requirements and the
Product System (EPA/
600/R-92/226) provides
guidance on life-cycle
design principles. Life-
cycle design promotes
the reduction of
environmental impacts
and health risks through
a system approach to
design.
                                             121

-------
Appendix A
                                 trade groups are actively involved in promoting the develop-
                                 ment of consistent, consensus-based guidelines on the con-
                                 duct of LCA.

                                 3.6.3  Summary
                                        In order to take full advantage of the tools described
                                 in this section, Federal facility coordinators must be willing
                                 to devote time and energy into collecting the necessary cost
                                 and environmental data. A facility with good environmental
                                 recordkeeping and audits should be able to prepare a suitable
                                 data-set within a reasonable period of time. Although devel-
                                 oping the data-set requires an initial  investment of time, Fed-
                                 eral  facility coordinators will then have the means to prepare
                                 more accurate justifications of pollution prevention projects.
                                          122

-------
 APPENDIX B
CASE STUDIES
      123

-------
Appendix B


           CASE STUDY 1: Air Emission Reductions, Robins Air Force Base

  Opportunity Type:  Source Reduction — Material Substitution

  Project Description:
      Robins Air Force Base (AFB) is testing a new technology for corrosion protection coatings
  that promises to reduce air pollution. Many standard primers and topcoat paints (such as
  two-part epoxies and polyurethanes, alkyd enamels, and Chemical Agent Resistance Coatings)
  release volatile organic chemicals when they cure. Considered toxic, these chemicals also
  contribute substantially to atmospheric pollution.  In addition, the unused paint residues are
  classified as hazardous waste.
      Robins AFB is checking manufacturers' claims that their new plastic powder coatings
  outperform  standard coatings.  Specifically,  the base  is conducting tests to flame-spray
  these coatings on ground support equipment, mobile communications vans, and munitions
  and munitions handling equipment in the field.  The coated panels are currently undergoing
  tests for chemical resistance properties and accelerated aging.
      If test results are favorable, the  Air Force will select one or more coatings for field
  testing at bases experience  serious corrosion problems.

  Cost:  Not available.
  Technology Status: Preliminary testing stage.

  (Source: SAIC Newsgram Spring 1993.)
                                         124

-------
                                                                        Case Studies
               CASE STUDY 2: Air Emission Reductions, U.S. Navy
Opportunity Type:  Source Reduction — Material Substitution
Project Description:

    In 1992, the Navy received an EPA Administrator's Award for Pollution Prevention for
the development and implementation of a new paint called Unicoat. Unicoat was developed
by  the U.S.  Navy Exploratory Development Program for aircraft and other  industrial
applications.   With no toxic chromate pigments, the new  paint reduces volatile  organic
compounds and hazardous waste from the painting process by 67 percent.  At the same time,
Unicoat provides equivalent or  superior performance to the toxic paints the Navy and Air
Force have used in the past.

    The traditional painting system for aircraft consists of an epoxy primer for adhesion and
control inhibition, and a polyurethane topcoat for  aesthetics, durability, and additional
protection against degradation.  This  two-coat primer and topcoat painting system contains
high levels of VOCs and carcinogenic chromates.  Unicoat, in contrast, is a self-priming
topcoat designed  to replace the two  coatings with a blend  of organic and inorganic zinc
compounds that are nontoxic.

Cost: Not available.

Technology Status: Unicoat is being used in Navy and Air Force applications; efforts are
underway to transfer the technology to the commercial airline and industrial communities.

(Source: adapted from U.S. EPA Pollution Prevention News. May 1992.)
                                         125

-------
Appendix B


                    CASE STUDY 3:  Air Emission Reductions, DOE

  Opportunity Type:  Source Reduction — Material Substitution

  Project Description:

      Many Federal agencies  have started  testing and evaluating commercially available
  substitutes for processes such as degreasing. The Materials Substitution Committee at Los
  Alamos National Laboratory  identified  and tested 20 solvent  substitutes for  1,1,1
  Trichloroethane.
      Criteria for selecting the substitutes included (1) easily accessible  and commercially
  available, (2) suitability for  a wide  variety of cleaning operations,  (3) non-generator of a
  hazardous waste, and (4) perform as well as existing solvent cleaners.  Of the 20 products
  tested, Inland Technology's X-Caliber performed the best. The toxicological effects of M-
  pyrol, a constituent of X-caliber, are currently being tested.

      For a summary of the project, contact  the Waste Minimization Program Office at 505-
  665-8294. The Office will continue identifying substitute solvents that perform effectively,
  evaporate quickly, and serve as alternatives to chlorofluorocarbons.

  Cost: Not available.
  Technology Status:  Fully developed products; may require testing prior to use.

  (Source: adapted from an article published in the US DOE - Defense Programs newsletter, Pollution Prevention
  Advisor, Spring 1993, Vol 3, No. 2.)
                                          126

-------
                                                                        Case Studies
                  CASE STUDY 4:  Cadmium-Free Electroplating,
                 	U.S. Army, Defense Logistics Agency
 Opportunity Type:  Source Reduction — Material Substitution, Operating Procedures
 Project Description:

    The Defense Logistics Agency Hazardous Material Minimization Program has modified
 more than 50 specifications to use alternatives to cadmium-based plating.  The discharge of
 cadmium-contaminated plating rinsewaters requires costly wastewater treatment procedures
 to remove the cadmium.  Cadmium contaminated sludges and process residuals  must be
 handled as a Resource Conservation and Recovery Act  (RCRA) hazardous waste.  The
 Defense Construction Supply Center, Columbus Ohio, identified more than 40 specifications
 that have  potential for change.  Thirteen specifications have been changed, ranging from
 dog collars to automotive radiator caps.

    The Defense Personnel Support Center, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, has changed
 specifications for hospital furniture to have an alternative surface finish coating without
 cadmium.

    The Defense Electronics Supply Center,  Dayton, Ohio,  is looking for cadmium
 replacements for fasteners and other  related hardware items.  Out of 200,000  cadmium-
plated items, the Defense Electronics Supply has changed the specification for 460 to replace
cadmium with zinc chromate.
Cost: Not available.

Technology Status:  Some specifications fully developed, others under development.

(Source: Defense Logistics Agency.  Hazardous Material Minimization Program. Unpublished)
                                        127

-------
Appendix B


      CASE STUDY 5: Hazardous Waste Reduction From Depainting Operations,
            U.S. Coast Guard Support Center, Governors Island, New York	

  Opportunity Type: Source Reduction — Process Modification

  Project Description:
      This project was developed under RREL's Waste Reduction Evaluations At Federal Sites
  (WREAFS) Program. The method the Coast Guard employed to remove paint and rust from
  buoys was to use a steel shot blasting method.  About 24.0 tons of steel shot were purchased
  annually at a cost of $17,040.  The shot passes through the system an average of five times
  before it is too fragmented to be effective.  Approximately, 120 drums (55-gallon) were
  disposed of as hazardous waste annually due to the presence of lead. The cost for disposal is
  $0.23/lbs  or an annual cost of $20,700.
      The pollution prevention opportunity identified by the WREAFS team for this process
  was to convert from steel shot to plastic media.  This conversion can be made  relatively
  easily and with minimal capital investment. Some minor equipment changes may be necessary;
  however,  the conversion would markedly reduce the weight of the residual blasting media as
  a result of the lighter density material (steel at 299.65 Ibs/ft3 versus plastic bead at 49.94 Ibs/
  ft3) and the increased recycle capability (20 cycles anticipated with the plastic versus five
  cycles for steel shot).

  Cost:
      Total  capital investment: $6,830
  Annual Net Operating Costs Savings: $24,120/yr
  Estimated payback for the plastic media blasting system is 3.4 months

  Technology Status:  Fully developed.

  (Source: US EPA. Waste Minimization Opportunity Assessment. U.S. Coast Guard Support Center, Governors
  Island, New York. 1990.)
                                         128

-------
                                                                         Case Studies
              CASE STUDY 6:  Hazardous Waste Reduction of Solvents
                  by an Aqueous Parts Washer, Naval Base Norfolk
Opportunity Type:  Source Reduction - Process Change
Project Description:

    To reduce solvent use in the parts cleaning process, aqueous parts washers were installed
aboard the U.S.S. Theodore Roosevelt and at the Shore Intermediate Maintenance Activity
(SIMA) Norfolk. These parts washers use high-pressure water and water-based cleaners,
rather than chemical solvents, to clean the equipment.  The parts washers  on the U.S.S.
Theodore Roosevelt represent the first such systems aboard ship; Naval Base Norfolk is
working  with other ships to  install additional systems.  Many other commands at the base
and surrounding area have seen demonstrations of this technology and have procured or are
in the process of procuring additional parts washers.

Cost Savings: The installation of the parts washer at SIMA Norfolk resulted in the cancellation
of the base's  single  largest Safety Kleen solvent contract  which will eliminate solvents and
the procurement and disposal of rags,  immediately saving the base $24,000 a year.  More
than $100,000 can be saved  in labor cost the first year.
Technology Status:  Fully developed.

(Source: U.S. EPA. Tidewater Interagency Pollution Prevention Progress Report. 1993)
                                         129

-------
Appendix B
              CASE STUDY 7:  Hazardous Waste Reduction of Solvents by
                Installation of a Jet Parts Washer, Dover Air Force Base

  Opportunity Type:  Source Reduction — Equipment Modification

  Project Description:
     Dover Air Force Base's Jet Engine Repair shop used to rely on a three-stage process for
  cleaning aircraft engine assemblies and associated parts. The first tank contained a descaler
  (potassium hydroxide), which is used for removing carbon deposits from the aircraft parts;
  the second tank was a degreaser,  which removed  lubricants; and the third (Citrisolve  — a
  limonene extract) was a bearing cleaner, which removed grit. The open, heated tanks created
  a hazardous working environment.  Fumes and exhaust from the tanks made breathing difficult
  while spills from transferring dripping parts increased the risk of accidents. The spent solvents
  were classified as a RCRA hazardous waste because of corrosivity.
     The shop manager worked  with the  base environmental program staff to identify an
  alternative cleaning system.  Research  included visiting a Boeing facility that had already
  installed  a jet parts washer  and working closely  with vendors.   The environmental  staff
  prepared a cost analysis as part of the request for obtaining funding.  An estimated annual
  savings of $6,000 was projected.  Dover has purchased  two jet parts washers for the Jet
  Engine repair shop; they are awaiting funding for installation.  The base  also has several
  more washers on order.
     Although this pollution prevention project eliminated the generation of a RCRA hazardous
  waste, it resulted in the production of a contaminated wastewater that may require pretreatment
  prior to discharge.

  Cost:
         Total equipment cost (approximately): $30,000
         Annual cost of detergent:  $500
         Annual cost of disposal:  $1,000
         Total Annual Cost:  $1,500

  Total annual savings in comparison to current system is $6,000. Estimated payback for the
  system is  2.5 years.
  Technology Status: Full-scale operational.

  (Source:  SAIC Onsite Pollution Prevention Opportunity Assessment.  1993)
                                         130

-------
                                                                         Case Studies
                  CASE STUDY 8: Hazardous Material Pharmacy,
            U.S. Air Force Center for Environmental Excellence (AFCEE)
 Opportunity Type:  Source Reduction — Inventory Control
 Project Description:

    The Air Force is setting up hazardous material pharmacies at bases to reduce the volume
 of hazardous materials with expired shelf lives that are disposed of as hazardous wastes. The
 hazardous material pharmacy is an improved hazardous materials control program, which is
 based on four elements:

 1.  Centralized control and management of hazardous material inventory replenishments —
    The pharmacy is the sole source of hazardous materials to the base.

 2.  Regulated distribution  of hazardous materials — Only limited quantities of hazardous
    materials are issued to customers at one time.

 3.  Material reuse,  alternative use, and recycling — The  pharmacy serves as a base-wide
    waste exchange service to find users for hazardous materials that are turned in as excess.

 4.  Reduction  in the hazardous material and hazardous waste management burden placed on
    functional  organizations — the base ensures compliance  with the waste storage provisions
    of RCRA by removing wastes  from work areas for accumulation at a small number of
    sites under the control of specially trained staff.

 Upon request, the pharmacy issues materials to base  organizations that have an established
 need for the material and have met all regulatory, training, and health, and environmental
 protection precautions required for the use of the material.  The amount of material released
 matches the current need. The pharmacy records each  material issued and maintains a history
 of materials  issued to each customer organization.

 Cost Savings:  Hill Air Force Base's material acquisition costs dropped from $14 million to
 $4 million between 1990 and 1992.   Point Magu Naval Air  Station's hazardous  material
purchases  fell  from $132,000 to $55,000 during the first year of the program with only one
directorate participating.

Technology  Status:  Fully developed.

(Source: Air Force Center for Environmental Excellence. Hazardous Material Pharmacy: Commanders''How
To Guide'.  1993)
                                          131

-------
Appendix B


                CASE STUDY 9:  Recycling, Savannah River Site, DOE

  Opportunity Type:  Recycling Antifreeze and Paint Solvent Wastes

  Project Description:

      Bechtel Savannah River  Inc. (BSRI), the principal subcontractor for  Westinghouse
  Savannah River Co. at the Savannah River Site, has instituted a pollution prevention program
  that includes antifreeze recycling and paint solvent waste recycling.  The antifreeze recycling
  equipment includes mechanical filtration and chemical treatment. Spent filters are disposed
  of as a nonhazardous waste. The recycled antifreeze meets or exceeds ASTM-3306 standards
  for protection and performance. In 1991, more than 14,005 liters of antifreeze were recycled
  and returned to service in construction equipment and passenger vehicles.

      With respect to the paint solvent wastes,  BSRI installed two 28 liter distillation units in
  1991.  Within the next 3 months, more than 757 liters of solvent were reclaimed and reused
  as cleaning solvent.  This reduced the volume of hazardous waste by 85 to 90 percent.

  Cost Savings: Antifreeze — $11,500 in 1991; Solvent distillation — a savings of $13,400 in
  the first three months of operation offset the purchase cost of the two distillation units.

  Technology Status: Fully developed.

  (Source: U.S. DOE - Defense, Programs. Pollution Prevention Advisor. Vol. 3, No. 3. Summer 1993.)
                                         132

-------
                                                                        Case Studies
               CASE STUDY 10:  Recycling Program, Fort Eustis, VA
 Opportunity Type:  Recycling

 Project Description:

    In response to Federal, State and Army requirements (Training and Doctrine Command),
 Fort Eustis established a recycling program. The program recycles many types of materials,
 including white paper, computer paper, white ledger, colored or coated paper, manila folders,
 tab cards, cardboard, pressboard, car batteries, pallets, #1 and #2  plastic, tin cans,  wood,
 technical manuals, and metals.  Ft. Eustis has also implemented curbside recycling service
 for the  residential areas.  The curbside service accepts newspapers, magazines, aluminum
 cans, and glass.

    In 1992, Fort Eustis  recycled approximately  1.6 million kilograms of material  for an
 annual recycling rate of 22 percent, surpassing the State of Virginia requirements.  In addition,
 the base recycled the following amounts of materials from March 1990 to November 1992:
 •   More than 992.25 tons of paper

 •   More than 1,543.5 tons of metal

 •   More than 462.6 tons of cardboard

 •   More than 158 tons of glass

 •   More than 73.5  tons of aluminum cans

    In recognition of its success, the  recycling program was  given the 1992 Training and
Doctorine Command (TRADOC) Pollution Prevention and Recycling Award and has been
nominated for the Army Pollution Prevention and Recycling Award.

Cost Savings:  (1992) avoided landfill disposal cost is $57,780; revenue from sale of recycled
materials is $67,414.

(Source: US EPA. Tidewater Interagency Pollution Prevention Program Progress Report. 1993).
                                         133

-------
Appendix B


           CASE STUDY 11:  Pollution Prevention in the Home, HUD, EPA

  Opportunity Type:  Policy and Regulatory Development

  Project Description:
     EPA, Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD), and 18 other Federal
  organizations  have organized a Federal interagency  task force to reduce the exposure of
  children to lead-based paint.  In 1991, EPA completed a comprehensive strategy for dealing
  with exposure to lead from all sources, including paint. HUD also developed a lead strategy.
  In 1992,  Congress strengthened these efforts by passing the Residential Lead-Based Paint
  Hazard Reduction Act (Title  X of the Housing and Community Development Act of 1992).

     The new law mandates activities to reduce hazards posed by lead exposure in housing
  and establishes an infrastructure for a national program to eliminate childhood lead poisoning.
  Congress assigned EPA and HUD primary  responsibility for implementing the act.  The
  Office of Pollution Prevention and Toxic Substances  is taking the lead for EPA.

     The act's key requirements fall into four categories:

  •  Training, accreditation, and contractor certification
  •  Laboratory programs
  •  Public education
  •  Hazard  identification

     In April 1993, EPA and other Federal agencies opened a clearinghouse for disseminating
  technical and  nontechnical lead-related information.  A toll free hotline was established in
  November 1992, the phone number is (800) LEAD-FYI.
     Eliminating lead from interior  and  exterior paints was a true pollution prevention
  opportunity.  While reducing lead exposure  does not fall under the traditional definition of
  pollution prevention, it  is an example of actions Federal agencies can take to reduce the risks
  associated with hazardous substances.

  (Source: Adapted from U.S. EPA Office of Pollution Prevention and Toxics Chemicals in Progress Bulletin
  Vol. 14 No. 2, June 1993.)
                                         134

-------
                                                                         Case Studies
                    CASE STUDY 12: Miscellaneous Cost Savings
 The Defense Logistics Agency (DLA) reports the following cost savings through pollution
 prevention:

    Packaging:  Revision to the packaging  standard for isopropyl alcohol reduced air
    transport preparation time to a fraction of its previous allocation, but also saved more
    than $8,000 in the first year.

    Chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs): Requirements  were set for elimination of CFCs as a
    propellant for all DGSC-rnanaged items by using carbon dioxide gas or a simple pump
    mechanism instead.  Specification revisions have eliminated 240.0 tons of CFC from
    being consumed annually and have saved $540,000 in CFC excise tax.

    Solvents:  MIL-0-11090, a cleaning compound, is now replaced by aromatic naptha,
    a less hazardous and noncarcinogenic cleaning compound.  On an annual basis, this
    results in 75,003 gallons and saves more than $200,000.

 (Source:  Defense Logistics Agency, undated)

 The Department of Energy's Defense Programs office reports the following costs savings
 through pollution prevention:

    Ethylene glycol:  the Nevada Test Site has begun using an additive in its fleet operations
    which greatly extends  coolant life.  As a result, Nevada Test Site will no longer need
    to replace or dispose of 20,000 gallons of antifreeze annually resulting in a  cost
    avoidance of $245,000.

    Oil filters: the Nevada Test site has installed filter crushers for engine oil and hydraulic
    filters, fluids are collected and recycled through an off-site vendor.  This  has resulted
    in a cost savings of $428,000 in waste  disposal costs.

    Chemicals:  recycling of chemicals at Sandia National Laboratory (Albuquerque, NM)
    through implementation of the Chemical Exchange Program has resulted in a  cost
    avoidance of $81,500.

    Electroplating wastes: Lawrence Livermore National laboratory is saving $400,000
    per year as a result of implementing waste minimization technologies in the electroplating
    and metal finishing facility.  Changes included: relocation of cyanide solutions,
    eliminating chromium plating, changing rinsing practices, and the elimination of vapor
    degreasers.

(Source:  U.S. DOE -Defense Program.  Summary of Waste Minimization and Pollution Prevention Activities,
undated)

                                          135

-------
Appendix B


             CASE STUDY 13: Spent Parts Washer Solution, Fort Riley, KS

  Opportunity:  Recycling — Equipment Modification

  Project Description:
     Under the Waste Reduction Evaluations of Federal Sites (WREAFS) program,  a PPOA
  team assessed a maintenance operation at Fort Riley, Kansas, a U.S. Army Forces Command
  facility.  The maintenance shop generated a spent aqueous alkaline detergent solution resulting
  from cleaning automotive parts. The waste stream contaminants included trace concentrations
  of lead, chromium, and cadmium at a pH greater than 12, as well as the oils, grease, and dirt
  removed from the automotive parts.
     Although the waste stream had been classified as nonhazardous, it was being reclassified
  as a RCRA hazardous waste because of its characteristics. As a result, the shop's goal was to
  reduce or eliminate this waste stream.  The assessment team examined records to determine
  the annual volume of the waste generated, its characteristics, the current disposal cost, and the
  cost of raw materials (i.e., the replacement cost of the fresh detergent).

     The team proposed that the shop install a system to remove the oily contaminants  from the
  detergent through emulsification, skimming, and filtration.  With replenishment with minor
  amounts of fresh detergent, the cleaned washwater would then be recirculated to the parts
  washer.  Buildup of impurities in the recycled washwater would be prevented by purging 25
  percent of the used alkaline detergent and recycling 75 percent. The material being purged
  would be neutralized with an appropriate amount  of waste battery acid (obtained from  the
  facility's battery  shop), treated to remove precipitated trace heavy metals, and disposed of as
  a nonhazardous waste.
  Cost Savings:  $107.00 per year with a  payback of . 18 years.

  (Source: This project was developed under RREL's Waste Reduction Evaluation At Federal Sites (WREAFS)
  Program. WMOA Report and Project Summary - Ft. Riley, Kansas. EPA/600/S2-90/031)
                                         136

-------
                                                                         Case Studies
            CASE STUDY 14:  General Pollution Prevention Techniques,
                 USDA Beltsville Agricultural Research Laboratory
    Under the Waste Reduction Evaluations of Federal Sites (WREAFS) program, a PPOA
 team assessed a major USDA research laboratory, Beltsville Agricultural Research Laboratory
 (BARC).  BARC employs approximately 900 scientists and technicians who perform research
 work in all  areas related to the Department of Agriculture activities.   State of the art
 research is conducted on livestock diseases, animal and human nutrition, animal genetics
 and physiology, plant productivity and diseases, and a host of other topics.

  The BARC facility generates approximately 22.5 tons of hazardous  waste annually at a
 disposal cost of approximately $423,000.  A strong site-wide hazardous waste management
 program is led by the Safely,  Occupation Health, and Environmental Section (SOHES)
 Office.  This program includes:  state of the art facilities for solvent bulking; site-wide
 hazardous waste training; the presence of collateral hazardous waste duty officers in each
 research institute; an E-mail system for trading chemicals on-site; recycling programs; and
 many others. An existing strong incentive for pollution prevention on the site is the charge-
 back policy.  A charge-back policy is a means of making waste generators responsible for
 paying for their waste disposal costs. Once generators are financially responsible for their
 wastes,  they  have an incentive to reduce.  This incentive, coupled with the environmental
 ethic of many researchers and their desire  to minimize raw material costs,  has already led to
 significant pollution prevention on-site.   Additional approaches to pollution prevention
 identified by  the PPOA team are presented in Table 9 in Chapter 6  of this report.

 (Source:  US EPA. Pollution Prevention Opportunity Assessment:  USDA Beltsville Agricultural Research
Laboratory. EPA/600/SR-93/008).
                                         137

-------

-------
           APPENDIX C
FEDERAL FACILITIES COMPLIANCE ACT
               139

-------
Appendix C

LEVEL 1 - 1 OF 1 SECTION


                       UNITED STATES CODE SERVICE

                      ADVANCE LEGISLATIVE SERVICE

        (c) 1992 THE LAWYERS CO-OPERATIVE PUBLISHING COMPANY

                               Public Law 102-386

                                102nd Congress

                                  [H.R. 2194]

                    102 P.L. 386; 1992 H.R. 2194; 106 Stat. 1505
SYNOPSIS:

An Act
      To amend the Solid Waste Disposal Act to clarify provisions concerning the appli-
cation of certain requirements and  sanctions to Federal facilities.

OCT. 6, 1992 -- PUBLIC LAW 102-386
      TEXT:  Be  it enacted by the Senate  and House of Representatives of the United
States of American in congress assembled,
               TITLE I - FEDERAL FACILITY COMPLIANCE ACT

[*101] SEC.  101.  SHORT TITLE.
This title may be cited as the "Federal Facility Compliance Act of 1992".

[102] SEC. 102.  APPLICATION OF CERTAIN PROVISIONS TO FEDERAL
      FACILITIES.
(a).  In General.  Section 6001 of the Solid Waste Disposal Act (42 U.S.C. 6961) is amended
-  (1) by inserting "(a) In General. " after  "6001.";   (2) in the  first sentence, by inserting
"and  management" before "in the same  manner";  (3) by inserting  after the first sentence
the following:   "The Federal,  State, interstate and  local substantive and  procedural re-
quirements referred to in this subsection include,  but  are not limited to, all  administrative
orders and all civil  and administrative penalties and fines,  regardless of whether such
                                      140

-------
                                                       Federal Facility Compliance Act

 penalties or fines are punitive  or coercive in nature or  are imposed for isolated, intermit-
 tent, or continuing violations.   The United  States hereby expressly waives any'immunity
 otherwise applicable to the United States with respect  to any  such substantive or proce-
 dural requirement (including, but not limited to, any injunctive relief, administrative order
 or civil or administrative  penalty or fine referred to in  the preceding sentence,  or reason-
 able service  charge).  The reasonable service charges  referred to in this  subsection in-
 clude,  but are not limited to,  fees or charges assessed  in connection with  the processing
 and  issuance of permits,  renewal of permits,  amendments to permits,  review of plans,
 studies, and other documents,  and  inspection and monitoring of facilities, as well as  any
 other nondiscriminatory charges that are assessed in connection with a Federal, State,
 interstate,  or  local solid waste or hazardous waste regulatory program."; and (4) by insert-
 ing after the second sentence the following:   "No agent,  employee,  or officer of the Untied
 States shall be personally liable of any  civil penalty under any Federal, State,  interstate,
 or local solid or hazardous v/aste law with respect to any act  or omission within the scope
 of the official duties of the agent, employee,  or officer.  An agent, employee, or officer of
 the United States shall be subject to any criminal sanction (including,  but not limited  to,
 any fine or imprisonment) under any Federal  or State solid or hazardous waste law,  but
 no department,  agency, or instrumentality of the executive, legislative,  or judicial branch
 of the Federal Government  shall be subject  to any such sanction.".

 (b)   Administrative Enforcement Actions.  Such section is further  amended by adding at
 the end the following  new subsections:

 "(b)  Administrative  Enforcement Actions.  (1)   The Administrator may commence an  ad-
 ministrative enforcement action against  any department,  agency, or instrumentality of the
 executive,  legislative,  or judicial branch of  the Federal Government pursuant to the  en-
 forcement  authorities contained  in this Act. The Administrator shall initiate an administra-
 tive enforcement action against  such a department,  agency,  or instrumentality  in the same
 manner  and under the same circumstances  as an action would be initiated against  an-
 other person.  Any voluntary resolution or settlement of such an action shall be set forth in
 a  consent  order.

       "(2) No administrative order issued to such a department, agency, or instrumental-
 ity shall become final  until such department,  or agency, or  instrumentality has had  the
 opportunity to confer  with  the Administrator in the  same manner and under  the same
 circumstances as  an action  would  be initiated against  another person.  Any voluntary
 resolution or settlement of such an action shall be set  forth in a consent order.

 "(c)  Limitation  on State  Use of Funds Collected  From Federal  Government.  Unless a
 State law in effect on the date of the enactment of the  Federal Facility Compliance Act of
 1992 or  a  State  constitution requires the  funds  to be used in a different  manner, all funds
 collected by a State from  the Federal Government from penalties  and fines imposed  for
violation of any substantive  or  procedural  requirement referred to in subsection  (a)  shall


                                          141

-------
Appendix C

be used by the State only for  projects  designed  to improve or protect the environment or
to defray  the  costs of environmental protection or enforcement.".

(c)  Effective  Dates. --  (1) In  general.   Except as otherwise provided  in paragraphs (2) and
(3), the amendments made by  subsection (a) shall take effect upon the date of the enact-
ment of this Act.
       (2)   Delayed effective date  for certain  mixed  waste.   Until the date that is 3 years
after the date  of the enactment of this Act, the waiver of sovereign immunity contained  in
section 6001 (a) of the Solid Waste Disposal  act with respect to civil,  criminal, and admin-
istrative  penalties and fines (as  added by the amendments  made by  subsection (a)) shall
not apply  to  departments,  agencies, and instrumentalities of the executive branch of the
Federal Government for violations  of  section 3004(j) of  the Solid  Waste Disposal Act
involving storage of mixed waste that  is not subject to an  existing agreement,  permit,  or
administrative or judicial order,  so long as such waste  is managed in compliance with all
other applicable requirements.
       (3)   Effective date lor  certain mixed waste.  (A)   Except as  provided in subpara-
graph (B), after the date  that is 3 years after the date of enactment of this Act,  the waiver
of sovereign  immunity  contained  in  section  6001 (a)  of  the  Solid Waste Disposal  Act with
respect to  civil,  criminal, and administrative penalties and  fines (as  added by the amend-
ments made by  subsection (a))  shall apply to departments, agencies, and instrumentali-
ties of the executive branch of the Federal  Government for  violations of section 3004(j)  of
the Solid Waste  Disposal Act  involving storage  of mixed waste.
       (B)  With respect to the  Department of Energy, the waiver of sovereign immunity
referred  to in subparagraph (A) shall not apply after the date that is  3 years after the date
of the enactment of this  Act for violations  of Section 3004 (j) of such  Act involving  storage
of mixed waste, so long as the  Department of Energy  is in compliance with both ~ (i) a
plan  that  has been  submitted and  approved pursuant to section 302l(b)  of the Solid
Waste Disposal  Act and which  is in effect; and (ii) an  order  requiring compliance with
such  plan  which has been  issued pursuant  to  such section 302l(b) and which is in effect.
       (4)  Application  of waiver to  agreements and  orders.   The waiver  of sovereign
immunity  contained  in section 6001 (a)  of the Solid  Waste  Disposal  Act  (as  added by the
amendments made by subsection (a)) shall  take effect on  the date of the  enactment of this
Act with respect to any  agreement,  permit, or administrative or judicial  order  existing  on
such  date  of  enactment (and any subsequent  modifications  to such an agreement, permit,
or order),  including, without limitation, any revision of an agreement, permit, or order that
addresses  compliance with section  3004(j) of such Act with respect  to mixed  waste.
       (5)  Agreement or order.   Except as provided in paragraph (4), nothing  in this Act
shall be construed to alter, modify, or change  in any  manner  any agreement, permit,  or
administrative or judicial order,  including, without limitation, any provision of any  agree-

                                           142

-------
                                                     Federal Facility Compliance Act

 ment, permit, or order -- (i) that addresses compliance with  mixed waste;   (ii) that is in
 effect on  the date of enactment of this Act; and (iii) to which a department, agency, or
 instrumentality  of the executive  branch of the Federal  Government is a party'.

 [*103] SEC. 103.  DEFINITION OF PERSON.

 Section 1004(15) of the Solid Waste Disposal Act (42 U.S.C.6903(15))  is amended by
 adding the following before the  period:   "and shall include each department,  agency, and
 instrumentality  of the United States".

 [*104] SEC. 014.  FACILITY ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENTS.

 Section 3007(c) of the Solid Waste  Disposal  Act (42 U.S.C.  6927(c))  is amended as
 follow:  (1) the first sentence is  amended by striking out  "Beginning"  and all that follows
 through  "undertake"  and inserting in lieu thereof "The  Administrator shall  undertake".

       (2)   The first sentence is further  amended  by striking out  "Federal  agency" and
 inserting in lieu thereof "department, agency, or instrumentality of  the United States".

       (3)   The section is further amended by inserting  after the first sentence the follow-
 ing  new sentence: "Any State with an authorized hazardous waste  program also may
 conduct an inspection of any  such facility for purposes  of enforcing the facility's compli-
 ance with  the State hazardous waste program.".

       (4)   The section is further amended by adding at the end the following:  "The de-
 partment,  agency,  or  instrumentality owning or operating each such  facility shall reim-
 burse the Environmental Protection Agency  for the costs of the inspection of the facility.
 With respect to the first inspection  of each  such  facility occurring  after the  date of the
 enactment  of the Federal Facility Compliance Act  of 1992, the Administrator shall con-
 duct a comprehensive ground water monitoring  evaluation at  the facility, unless  such an
 evaluation was  conducted during the  12-month period  preceding such date of enact-
 ment.".

 [*105] SEC. 105 MIXED WASTE INVENTORY REPORTS AND PLAN.

 (a) Mixed Waste Inventory Reports. -  "(1) Requirement.  Not  later than 180 days after the
 date  of the enactment of the Federal Facility Compliance Act of 1992, the Secretary of
 Energy shall submit to the Administrator and to the Governor  of each  State in which the
 Department of Energy stores  or  generates mixed wastes the following reports:   "(A) A
 report containing a national inventory of all such  mixed wastes, regardless  of the  time
 they  were  generated, on  a  State-by-State basis.

       "(B) A report containing  a national inventory of mixed waste treatment capacities
and  technologies.
                                        143

-------
Appendix C

       "(2)  Inventory of wastes.   The report required by paragraph (1)(A) shall  include the
following:   "(A)  A description of each  type of mixed waste at each Department of Energy
Facility in each State, including,  at a  minimum,  the name of the waste stream.
       "(B)  The amount of each  type of mixed waste currently stored  at each Department
of Energy  facility in  each  State,  set forth separately by mixed waste that is subject to the
land disposal  prohibition  requirements of section 3004 and mixed  waste that is  not sub-
ject  to such prohibition requirements.
       "(C)  An  estimate of the  amount of each type of mixed  waste  the Department ex-
pects to  generate in the next  5 years at each Department of Energy facility in  each state.
       "(D)  A description of any waste minimization actions the Department  has imple-
mented at  each Department of Energy  facility in each  State of each mixed waste stream.
       "(E)  The EPA hazardous waste code for each  type  of mixed waste  containing
waste that has been characterized at eacli Department of Energy  facility in each  State for
each mixed waste stream.
       "(F)  An inventory  of each type of waste that has not been characterized by  sam-
pling and analysis  at each  Department of Energy facility in each State.
       "(G)  The basis  for the  Department's determination of the applicable hazardous
waste code for each type of mixed waste at each Department of Energy facility  and a
description of whether the determination is  based on  sampling and analysis conducted on
the  waste  or  on  the  basis of process  knowledge.
       "(H) A description of the  source of each type of mixed waste at each Department of
Energy facility in each State.
       "(I)  The land disposal prohibition  treatment technology  or technologies  specified
for  the hazardous  waste component  of each type of mixed waste  at each Department of
Energy facility in each State.
       "(J)  A statement of whether and how the radionuclide  content of the waste later or
affects use of the technologies described in subparagraph (I).
       "(3)   Inventory of treatment capacity and technologies.  The  report required by
paragraph (1)(B)  shall include the following:
       "(A) An  estimate of  the available treatment capacity  for each  waste described  in
 the  report required by paragraph (1)(A)  for which  treatment technology exist.
       "(B) A description, including the capacity, number and location, of each  treatment
 unit considered  in calculating the estimate under subparagraph (A).
       "(C) A description,  including the capacity, number and location,  of any existing
 treatment unit that  was  not considered in calculating  the estimate under subparagraph

-------
                                                       Federal Facility Compliance Act

 (A) but that could, alone or in conjunction with other treatment units, be used  to treat any
 of the wastes described in the report required by paragraph (1)(A)  to meet the require-
 ments  of regulations promulgated pursuant to section 3004(m).

        "(D) For each unit listed  in subparagraph  (C),  a statement of the  reasons why the
 unit was not included in calculating the  estimate under  subparagraph (A).

        "(E) A description, including the  capacity,  number, location and estimated  date of
 availability, of each treatment unit currently proposed  to increase the treatment capacities
 estimated under subparagraph (A).

        "(F) For each waste described in the report required by paragraph (1)(A) for which
 the Department has determined no  treatment technology exists,  information sufficient to
 support such determination and a  description of the  technological  approaches the  De-
 partment anticipates will need to  be developed to treat the  waste.

        "(4) Comments and revisions. Not later than  90 days after the date of the submis-
 sion of the reports by the Secretary of Energy under paragraph (1), the Administrator  and
 each  State which  received  the reports shall  submit any comments they  may have con-
 cerning the reports to the Department of  Energy.   The Secretary  of Energy shall consider
 and publish the comments prior to publication of the final report.

        "(5)  Requests for additional information.  Nothing in this subsection limits or re-
 stricts  the authority of States or the Administrator to request additional information from
 the Secretary of Energy.

 "(b) Plan  for Development  of Treatment  Capacities and  Technologies.  -  "(1) Plan re-
 quirement.  (A)(i)  For each facility at which the Department of Energy generates  or stores
 mixed  waste, except any facility  subject to a permit,  agreement, or order  described in
 clause  (ii), the  Secretary of Energy shall develop and submit, as provided in paragraph
 (2), a plan for developing treatment  capacities and technologies to treat all of the  facility's
 mixed wastes,  regardless of the time they  were generated, to the standards  promulgated
 pursuant to section 3004(m).

       "(ii) Clause  (i) shall not apply with respect to  any  facility subject to any  permit
 establishing a schedule  for  treatment of  such  wastes,  or any existing  agreement  or  ad-
 ministrative or judicial order governing the treatment of such wastes, to which the State is
 a party.

       "(B) Each plan shall contain the following:

       "(i) For mixed wastes for which treatment exist,  a  schedule for  submitting all appli-
cable permit applications,  entering into  contracts,  initiating construction, conducting sys-
tems testing, commencing operations, and processing backlogged  and  currently generated
mixed  wastes.
                                          145

-------
Appendix C

       "(ii) For mixed wastes for which no treatment technologies  exist, a schedule for
identifying and developing  such technologies,  identifying the funding  requirements for
the identification and development of such technologies, submitting  treatability study ex-
emptions,  and submitting research and  development  permit applications.
       "(iii) For all cases  where the  Department proposes radionuclide separation of mixed
wastes, or materials derived  from mixed  wastes, it shall  provide an estimate of the  volume
of waste  generated  by each case of radionuclide separation,  the  estimated costs of waste
treatment and disposal if  radionuclide separation is used compared to the estimated costs
if it is not used,  and the assumptions underlying such  waste volume and cost estimates.

       "(C) A plan required under this subsection may provide for centralized,  regional, or
on-site treatment of mixed wastes,  or any combination  thereof.
       "(2) Review and approval of plan. (A) For each facility that is located in a State (i)
with authority under State law to prohibit land disposal of mixed  waste until  the waste has
been treated and  (ii) with both authority  under State law  regulate the hazardous  compo-
nents  of  mixed waste and authorization  from the Environmental  Protection Agency under
section 3006 to regulate the hazardous components of mixed  waste,  the Secretary of
Energy shall  submit the plan required under paragraph (1) to the appropriate State regu-
latory officials for their review and approval, modification, or  disapproval. In reviewing the
plan,  the  State shall consider the need  for  regional treatment facilities.  The State shall
comments in  making its determination on the plan.  The State shall approve, approve with
 modifications, or disapprove the plan within 6 months after receipt of the plan.
        "(B) For each facility  located in  a State that does not have the authority described
 in subparagraph (A), the Secretary  shall submit the plan required under paragraph (1) to
 the Administrator of the Environmental  Protection  Agency  for review and approval,  modi-
 fication or disapproval.
        A  copy  of the plan  also shall be provided by the Secretary to  the State in which
 such facility  is located.   In reviewing the plan, the Administrator shall  consider the need
 for regional treatment facilities.  The Administrator shall consult with the State or States in
 which any facility affected by the plan is  located and consider public comments in  making
 a determination on the plar.   The Administrator shall approve, approve with modifica-
 tions, or  disapprove the plan within  6 months after receipt of the plan.
        "(C) Upon  the approval of a plan under this  paragraph by the Administrator or a
 State, the Administrator shall issue an order under section  3008(a),  or the State shall
 issue'an order under appropriate  State  authority,  requiring compliance  with the approved
 plan.
        "(3) Public  participation. Upon  submission of a plan by the  Secretary of Energy  to
 the Administrator  or a State, and before approval of the plan by the  Administrator  or State,
 the Administrator or State  shall publish a notice  of the available to the public on request.

                                            146

-------
                                                      Federal Facility Compliance Act

        "(4)  Revisions of plan.   If any revisions  of an approved plan are proposed by the
 Secretary of Energy  or required by the Administer or a State, the provisions of paragraphs
 (2)  and (3)  shall apply to  the  revisions  in the same manner as they apply to the  original
 plan.

        "(5)  Waiver of plan requirement.  (A) A State may waive the requirement for the
 Secretary of Energy to  develop and submit a plan under this subsection for a  facility
 located in the State  if the  State (i) enters into an agreement with the Secretary of energy
 that addresses compliance at: the facility  with section 3004(j) with respect to mixed waste,
 and (ii) issues an order requiring compliance with such agreement and which  is in effect.'

        "(B)  Any violation of an agreement  or order  referred  to in subparagraph (A) is
 subject to the waiver of sovereign immunity contained in section 6001 (a).

        "(C)  Schedule and  Progress Reports --  "(1)  Schedule.   Not  later  than 6  months
 after the date of the  enactment  of the Federal  Facility Compliance Act of 1992, the Secre-
 tary of Energy shall publish in the  Federal Register a schedule for submitting the  plans
 required  under subsection  (b).

       "(2) Progress reports.   (A) Not  later  than the deadlines specified in subparagraph
 (B),  the Secretary of Energy shall  submit to  the Committee  on Environment and Public
 Works  of the Senate and the Committee on Energy and  Commerce  of the  House of Rep-
 resentatives a progress report containing the following:   "(i) An identification, by facility, of
 the plans that have been submitted  to States  or  the Administrator  of the  Environmental
 Protection Agency pursuant to subsection (b).

       "(ii) the status of State  and Environmental Protection Agency review the approval
 of each such plan.

       "(hi)  The number  of orders requiring compliance with such plans that are in effect.

       "(iv)  For the  first 2  reports required under this paragraph, an  identification of the
 plans required under such  subsection (b) that the Secretary expects to submit  in the 12-
 month period following submission of the report.

       (B)  The Secretary of Energy  shall  submit a report under subparagraph (A) not later
 than 12 months after the  date of the enactment of the Federal Facility Compliance  Act of
 1992, 24  months after such date, and 36 months after such date.".

       (2) The table of contents for subtitle C  of the Solid Waste Disposal  Act (contained
 in section 1001)  is amended at  the end the following new  item:

       "Sec 3021. Mixed waste inventory reports  and plan.".

(b) Definition.  Section  1004 of  the Solid  Waste Disposal Act (42 U.S.C.  6902)  is amended
by adding at the end  the following new paragraph:  "(41)  The term  'mixed waste'  means

                                         147

-------
Appendix C

waste  that contains both hazardous waste and  source,  special nuclear, or by-product
material subject tot he Atomic Energy Act of 1954 (42 U.S.C. 2011 et seq.).".
(c)  GAO Report --  (1)  Requirement.  Not later than 18 months after the date of the enact-
ment of this Act, the Comptroller General shall submit to Congress a report on the Depart-
ment of Energy's progress in  complying with  section 302l(b) of the Solid Waste Disposal
Act.
       (2) Matters to  be included.  The  report required under paragraph (1) shall  contain,
at a minimum, the following:  (A) The Department of Energy's progress in submitting to the
State or the Administrator of the Environmental Protection Agency a plan for each facility
for which a plan is required under section 302l(b) of the Solid Waste  Disposal Act and the
Status  of State  or  Environmental Protection Agency  review and approval of  each  such
plan.
       (B) The Department  of Energy's  progress in entering into orders requiring compli-
ance with any such plans that have  been approved.
       (C) An evaluation of the completeness and adequacy of each such plan as of the
date of submission of the report required under paragraph (1).
       (D) An identification of any recurring problems among the Department of Energy's
submitted plans.
       (E) A description of treatment technologies and capacity that  have  been devel-
oped by the Department of Energy since the date of the enactment of this Act  and a list of
the  wastes that  are expected to be treated by such technologies and the  facilities at which
the  wastes are  generated or  stored.
       (F) The  progress made by the Department of Energy in characterizing its mixed
waste  streams at each  such  facility by  sampling and  analysis.
       (G) An identification and analysis of additional actions that the  Department of En-
ergy must take to --  (i) complete  submission of all plans required under such section
302l(b)  for all such facilities;  (ii)  obtain the adoption of orders requiring compliance with
all such plans;  and  (ii) develop mixed waste treatment capacity and technologies.

 [*106] SEC. PUBLIC VESSELS.
 (a)  Amendment. Subtitle C of the Solid Waste Disposal Act (42 U.S.C. 6921  et  seq. ) is
 further amended by adding at the end  the  following new  section:

       "SEC. 3022 PUBLIC VESSELS.
 (a)  Waste Generated on Public Vessels.  Any  hazardous waste generated on  a public
 vessel shall  not be subject  to  the storage,  manifest, inspection, or recordkeeping require-

                                          148

-------
                                                        Federal Facility Compliance Act

  ments of this Act until such waste  is transferred  to a shore facility, unless- "(1) the waste
  is stored on the public vessel  for  more than 90 days  after the public  vessel is placed in
  reserve  or  is otherwise no longer  in service;  or "(2)  the  waste is transferred  to  another
  public vessel  within  the territorial waters of the  United States  and is stored on such vessel
  or another  public vessel  for more than 90 days  after the date of transfer.

  "(b)  Computation of Storage Period.   For purposes of subsection (a), the 90-day period
  begins on the earlier of - "(1)  the date on which the waste was generated is  placed in
  reserve or is otherwise no longer in service; or "(2)  the date on which the waste is trans-
  ferred from the public vessel on which the  waste  was generated to another public vessel
  within the territorial waters on the United  States;  and  continues,  without  interruption   as
  long  as the waste is  stored  on the original  public vessel (if  in reserve  or not in service)  or
  another  public vessel.

  "(c) Definitions.  For purposes of this section:  "(1) The  term  ' public vessel' means a
  vessel owned or bareboat chartered and operated  by the  United States, or by a  foreign
  nation, except when the  vessel  is engaged in  commerce.

        "(2)  The terms  'in reserve' and  'in service' have the meanings applicable to those
 terms under section 7293 and sections 7304 through 7308 of title 10,  United States Code
 and regulations prescribed under those sections.

 "(d)  Relationship to  Other Law.  Nothing  in this section shall be construed as altering  or
 otherwise affecting the provisions of section 7311 of title 10,  United States Code.".

 (b) Technical Amendment.  The table of contents for subtitle  C of such Act (contained  in
 section 1001) is further amended  by adding at the end the following new item:
       "Sec. 3022. Public vessels.".

 [*107] SEC. 107 MUNITIONS.

 Section 3004 of the Solid  Waste Disposal Act ( 42 U.S.C. 6924) is amended by  adding  at
 the end the  following new subsection:

 "(y) Munitions. (1) Not later than 6 months after  the date of the  enactment  of the Federal
 Facility Compliance Act of 1992, the Administrator shall propose, after consulting  with the
 Secretary  of Defense  and  appropriate State  officials, regulations identifying  when military
 munitions become hazardous  waste for purposes of this subtitle and providing for the
 safe  transportation and storage of such waste.  Not later than 24  months after such date
 and after  notice  and  opportunity for comment, the Administrator shall promulgate such
 regulations.  Any such regulations shall assure  protection of human health  and the envi-
 ronment.

       "(2)  For purposes of this  subsection, the term 'military munitions' includes chemi-
cal and conventional  monitions."

                                          149

-------
Appendix C

[*108] SEO  108. FEDERALLY OWNED TREATMENT WORKS.
(a)  Amendment. Subtitle C of the Solid Waste  Disposal Act  (42  U.S.C. 6921  et seq.) is
further amended by  adding at the end the following new section:

       "SEC.  3023. FEDERALLY OWNED TREATMENT WORKS.
"(a) In General. For purposes  of section  1004(27), the phrase 'but does  not include solid
or dissolved material in domestic sewage' shall apply to any solid or dissolved material
introduced by a source  into a federally owned treatment works  if --  "(1)  such solid or
dissolved material is subject to a pretreatment standard under section 307  of  the Federal
Water Pollution Control  Act (33 U.S.C. 1317),  and the source is  in compliance with such
standard;
       "(2) for  a  solid or dissolved material for which a  pretreatment  standard has  not
been  promulgated  pursuant to section 307  of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act  (33
U.S.C. 1317), the Administrator has promulgated  a schedule for establishing  such  a pre-
treatment standard v/hich would be applicable to such  solid or dissolved  material not later
than  7 years after the date of enactment of this section, such standard  is promulgated  nor
before the date established in  the schedule,  and after  the effective date of such standard
the source is  in compliance with such standard;
       "(3) such solid or dissolved material is not  covered  by paragraph (1) or  (2)  and is
not prohibited from  land disposal under subsections  (d), (e), (f), or (g) of section 3004(m);
or
       "(4) notwithstanding  paragraphs (1), (2), or (3), such  solid or dissolved material is
generated  by  a household or person which generates less  than 100  kilograms of hazard-
ous waste  per month unless such solid or dissolved material would otherwise be an  acutely
hazardous waste and subject to standards, regulations, or other requirements under  this
Act notwithstanding the quantity generated.
 "(b)  Prohibition.  It is  unlawful to introduce into  a federally owned treatment works  any
pollutant that is a hazardous waste.
 "(c)  Enforcement. (1) Actions taken to enforce this section shall not require closure of a
treatment  works if the hazardous waste is removed or decontaminated and such removal
or  decontamination is adequate, in  the discretion of the Administrator or, in the  case of an
authorized  State,  of the State,  to protect  human health and  the environment.
        "(2) Nothing  in  this subsection shall be construed to  prevent the Administrator or
 an authorized State  from ordering the closure of a treatment works if the Administrator of
 State determines  such closure is  necessary for protection  of human health and the envi-
 ronment.
                                          150

-------
                                                     Federal Facility Compliance Act

        "(3) Nothing  in this  subsection shall be construed to affect any other enforcement
 authorities available  to the Administrator or a State under  this subtitle.

        "(d) Definition.  For purposes of this section,  the term  'federally owned treatment
 works' means a facility that is owned and operated by a department, agency, or instru-
 mentality of the Federal Government treating wastewater, a majority  of which is domestic
 sewage, prior to discharge  in accordance with a permit issued under section 402 of the
 Federal Water Pollution Control Act.

        "(e) Savings Clause.   Nothing  in this section  shall  be construed  as  affecting any
 agreement, permit,  or administrative  or judicial order, or any condition or requirement
 contained in such an agreement, permit, or order, that is  in existence on the date of the
 enactment  of  this section and the requires corrective action or closure at a federally owned
 treatment works or solid  waste management unit  of  facility  related to  such a treatment
 works.".

 (b) Technical  Amendment.  The table  of contents  for subtitle C of such Act (contained in
 section 1001)  is  further amended by adding at the  end the following  new item:

        "Sec. 3023. Federally-owned treatment  works.".

 [*109] SEC. 109 SMALL TOWN ENVIRONMENTAL PLANNING.

 (a) Establishment.  The Administrator of the Environmental Protection Agency (hereafter
 referred to as the "Administrator") shall establish a program  to assist small communities
 in planning and  financing  environmental facilities.  The program shall be known as the
 "Small Town  Environmental  Planning Program".

 (b) Small Town Environmental Planning  Task Force.  (1) The Administrator shall establish
 a Small Town Environmental Planning  Task Force which shall be composed of represen-
 tatives of small towns  form different areas of the United States,  Federal and State  govern-
 mental  agencies,  and public  interest groups.  The Administrator shall terminate the Task
 Force  not later than 2 years  after the establishment of the Task Force.

       (2) The Task Force  shall --  (A)  identify regulations  developed  pursuant to  Federal
 environmental  laws  which pose significant compliance problems for small towns;  (B)
 identify means to  improve  the working  relationship between the Environmental Protection
 Agency (hereafter referred to as the  Agency) and small  towns;   (C) review proposed
 regulations for the protection of the environmental and public health and suggest revi-
 sions  that could improve the  ability of small towns to  comply  with such regulations; (D)
 identify means to promote regionalization of environmental treatment systems and infra-
 structure serving small towns  to improve the economic condition of such  systems and
 infrastructure;  and (E) provide  such oiher assistance to the  Administrator as the Adminis-
trator deems appropriate.
                                         151

-------
Appendix C


(C) Identification  if Environmental Requirements.  (1) Not later than 6 months  after the
date of the enactment of this Act, the  Administrator shall  publish a list of requirements
under  Federal  environmental and public health statutes  (and the regulations developed
pursuant to such statutes) applicable to  small towns.  Not less than annually, the Admin-
istrator shall make such  additions  and deletions to  and from the list as the Administrator
deems appropriate.

       (2)  The Administrator shall, as  part of the Small Town Environmental  Planning
Program under this section,  implement a program to notify small communities of  the regu-
lations identified under paragraph  (1) and of future regulations and requirements through
methods that the Administrator determines to  be effective  to provide information to the
greatest number of small communities,  including any of  the following:   (A) Newspapers
and other  periodicals.

       (B)  Other news media.

       (C)  Trade,  municipal,  and  other  associations that  the Administrator determines to
be appropriate.

       (D)  Direct mail.
(d)  Small  Town Ombudsman.   The Administrator shall establish and staff an Office of the
Small  Town Ombudsman. The Office shall provide assistance to  small towns in connec-
tion with  the  Small  Town Environmental Planning Program and  other business  with the
Agency.   Each regional office  shall identify a small town contact.  The Small Town  Om-
budsman and  the  regional contacts also may assist larger communities,  but  only if first
priority is  given to providing  assistance to small towns.

(e)  Multi-Media Permits.  (1) The Administrator shall  conduct a study of establishing  a
multi-media permitting program for small towns.  Such evaluation shall  include an analy-
sis of —  (A) environmental benefits and  liabilities of a multi-media permitting program;  (B)
the potential of using such a  program to coordinate a  small town's environmental and
public health activities; and

(C) The legal barriers, if any,  to the  establishment  of such a program.
       (2)  Within  3  years after the date  of enactment of  this Act,  the Administrator  shall
report to  Congress on the result  of  the evaluation performed  in accordance with  para-
graph  (1).   Included  in this  report shall be a description  of the activities conducted pursu-
ant to subsections  (a)  through (d).
(f) Definition.  For purposes of this section, the term "small town" means an incorporated
or unincorporated  community  (as defined by the Administrator) with a population of less
than 2,500  individuals.
(g)  Authorization.  There  is  authorized to be appropriated  the sum  of $ 5000,000  to imple-
ment  this section.
                                         152

-------
                                                    Federal Facility Compliance Act

 [*110] SEC. 110 CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER REPORT.

 The Chief Financial Officer of each affected agency shall submit to Congress an annual
 report containing, to  the extent practicable, a detailed description  of the compliance ac-
 tivities undertaken by  the agency for mixed waste streams, and an accounting  of the fines
 and penalties imposed on the agency for violations  involving mixed  waste.
 TITLE II - METROPOLITAN WASHINGTON WASTE MANAGEMENT STUDY ACT

 [*201] SEC. 201. SHORT TITLE.

 This title may be cited as the "Metropolitan Washington Waste  Management Study Act".

 [*202] SEC. 202. FINDINGS.

 The  Congress finds that the 1-95  Sanitary Landfill, in Fortune, Virginia,  is located on Fed-
 eral  land, and the ultimate responsibility for maintaining environmental integrity at such
 landfill is on the Federal Government, as well a the signatories to the July  1981 1-95
 Sanitary Landfill Memorandum of Understanding.

 [*203] SEC 203 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT STATEMENT

 (a)  Environmental Impact Statement.   Except as provided in subsection (b), in order to
 assure environmental integrity in and around properties owned by the Government  of the
 United States,  no expansion of the 1-95 Sanitary Landfill shall be permitted or otherwise
 authorized  unless—  (1)  and environmental impact statement,  pursuant to the National
 Environmental Policy Act, regarding any such proposed expansion has been completed
 and approved by the  Administrator; and  (2)  the costs incurred in conducting and complet-
 ing  such environmental impact statement are paid (A)  from the  landfill's so-called  enter-
 prise  fund established pursuant to  the July 1981 1-95  Sanitary  Landfill  Memorandum of
 Understanding, or (B) in  accordance  with some other payment formula based on past  and
 projected percentage  of the jurisdictional usage of the  landfill.

 (b)  Exception.   (1) Notwithstanding subsection (a), the 1-95 Sanitary Landfill may be ex-
 panded  for the purpose of the ash  monofill planned by the parties to the July  1981 1-95
 Sanitary Landfill Memorandum of Understanding if such monofill,  subject to  paragraph
 (2), is used solely for the disposal  of incinerator ash from such  parties.

       (2) The ash monofill  referred  to in  paragraph (1) may be used for the disposal of
 solid waste for a maximum of 30 days  whenever a resource recovery facility, or an incin-
erator and a resource recovery facility, operated for or by the parties to the July  1981 1-95
 Sanitary Landfill Memorandum of  Understanding is completely unavailable because of an
emergency shutdown.

                                        153

-------
Appendix C

(c)  Limitation.  After December 31,  1995, the 1-95 Sanitary Landfill, including any expan-
sions  thereof,  shall not be available to receive or dispose  of municipal or industrial waste
of any kind other than incinerator ash unless the conditions enumerated in  subsection (a)
are met.
(d)  General.  Notwithstanding any other provisions of this title, the parties of the  July 1981
1-95 Sanitary Landfill Memorandum of Understanding, together  with the Federal Govern-
ment, shall  continue to  be responsible for maintaining environmental stability at the  1-95
Sanitary Landfill, including any expansion, in accordance with applicable  laws of the United
States, the Commonwealth  of Virginia, and  the local jurisdictions in which  the 1-95  Sani-
tary landfill  if located.

[*204] SEC. 204 DEFINITIONS.
For purposes  of this title:   (1)  The term "expansion" includes  any development or  use,
after May 31, 1991, of any lands (other than those lands which were used as a landfill on
or before May 31, 1991) owned by the Government of the United States in and around
Lorton, Virginia, for the purpose of,  or  use as, a sanitary landfill in accordance with the
July 1981 1-95 Sanitary Landfill Memorandum  of Understanding.  The  term also includes
variances or exemptions from  any elevation requirements relating to landfill operations
established by the laws  of the Commonwealth of Virginia, or any subdivision thereof,  in
connection with any such lands  used on or  before May 31, 1991.
       (2) the term "lands owned  by the Government  of  the United States" includes any
lands  owned by the  United  States, and any  such lands with respect to which the Govern-
ment  of the District of Columbia has beneficial ownership.
       (3) The term "July  1981 1-95 Sanitary  Landfill Memorandum of Understanding"
means the document titled "Memorandum of Understanding 1-95 Resource Recovery,
Land  Reclamation, and  Recreation  Complex" that was executed July 22, 1981, and  sub-
sequently amended by supplemental agreements executed before  May 31,1991.
Speaker  of the  House of Representatives
Vice President of the  United States and President of the Senate
                                         154

-------
         APPENDIX D
PRESIDENTIAL EXECUTIVE ORDERS
             155

-------
Appendix D

                                                                          April 17,  1991
                              EXECUTIVE ORDER 12759
                         FEDERAL ENERGY MANAGEMENT
By the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and the laws of the United States
of America, including the Energy Policy and Conservation Act, as amended (Public Law  94—
163, 89 Stat. 871, 42 U.S.C.  6201 et seq.}, the Motor Vehicle Information and Cost Savings
Act, as amended (15 U.S.C. 1901 et seq.}, section 205(a) of the Federal Property and Adminis-
trative Services Act, as  amended (40 U.S.C. 486(a)), and section 301 of title 8  of the United
States Code, it is hereby ordered as follows:

Section 1.  Federal Energy Efficiency Goals for Buildings.   Each  agency shall develop and
implement a plan to meet the  1995  energy management goals of the National Energy Conserva-
tion Policy Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C. 8251 et seq., and by the year 2000 reduce overall energy
use of Btu's per gross square foot of the Federal buildings it operates,  taking into account utiliza-
tion, by 20 percent from 1985  energy use levels, to the extent that these measures minimize life
cycle costs and are cost-effective in accordance with 10 CFR Part 436.

Sec. 2. Federal Energy Efficiency  Goals for Other Facilities. Each agency will prescribe  poli-
cies under which its industrial facilities in the aggregate increase energy efficiency by at least 20
percent in fiscal year 2000 in comparison to fiscal year 1985, to the  extent that these measures
minimize life cycle  costs are cost-effective in accordance with 10 CFR Part 436.  Each agency
shall establish appropriate indicators of energy efficiency to comply with this section.

Sec. 3. Minimization of Petroleum Use in Federal Facilities.  Each agency using  petroleum
products for facilities operations or building purposes shall seek to minimize such use through
switching to an alternative energy source if it is estimated to minimize life cycle costs and which
will not violate Federal,  State,  or local clean air standards.  In addition, each agency shall survey
its buildings and facilities to determine where the potential for  a dual fuel capability exists and
shall provide dual fuel capability where practicable.

Sec. 4. Implementation Strategies,  (a) Except as provided by  paragraph (b) and  (c) of this
section, each agency shall adopt an implementation strategy, consistent with the provisions  of
this order, to achieve the goals established in sections  1, 2, and 3.  That strategy should include,
but not be limited to, changes in procurement practices, acquisition of real property, participation
in demand side management services and shared savings agreements offered by private firms,
and investment in energy efficiency measures.  The mix and balance among such measures  shall
be established in a manner most suitable to the available resources and particular circumstances in
each agency.

                                          156

-------
                                                                      Executive Orders

       (b) The Secretary of Defense may, if he determines it to be in the national interest, issue
regulations exempting from compliance with the requirements of this order, any weapons,  equip-
ment, aircraft, vehicles, or  other classes or categories of real or personal property which are
owned or operated by the Armed Forces of the United States (including the Coast Guard) or by
the National Guard of any State and which are uniquely military in nature.

       (c) The Secretary and the Attorney General, consistent  with their  protective and law
enforcement responsibilities, shall determine the extent to which  the requirements of this order
shall apply to  the protective  and  law enforcement activities of their respective agencies.

Sec. 5.  Procurement of Energy Efficient Goods and Products.  In order to assure the purchase of
energy efficient goods and  products, each agency  shall  select for  procurement those energy
consuming goods or products which are the most life cycle cost-effective, pursuant to the require-
ments of the Federal Acquisition Regulation.  To the extent practicable, each agency shall require
vendors of good to provide appropriate data that can be used to assess the life cycle costs of each
good or product, including cmilding energy system components, lighting systems, office  equip-
ment, and other energy using equipment.

Sec. 6.  Participation in Demand Side Management Services.  Each agency shall review its
procedures used to  acquire utility and other related  services,  and to the extent practicable and
consistent with its strategy established pursuant to section  4, remove any impediments to receiv-
ing, utilizing,  and taking demand side management services, incentives, and  rebates offered by
utilities and other private sector energy service providers.

Sec. 7.  Energy Efficiency Requirement for Current Federal Building  Space.  Each agency occu-
pying space in Federal buildings shall implement the applicable rules and regulations regarding
Federal property and energy management.

Sec. 8.  Energy Efficiency Requirements for Newly Constructed Federal Buildings. Each agency
responsible for the construction of a  new Federal building shall ensure that the building is de-
signed and constructed to comply with the energy performance standards  applicable to Federal
residential and commercial buildings as set forth in 10 CFR Part 435.  Each agency shall establish
certification procedures to implement this requirement.

Sec. 9.   Vehicle Fuel Efficiency Outreach Programs.  Each agency  shall implement outreach
programs including, but not limited to, ride sharing and employee  awareness programs to reduce
the petroleum  fuel usage by  Federal  employees  and  by contractor employees at Government-
owned, contractor-operated facilities.

Sec. 10.  Federal Vehicle Fuel Efficiency.  Consistent with its mission requirements, each agency
operating 300 or more commercially designed motor vehicles domestically shall develop a plan to
reduce motor vehicle gasoline and diesel consumptions by at least 10 percent by 1995  in compari-
son with fiscal year 1991.   The Administrator of General Services, in consultation with the

                                          157

-------
Appendix D


Secretary of Energy, shall issue appropriate guidance concerning vehicles to be covered, the use
of alternative/blended fuels, initiatives to improve fuel efficiency of the existing fleet, the use of
modified energy life cycle costing consistent with life cycle costing methods in 10 CFR 436, and
limitations on vehicle type and engine size to be acquired.  Each agency electing to use alternative
fuel motor vehicles shall receive credit for such use.

Sec. 11. Procurement of Alternative Fueled Vehicles. The Secretary of Energy, with the coop-
eration of other appropriate agencies, and consistent with other Federal law, shall ensure that the
maximum number practicable of vehicles acquired annually are alternative fuel vehicles as re-
quired by the Alternative Motor Fuels Act of 1988 (42 U.S.C. 6374.) Subject to availability of
appropriations for this purpose, the maximum number practicable of alternative fuel  vehicles
produced by original equipment vehicle manufacturers shall be acquired by the end of model year
1995.

Sec. 12. Federal Funding.  Within approved agency budget totals, each agency head shall work
to achieve the goals set forth in this order.  To  the extent that available resources fall short of
requirements, agency heads shall rank energy efficiency investments in descending order of the
savings-to-investment ratios, or their adjusted internal rate of return to establish priority.

Sec. 13. Annual Reports.  The head of each agency shall report annually to the Secretary of
Energy,  in a format  specified by the Secretary after  consultation with the  heads of affected
agencies, on progress in  achieving the goals of this Executive order with respect to  Federal
buildings, facilities, and vehicles subject to  this  order.  The Secretary of Energy will prepare a
consolidated report to the President annually on  the implementation of this  order.

Sec. 14. Definitions.  For the purpose of this order—
       (a)  the term "energy  use"  means the energy that is used at a building or facility and
measured in terms of energy delivered to the building or facility;
       (b)  the term "Federal building" means any building in the United  States which is con-
trolled by the Federal Government for its use.
                                                         [Signed]  WILLIAM J. CLINTON

THE WHITE HOUSE,

April 17, 1992.
[FR Doc. 91g89473
Filed 4-18-91; 10:33 am]
Billing code 3195-01-M

Editorial note:  For the President's remarks on signing Executive Order 12759, see the Weekly
Compilation of Presidential Documents (vol. 27, no. 16).

                                           158

-------
                                                                   Executive Orders

       (This Order was revoked by E.O. 12873, and is included here only for information)

                             EXECUTIVE ORDER 12780
               FEDERAL AGENCY RECYCLING AND THE COUNCIL

             ON FEDERAL RECYCLING AND PROCUREMENT POLICY
       WHEREAS, this Administration is determined to secure for future generations of Ameri-
cans their rightful  share of our Nation's natural resources, as  well as a clean and healthful
environment in which to enjoy them; and

       WHEREAS, two goals of the Administration's environmental policy, cost-effective pol-
lution prevention and the conservation of natural resources, can be significantly advanced by
reducing waste and recycling the resources used by this generation of Americans' and

       WHEREAS, the Federal Government, as one of the Nation's largest generators of solid
waste,  is able through cost effective waste reduction and recycling resources to conserve local
government disposal capacity; and

       WHEREAS, the Federal Government, as the Nation's largest single consumer is  able
through affirmative procurement practices to encourage the  development of economically  effi-
cient markets for products manufactured with recycled materials;

       NOW, THEREFORE, I, GEORGE BUSH, by the authority vested in me as President by
the Constitution and the laws of the United States of America, including the Solid Waste Disposal
Act, Public Law 89-272,  79 Stat. 997, as amended by the Resource Conservation and Recovery
Act ("RCRA"), Public Law 94-580, 90 Stat. 2795 (1976), hereby order as follows:

PART 1-PREAMBLE

Section 101. The purpose of this Executive  order is to:

       (a) Require that Federal agencies promote cost-effective waste reduction and recycling of
reusable materials from wastes generated by  Federal Government activities.

       (b)  Encourage economically efficient market demand for designated items produced
using recovered materials by directing the immediate implementation of cost-effective Federal
procurement preference programs favoring the purchase of such items.

       (c) Provide a forum for the development and study of policy options and procurement
practices that will promote environmentally  sound and  economically efficient waste reduction
and recycling of our Nation's resources.
                                        159

-------
Appendix D

       (d)  Integrate cost-effective waste reduction and recycling programs into all Federal agency
waste management programs in order to assist in addressing the Nation's solid waste disposal
problems.
       (e)  Establish Federal Government leadership in addressing the need for efficient State
and local solid waste management through implementation of environmentally sound and eco-
nomically efficient recycling.

Sec. 102.  Consistent with section 6002(c)(l) of RCRA (42 U.S.C. 6962(c)(l)), activities and
operations  of the executive branch shall be conducted in an environmentally responsible manner,
and waste reduction and recycling opportunities shall be utilized to the maximum extent practi-
cable, consistent with economic efficiency.

Sec. 103.  Consistent with section 6002(c)(2) of RCRA (42 U.S.C. 6962(c)(2)), agencies that
generate energy from fossil fuel in systems that have the technical capacity of using energy or
fuels derived from solid waste as a primary or supplementary fuel shall use such capability to the
maximum  extent practicable.

PART 2-DEFINITIONS

For purposes of this order:

Sec.  201.   "Federal agency" means any department,  agency,  or other instrumentality  of the
executive branch.

Sec. 202.  "Procurement" and "acquisition" are sued interchangeably to refer to the processes
through which Federal agencies purchase products.
Sec.  203.   "Recovered materials" is used as  defined  in section 1004(19)  and  6002(h)  of the
Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (42 U.S.C. 6903(19) and 6962(h)), as amended.

 Sec 204.  "Recycling" means the diversion of materials from the solid waste  stream and the
beneficial  use of such materials.  Recycling is further defined as the result of a series of activities
by which  materials that would become  or otherwise remain waste, are diverted from the solid
 waste stream by collection, separation processing and are used as raw materials in the manufac-
 ture of goods sold or distributed in  commerce or the reuse of such materials as substitutes for
 goods made of virgin materials.

 Sec. 205.  "Waste reduction" means any change in a process, operation, or activity that results in
 the economically  efficient reduction  in waste material per unit of production without reducing the
 value output of the  process, operation,  or activity, taking into  account the health and environ-
 mental consequences of such change.


                                            160

-------
                                                                     Executive Orders

 PART 3-SOLID WASTE RECYCLING PROGRAMS

 Sec. 301. Recycling Programs.  Each Federal agency that has not already done so shall initiate
 a program to promote cost-effective waste reduction and recycling of reusable materials in all of
 its operations and facilities. These programs shall foster (a) practices that reduce waste genera-
 tion, and (b) the recycling of recyclable materials such as paper, plastic, metals, glass,  used oil,
 lead acid batteries, and tires and the composting of organic materials such as yard waste. The
 recycling  programs implemented pursuant to this section must be compatible with applicable
 State and local recycling requirements.

 Sec. 302.  Contractor Operated Facilities. Every contract that provides for contractor operation
 of a Government-owned or leased facility, awarded more than 210 days after the effective date of
 this Executive order,  shall include provisions that obligate the contractor  to comply  with  the
 requirements of this Part as fully as though the contractor were a Federal agency.

 PART 4-VOLUNTARY STANDARDS

 Sec. 401.  Amendment of OMB Circular No. A-119.  The Director of the Office of Management
 and Budget ("OMB")  shall amend, as appropriate, OMB Circular  No.  A-119, "Federal Partici-
 pation in the Development and Use of Voluntary Standards," to encourage Federal agencies to
 participate in the development of environmentally  sound and economically efficient standards
 and to encourage Federal  agency use of such standards.

 PART 5-PROCUREMENT OF RECOVERED MATERIALS

 Sec. 501.  Adoption of Affirmative Procurement Programs.  Within 180 days after the effective
 date of this order, each Federal agency shall provide a report to the Administrator of the Environ-
 mental Protection Agency regarding the Agency's adoption of an affirmative procurement pro-
 gram; such programs are required by section 6002(i) of RCRA (42 U.S.C.  6962(i)). Within 1
 year of the issuance of this order, the Administrator of the Environmental Protection Agency
 shall report to the President regarding the compliance of each Federal agency with this  require-
 ment.

 Sec. 502.  Annual  Review of Affirmative Procurement Programs.  In accordance with section
 6002(i) of RCRA (42 U.S.C. 6962(i)), each Federal agency shall review annually the effective-
 ness of its affirmative procurement program and shall provide a report regarding its findings to
 the  Environmental Protection Agency and to the Office of Federal Procurement Policy, begin-
 ning with a report covering fiscal year  1992.  Such  report shall be transmitted by December  15
each year. Reports required by this section shall be made available to the public.
                                         161

-------
Appendix D

PART 6-RECYCLING COORDINATORS AND THE COUNCIL ON FEDERAL RECY-
CLING AND PROCUREMENT POLICY

Sec. 601. Federal Recycling Coordinator.  Within 90 days after the effective date of this order,
the head of each Federal agency shall designate an agency employee to serve as Agency Recy-
cling Coordinator. The Federal Recycling Coordinator shall review and report annually to OMB,
at the time of agency budget submissions, the actions taken by the agencies to comply with the
requirements of this order.

Sec. 602. Designation of Recycling Coordinators. Within 90 days after the effective date of this
order,  the head of each Federal agency shall designate an agency employee to serve as Agency
Recycling Coordinator. The Agency Recycling Coordinator shall be responsible for:
       (a)  coordinating the development of an effective agency waste reduction and recycling
program that complies with the comprehensive implementation plan developed by the Council on
Federal Recycling and Procurement Policy;
       (b) coordinating agency action to develop benefits, costs,  and savings data measuring the
effectiveness of the agency program; and
       (c) coordinating the development of agency reports required by this Executive order and
providing copies of such reports to  the Environmental Protection Agency.

Sec. 603. The Council on Federal Recycling and Procurement Policy, (a) A Council on Federal
recycling and Procurement Policy is hereby established. It shall comprise the Federal Recycling
coordinator,  the Chairman of the Council on Environmental Quality, the Administrator of the
Office of Federal Procurement Policy, and the Agency Recycling Coordinator and the Procure-
ment Executive of each of the following agencies:  the Environmental Protection Agency, the
Department of Defense, the General Service Administration, the National Aeronautics and Space
Administration, the Department of Energy, the Department of Commerce, and the Department
of the Interior.  The Federal Recycling coordinator shall serve as Chair of the Council.
       (b) Duties.  The Council on Federal Recycling and Procurement Policy shall:
       (1)    identify  and recommend, to OMB, initiatives that will promote the purposes of
this order, including:
       (A)    the development of appropriate incentives to encourage the economically effi-
       cient acquisition by the Federal Government of products  that reduce waste and of prod-
       ucts  produced with recycled materials;
       (B)    the development of appropriate incentives to encourage active participation in
       economically efficient Federal waste reduction and recycling programs; and
                                          162

-------
                                                                       Executive Orders

        (C)    the development of guidelines for cost-effective waste reduction and recycling
        activities by Federal agencies;

        (2) review Federal agency specifications and standards and recommend changes that will
 enhance Federal procurement of products made from recycled and recyclable materials, taking
 into account the costs and the performance requirements of each agency;

        (3) collect and disseminate Federal agencies' information concerning methods to reduce
 wastes, types of materials that can be recycled, the costs and  savings associated with recycling,
 and the current market sources and prices of products that reduce waste and of products produced
 with recycled materials;

        (4)  assist the  development of cost-effective  waste reduction and recycling programs
 pursuant to this order  by developing guidelines for agency waste reduction and recycling pro-
 grams and by identifying long-range goals for Federal waste reduction and recycling programs;

        (5) provide meaningful data to measure the effectiveness and progress of Federal waste
 reduction and recycling programs;

        (6) provide guidance and assistance to the Agency Recycling Coordinators in setting up
 and reporting on agency programs; and

        (7) review Federal agency compliance with section 103 of this order.

 PART 7-LEVIITATION

 Sec. 701.  This order is intended only to improve the internal  management of the executive
 branch  and shall  not be interpreted to create any right or benefit,  substantive or procedural,
 enforceable at law by a party against the United States, its officers, or any other person.

 Sec. 702. Section 502 and Part 6 of this order shall be effective for  5 years only, beginning on
 the effective date  of this  order.

 Sec. 703. This order shall be effective immediately.


                                                                [Signed]  GEORGE BUSH
THE WHITE HOUSE,

 October 31, 1991.
[FR Doc. 91-26646
Filed 10-31-91; 12:42 pm]
Billing code 3195-01-M
                                          163

-------
Appendix D

                                                                       April 21, 1993


                            EXECUTIVE ORDER 12843
  PROCUREMENT REQUDIEMENTS AND POLICIES FOR FEDERAL AGENCIES
                      FOR OZONE-DEPLETING SUBSTANCES
       WHEREAS, the essential function of the stratospheric ozone layer is shielding the Earth
from dangerous ultraviolet radiation; and
       WHEREAS, the production and consumption of substances that cause the depletion of
stratospheric ozone are being rapidly phased out on a worldwide basis with the support and
encouragement of the United States; and
       WHEREAS, the Montreal Protocol on Substances that Deplete the Ozone Layer, to which
the United States is a signatory,  calls for a phaseout of the production and consumption of these
substances; and
       WHEREAS, the Federal government, as one of the principal users of these substances, is
able through affirmative procurement practices to reduce significantly the use of these substances
and to provide leadership in their phaseout; and
       WHEREAS, the use of alternative substances and new technologies to replace these ozone-
depleting substances may contribute positively to the economic competitiveness on the world
market of U.S. manufacturers of these innovative safe alternatives;
       NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM JEFFERSON  CLINTON, by the authority vested in
me as President by  the Constitution and the laws of the United States of America, including the
1990 amendments to the Clean Air Act ("Clean Air Act Amendments"), Public Law 101-549,
and in  order to reduce the Federal government's procurement and use of substances that cause
stratospheric ozone depletion, do hereby order as follows:

Section 1.  Federal Agencies.  Federal agencies shall, to the extent practicable:
       (a) conform their procurement regulations and practices to the policies and requirements
of Title VI of the Clean Air Act Amendments, which deal with stratospheric ozone protection;
       (b)  maximize the use of safe alternatives to ozone-depleting substances;
       (c) evaluate the present and future uses of ozone-depleting substances, including making
assessments of existing and  future needs for such materials  and evaluate their use of and plans for
recycling;

                                         164

-------
                                                                       Executive Orders

        (d)  revise their procurement practices and implement cost-effective programs both to
 modify specifications  and contracts that require the use of ozone-depleting substances and to
 substitute non-ozone-depleting substances to the extent economically practicable; and

        (e)  exercise leadership, develop exemplary practices, and disseminate information on
 successful efforts in phasing out ozone-depleting substances.

 Sec. 2.  Definitions,  (a) "Federal agency" means any executive department, military depart-
 ment,  or independent agency within the meaning of 5 U.S.C.  101, 102, or 104(1), respectively.

        (b)  "Procurement" and "acquisition" are used interchangeably to refer to the processes
 through which Federal agencies purchase products and services.

        (c) "Procurement regulations, policies and procedures" encompasses the complete acqui-
 sition  process, including the generation of product descriptions by  individuals  responsible for
 determining which substances must be acquired by the agency to meet its mission.

        (d)  "Ozone-depleting substances" means the substances controlled internationally under
 the Montreal Protocol  and nationally under Title VI of the Clean Air Act Amendments.  This
 includes both Class I and Class II substances as follows:

    (i)   "Class I substance" means any substance designated as Class I  in the Federal Register
       notice of July 30, 1992 (57 Fed. Reg. 33753), including chlorofluorocarbons, halons,
       carbon tetrachloride, and methyl chloroform and any other substance so designated by
       the Environmental Protection Agency ("EPA") by regulation at a later date; and

    (ii) "Class II substance" means any substance designated as Class  II in the Federal Regis-
       ter notice of July 30,  1992 (57 Fed. Reg. 33753), including hydrochlorofluorocarbons
       and any other substances so designated  by EPA by regulation at a later date.

       (e)  "Recycling" is used to encompass recovery and reclamation, as well as the reuse of
controlled substances.

Sec. 3. Policy. It is the policy of the Federal Government that Federal agencies:  (i)  implement
cost-effective programs to minimize the procurement of materials and substances that contribute
to the depletion of stratospheric ozone; and (ii)  give preference to the procurement of alternative
chemicals, products, and manufacturing processes  that reduce overall risks to human health and
the  environment by  lessening the depletion of ozone in the upper atmosphere.  In implementing
this policy, prior to final promulgation of EPA regulations on Federal procurement, Federal
agencies shall begin conforming their procurement  policies to the general requirements of Title
VI of the Clean Air Act Amendments by:

       (a)  minimizing, where economically practicable, the procurement of products  containing
or manufactured with Class I substances in anticipation of the phaseout schedule to be promul-
gated by EPA for Class I substances, and maximizing the use of safe alternatives.  In developing


                                          165

-------
Appendix D

their procurement policies, agencies should be aware of the phaseout schedule for Class II sub-
stances;
       (b)  amending existing contracts, to the extent permitted by law and where practicable, to
be consistent with the phaseout schedules for Class I substances.  In awarding contracts, agencies
should be aware of the phaseout schedule for Class II substances in awarding  contracts;

       (c)  implementing policies and practices that recognize the increasingly limited availabil-
ity of Class I substances as production levels capped by the Montreal Protocol decline until final
phaseout.  Such practices shall include, but are not limited to:

    (i) reducing emissions and recycling ozone-depleting substances;

    (ii)  ceasing the purchase of nonessential products containing or manufactured with ozone-
       depleting substances; and
    (iii)  requiring that new contracts provide that any acquired products containing or manu-
       factured with Class I or Class II substances be labeled in  accordance with section 611
       of the Clean Air Act Amendments.

Sec. 4. Responsibilities. Not later than 6 months after the effective date of this Executive order,
each Federal agency, where feasible, shall have in place practices that, were economically prac-
ticable, minimize the procurement of Class I substances. Agencies  also shall be aware of the
phaseout schedule for Class II substances.  Agency practices may include, but  are not limited to:

       (a)  altering existing equipment and/or procedures to make use of safe alternatives;

       (b) specifying the use of safe alternatives  and of goods and services, where available, that
do not require the use of Class 1 substances in new procurements and that limit the use of Class II
substances consistent with section 612  of the Clean Air Act Amendments; and
       (c)  amending existing contracts, to the extent permitted by law and where practicable,  to
require the use of safe alternatives.

Sec. 5.  Reporting Requirements. Not later than 6 months after the effective date of this Execu-
tive order, each Federal agency shall submit to the Office of Management and Budget a report
regarding  the implementation of this  order. The report shall include a certification by each
agency that its regulations and procurement practices are being amended  to comply with this
order.

Sec. 6.  Exceptions. Exceptions to compliance with this Executive order may be made in accor-
dance with section 604 of the Clean Air Act Amendments and with the provisions of the Montreal
Protocol.

Sec.  7.  Effective Date.  This  Executive order  is effective 30 days  after the date of issuance.
Although full implementation of this order must await revisions to the Federal  Acquisition Regu-

                                           166

-------
                                                                    Executive Orders

lations ("FAR"), it is expected that Federal agencies will  take all appropriate actions  in the
interim to implement those aspects of the order that are not dependent upon regulatory revision.

Sec. 8.  Federal Acquisition Regulatory Councils.  Pursuant to section 6(a) of the Office of
Federal Procurement Policy Act, as amended, 41 U.S.C. 405(a), the Defense Acquisition Regu-
latory Council and the Civilian Agency Acquisition Council  shall ensure that the policies estab-
lished herein are incorporated in the FAR within 180 days from the date this  order is issued.

Sec. 9. Judicial Review.  This order does not create any right or benefit, substantive or proce-
dural, enforceable by a non-Federal party against the United States, its officers or employees, or
any other person.
                                                        [Signed]  WILLIAM /.  CLINTON
THE WHITE HOUSE,

April 27, 7993.
[FR Doc. 93-9757
Filed 4-22-93; 10:48 am]
Billing code 3195-01-M


Editorial note: For the President's remarks on Earth Day, see issue 16 of the Weekly Compila-
tion of Presidential Documents.
                                                                        April 21, 1993
                             EXECUTIVE ORDER 12844
              FEDERAL USE OF ALTERNATIVE FUELED VEHICLES
By the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and the laws of the United State of
America, including the Energy Policy and Conservation Act, as amended  (42 U.S.C. 6201 et
seq.}, the Motor Vehicle Information and Cost Savings  Act, as amended  (15 U.S.C. 1901 et
seq.}, the Energy Policy Act of 1992 (Public Law 102-486), and section 301 of title 3, United
States Code, it is hereby ordered as follows:

                                         167

-------
Appendix D

Section 1. Federal Leadership and Goals. The use of alternative fueled motor vehicles can, in
some applications, substantially reduce pollutants in the atmosphere, create significant domestic
economic activity and stimulate jobs creation, utilize domestic fuel sources as defined by the
Energy Policy Act of 1992, and reduce vehicle maintenance costs.
Moreover, Federal action can provide a significant market  impetus  for the development and
manufacture  of alternative fueled vehicles, and for the expansion of the fueling infrastructure
necessary to support large numbers of privately owned alternative fueled vehicles.

The Federal Government can exercise leadership in the use of alternative fueled vehicles.  To that
end, each agency shall adopt aggressive  plans to substantially exceed the alternative fueled ve-
hicle purchase requirements established by the Energy Policy Act of 1992.

Section 2. Alternative Fueled Vehicle Requirements.  The Federal Government shall acquire,
subject to the availability of funds and considering life cycle costs, alternative fueled vehicles in
numbers that exceed by 50 percent the  requirements  for 1993 through 1995  set forth in the
Energy Policy Act of 1992.  The Federal fleet vehicle acquisition  program shall be structured
with the  objectives of:  (a) continued reduction  in the incremental cost associated with specific
vehicle and fuel combinations; (b) long-term movement toward increasing availability of alterna-
tive fueled vehicles produced as standard manufacturers' models; and (c) minimizing life cycle
costs  in the acquisition of alternative fueled vehicles.   In addition, there  is established, for a
period not to exceed 1 year, the Federal Fleet Conversion Task Force, a Federal  interagency
implementation committee to be  constituted by the Secretary of Energy, in consultation with a
Task  Force Chairman to be named by the President. The Task Force will  advise on the imple-
mentation of this Executive order.   The  Task Force will issue a public report  within 90 days,
setting forth a recommended plan and schedule of implementation and,  no later than  1 year from
the date of this order, in cooperation with the Secretary of Energy,  file a report on the status of
the conversion effort.

Section 3. Alternative Fueled Vehicle Acquisition Assistance. Within  available appropriations,
and a required by the Energy Policy Act of 1992, the Secretary of Energy shall provide assistance
to other agencies that acquire alternative fueled vehicles.  This assistance  includes  payment of
incremental costs associated with acquisition and disposal.  All vehicles, whether conversions or
purchases as original equipment manufacturer models, shall comply with all applicable Federal
and State emissions  and safety standards, consistent with those requirements placed on original
equipment manufacturers, including years and mileage.

Section 4. Alternative Fueled Vehicle Purchase and Use Incentives.  The  Administrator of the
General Services Administration, to the  extent allowed by law, may provide incentive* to pur-
chase alternative fueled vehicles, including priority processing of procurement requests,  and,
with the  Secretary of energy,  provide any other technical or administrative assistance aimed at
accelerating the purchase and use of Federal alternative fueled vehicles.

                                            168

-------
                                                                        Executive Orders

 Section 5.   Cooperation with Industry and State and Local Authorities on Alternative Fueled
 Vehicle Refueling Capabilities. The Secretary of Energy shall coordinate Federal planning and
 siting efforts with private industry fuel suppliers, and with State and local governments, to ensure
 that adequate private sector refueling capabilities exist or will exist wherever Federal fleet alter-
 native fueled vehicles are sited. Each  agency's fleet managers are expected to work with appro-
 priate organizations at their respective locations on initiatives to promote alternative fueled vehicle
 use.

 Section 6. Reporting.  The head of each agency shall report annually to the Secretary of Energy
 on actions and progress under this order, consistent with guidance provided by the Secretary.
 The Secretary shall prepare a consolidated annual report to the President and to the Congress on
 the implementation of this order.  As part of the report, the Secretary and the Director  of the
 Office of Management and Budget shall complete a thorough, objective evaluation of alternative
 fueled vehicles.  The evaluation shall consider operating and acquisition costs,  fuel economy,
 maintenance, and other factors as appropriate.

 Section 7.  Definitions.  For  the purpose of this  order, the terms "agency" and  "alternative
 fueled vehicle" have the same meanings given such terms in sections 151  and 301 of the Energy
 Policy Act of their respective agencies.

 Section 8. Exceptions. The Secretary of Defense,  the Secretary of the Treasury, and the Attor-
 ney General, consistent with the national  security and protective and law enforcement activities
 of their respective agencies, shall determine the extent to which the requirements of this order
 apply to the  national security and protective and law enforcement activities of their respective
 agencies.

 Section 9. Judicial Review.  This order is not intended to create any right or benefit, substantive
 or procedural, enforceable by a non-Federal party against the United States, its officers or em-
 ployees, or any other person

                                                          [Signed]  WILLIAM J. CLINTON
THE WHITE HOUSE,

April 21, 1993.

[PR Doc. 93-9751
Filed 4-22-93; 10:33 am]
Billing code 3195-01-M

Editorial note:  For the President's remarks on Earth Day, see issue 16 of the Weekly Compila-
tion of Presidential Documents.
                                           169

-------
Appendix D

                                                                        April 21, 1993


                             EXECUTIVE ORDER 12845
                      REQUIRING AGENCIES TO PURCHASE

                  ENERGY EFFICIENT COMPUTER EQUIPMENT


       WHEREAS, the Federal Government should set an example in the energy efficient opera-
tion of its facilities and the procurement of pollution preventing technologies;
       WHEREAS, the Federal Government should minimize its operating costs,  make better
use of taxpayer-provided dollars, and reduce the Federal deficit; and
       WHEREAS, the Federal Government is the largest purchaser of computer equipment in
the world and therefore has the capacity to greatly accelerate the movement toward energy effi-
cient computer equipment;
       NOW, THEREFORE, by the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and
the laws of the United States of America, including section 381 of the Energy Policy and Conser-
vation Act, as amended (42 U.S.C. 6361), section 205 of the Federal Property and Administra-
tive Services Act, as amended (40 U.S.C. 486), section 152 of the Energy Policy  Act of 1992
(Public Law  102-486), and section 301 of title 3, United States Code, and to ensure the energy
efficient  operation of the  Federal Government's facilities and to encourage the procurement of
pollution preventing technologies that  will save taxpayer money, reduce the Federal deficit, and
accelerate the movement to energy efficient designs in standard computer equipment, it is hereby
ordered as follows:

Section 1. Procurement of Computer Equipment that Meets EPA Energy Star Requirements for
Energy Efficiency, (a) The heads of Federal agencies shall ensure that, within 180 days from the
date of this order, all acquisitions of microcomputers, including personal  computers, monitors,
and printers, meet "EPA Energy Star" requirements for energy efficiency, the heads of Federal
agencies may grant, on a case-by-case basis, exemptions to this directive for acquisitions,  based
upon the commercial  availability  of qualifying equipment, significant cost differential of the
equipment, the  agency's performance  requirements, and the agency's mission.
       (b) Within 180 days from the date of this order, agencies shall specify that microcomput-
ers, including personal computers, monitors, and printers, acquired by the agency shall be equipped
with the  energy efficient low-power standby feature as defined by the EPA Energy Star comput-
ers program. This feature shall  be activated when the equipment is shipped and shall be capable
of entering  and recovering from the low-power  state unless the equipment meets Energy Star

                                          170

-------
                                                                       Executive Orders

 efficiency levels at all times. To the extent permitted by law, agencies shall include this specifi-
 cation in all existing and future contracts, if both the Government and the contractor agree, and
 if any additional costs would be offset by the potential energy savings.

       (c) Agencies  shall ensure that Federal users are made aware of the significant economic
 and environmental benefits of the energy efficient low-power standby feature and its aggressive
 use by including this  information in routine computer training classes.

       (d) Each agency shall report annually to the General Services Administration on acquisi-
 tions exempted from the requirements of this Executive order, and the General Services Admin-
 istration shall prepare a consolidated annual report for  the President.

 Sec. 2.  Definition. For purposes of this order, the term  "agency" has the same meaning given
 it in section 151 of the Energy Policy Act of 1992.

 Sec. 3. Judicial Review. This order does not create any  right or benefit, substantive or proce-
 dural, enforceable by  a non-Federal party against the United States, its officers or employees, or
 any other person.
                                                          [Signed]  WILLIAM J. CLINTON
THE WHITE HOUSE,

April 21, 1993.
[FR Doc. 93-9757
Filed 4-22-93; 10:48 am]
Billing code 3195-01-M


Editorial note:  For the President's remarks on Earth Day, see issue 16 of the Weekly Compila-
tion of Presidential Documents.
                                           171

-------
Appendix D

                                                                     August 4, 1993


                             EXECUTIVE ORDER 12856
          FEDERAL COMPLIANCE WITH RIGHT-TO-KNOW LAWS AND
                   POLLUTION PREVENTION REQUIREMENTS


       WHEREAS, the Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act of 1986 (42
U.S.C. 11001-11050) (EPCRA) established programs to provide the public with important infor-
mation on the hazardous and toxic chemicals in their communities, and established emergency
planning and notification requirements to protect the public in the event of a release of extremely
hazardous substances;
       WHEREAS, the Federal Government should be a good neighbor to local communities by
becoming a leader in providing information to the public concerning toxic and hazardous chemi-
cals and extremely hazardous substances at Federal facilities, and in planning for and preventing
harm to the public through the planned or unplanned releases of chemicals;

       WHEREAS, the Pollution Prevention Act of 1990 (42 U.S.C. 13101-13109) (PPA) es-
tablished that it is  the national policy of the United States that, whenever feasible, pollution
should be prevented or reduced at the source; that pollution that cannot be prevented should be
recycled in an environmentally safe manner; that pollution that cannot be prevented or recycled
should be treated in an environmentally safe manner; and that disposal or other release into the
environment should be employed only as a last resort and should be conducted in an environmen-
tally safe manner;
       WHEREAS, the PPA required the Administrator of the Environmental Protection Agency
(EPA) to promote source reduction practices in other agencies;
       WHEREAS, the Federal Government should become a leader  in the  field of pollution
prevention through the management of its facilities, its acquisition practices, and in supporting
the development of innovative pollution prevention programs and technologies;
       WHEREAS, the environmental, energy, and economic benefits of energy and water use
reductions are very significant; the scope of innovative  pollution prevention programs must be
broad to adequately address the highest-risk environmental problems and to take full advantage of
technological opportunities in sectors other than industrial manufacturing; the Energy Policy Act
of 1992 (Public Law 102-486 of October 24, 1992) requires the Secretary of Energy to work with
other Federal agencies to significantly reduce the use of energy and reduce the related environ-
mental impacts by  promoting use of energy efficiency and renewable energy technologies; and

-------
                                                                       Executive Orders

        WHEREAS, as the largest single consumer in the Nation, the Federal Government has
 the opportunity to realize significant economic as well as environmental benefits  of pollution
 prevention;

        AND IN ORDER TO:

        Ensure that all Federal agencies conduct their facility management and acquisition activi-
 ties so that,  to the maximum extent practicable,  the quantity of toxic chemicals entering any
 wastestream, including any releases to the environment, is reduced as expeditiously as possible
 through source reduction; that waste that is generated is recycled to the maximum extent practi-
 cable; and that any wastes remaining are stored, treated or disposed of in a manner protective of
 public health and the environment;

        Require Federal agencies to report in a public manner toxic chemicals entering any
 wastestream from their facilities, including any releases  to the environment, and to improve local
 emergency planning., response, and accident notification; and

        Help encourage  markets for clean technologies and safe alternatives to extremely hazard-
 ous substances or toxic  chemicals through revisions to specifications and standards,  the acquisi-
 tion and procurement process, and the testing of innovative pollution prevention technologies at
 Federal facilities or in acquisitions;

        NOW THEREFORE, by the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and
 the laws of the United States of America, including the EPCRA, the PPA, and section 301 of title
 5, United States Code, it is hereby ordered  as follows:

       Section 1. Applicability

        1-101. As delineated below, the head of each Federal agency is responsible for ensuring
 that all necessary actions are taken for the prevention of pollution with respect to that agency's
 activities and facilities, and for ensuring that agency's compliance with pollution prevention and
 emergency planning and community right-to-know provisions established pursuant to all imple-
 menting regulations issued pursuant to EPCRA and PPA.

        1-102. Except  as otherwise noted,  this order is applicable to all Federal agencies  that
 either own or operate a "facility" as that term is defined in section 329(4) of EPCRA,  if such
 facility meets the threshold requirements set forth in EPCRA for compliance as modified by
 section 3-304(b) of this order  ("covered facilities").  Except as provided in section 1-103  and
 section 1-104 below, each Federal agency must apply all of the provisions  of this order to each of
 its covered facilities, including those facilities which are subject, independent  of this order, to the
provisions  of EPCRA and PPA (e.g.,  certain Government-owned/contractor-operated facilities
 (GOCO's), for chemicals meeting EPCRA  thresholds).  This order does not apply to Federal
agency facilities outside the customs territory of the United-States, such as United States diplo-
matic  and consular missions abroad.
                                          173

-------
Appendix D

       1-103.   Nothing in this order alters the obligations which GOCO's  and Government
corporation facilities have under EPCRA and PPA independent of this order or subjects such
facilities to EPCRA or PPA if they are otherwise excluded.  However, consistent with section 1-
104 below, each Federal agency shall include the releases and transfers from all such  facilities
when meeting all of the Federal agency's responsibilities under this order.
       1-104.  To facilitate compliance with this order, each Federal agency shall provide, in all
future contracts between the agency and its relevant contractors, for the contractor to supply to
the Federal agency all information the Federal agency deems necessary for it to comply with this
order. In addition, to the extent that compliance with this order is made more difficult due to lack
of information from existing contractors, Federal agencies shall take practical steps to obtain the
information needed to comply with this order from such contractors.

       Sec. 2-2 Definitions
       2-201.  All definitions found in EPCRA and PPA and implementing  regulations  are
incorporated in this order by reference, with the following exception: for the purposes of  this
order, the term "person", as defined in section 329(7) of EPCRA, also includes Federal agen-
cies.
       2-202.  Federal agency means an Executive agency, as defined  in 5 U.S.C. 105. For the
purpose of this order, military departments, as defined  in 5 U.S.C. 102, are covered under the
auspices of the Department of Defense.
       2-203.  Pollution Prevention means "source reduction," as defined in the PPA, and other
practices that reduce or eliminate the creation of pollutants through: (a) increased efficiency in
the use of raw materials, energy, water, or other resources; or (b) protection of natural resources
by conservation.
        2-204. GOCO means  a Government-owned/contractor-operated facility  which is owned
by the Federal Government but all or portions of which are operated by private contractors.

        2-205. Administrator  means the  Administrator  of the  EPA.
        2-206.  Toxic Chemical means a substance on the list described in section 313(c) of
 EPCRA.
        2-207. Toxic Pollutants.  For the purposes of section  3-302(a) of this order,  the term
 "toxic pollutants"  shall include, but is not necessarily  limited to, those chemicals at  a Federal
 facility subject to the provisions of section 313 of EPCRA as  of December 1,  1993.   Federal
 agencies also may choose to include releases and transfers of other chemicals, such as "extremely
 hazardous chemicals" as defined in section 329(3) of EPCRA, hazardous wastes as defined under
 the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976 (42 U.S.C. 6901-6986) (RCRA), or  haz-
 ardous air pollutants under the Clean Air Act Amendments (42 U.S.C. 7403-7626); however, for
 the purposes of establishing the agency's baseline under 3-302(c),  such "other chemicals" are in

                                           174

-------
                                                                        Executive Orders

 addition to (not instead of)  the section 313 chemicals.  The term "toxic pollutants" does not
 include hazardous waste subject to remedial action generated prior to the date of this  order.

        Sec. 3-3.  Implementation

        3-301.  Federal Agency Strategy.  Within 12 months of the date of this order, the head of
 each Federal agency must develop a written pollution prevention strategy to achieve the require-
 ments specified in sections 3--302 through 3-305 of this order for that agency.  A copy thereof
 shall be provided to the Administrator.  Federal agencies are encouraged to involve the public in
 developing the required strategies under this order and in monitoring their subsequent progress in
 meeting the requirements of this order.  The strategy shall include, but shall not be limited to, the
 following  elements: (a) A pollution prevention policy statement, developed by each Federal
 agency, designating principal responsibilities for development, implementation, and evaluation
 of the strategy.  The  statement shall reflect the Federal  agency's commitment to incorporate
 pollution prevention through  source reduction in facility management and acquisition, and it shall
 identify an individual responsible for coordinating the Federal agency's efforts in this area.

        (b)  A commitment to utilize pollution prevention through source reduction, where prac-
 ticable, as the primary means of achieving and  maintaining compliance with all applicable Fed-
 eral, State, and local environmental requirements.

        3-302.  Toxic Chemical Reduction Goals, (a) The head of each Federal agency  subject to
 this  order  shall ensure that the agency develops voluntary goals to reduce the agency's total
 releases of toxic chemicals to the environment and off-site transfers of such toxic chemicals for
 treatment and disposal from facilities covered by this order by 50 percent by December  31, 1999.
 To the  maximum extent practicable, such reductions  shall  be achieved  by implementation of
 source reduction practices.

       (b)   The baseline for measuring reductions for purposes  of achieving the 50 percent
 reduction goal for each Federal agency shall be the first year in which releases of toxic chemicals
 to the environment and off-site transfers of such  chemicals for treatment and disposal are publicly
 reported.   The baseline amount as  to which the 50 percent  reduction goal applies shall be the
 aggregate amount of toxic chemicals reported in the baseline year for all of that Federal agency's
 facilities meeting the threshold applicability requirements set forth in section 1-102 of this order.
 In no event shall the baseline be later than the 1994 reporting year.

       (c)  Alternatively, a Federal agency may choose to achieve a 50 percent reduction goal for
 toxic pollutants.  In such event, the Federal agency shall delineate the scope  of its reduction
program in the  written pollution prevention strategy  that  is required by section 3-301 of this
order. The baseline for measuring reductions for purposes of achieving the 50 percent reduction
requirement for each Federal agency shall be the first year in which releases of toxic pollutants to
the environment and off-site transfers of such chemicals for treatment and disposal are publicly
reported for each of that Federal agency's facilities encompassed by section 3-301.  In no event
                                           175

-------
Appendix D

shall the baseline year be later than the 1994 reporting year.  The baseline amount as to which the
50 percent reduction goal applies shall be the aggregate amount of toxic pollutants reported by
the agency in the baseline year.  For any toxic pollutants included by the agency in determining
its baseline under  this section, in addition to toxic chemicals under EPCRA, the agency shall
report on such toxic pollutants annually  under the provisions of section 3-304 of this order, if
practicable, or through an agency report  that is made available to the public.
       (d)  The head of  each Federal  agency shall ensure that each  of its covered facilities
develops a written pollution prevention plan no later than the end of 1995, which sets forth the
facility's contribution to the goal established in section  3-302(a) of this  order.  Federal agencies
shall conduct assessments of their facilities as necessary to ensure development of such plans and
of the facilities, pollution prevention programs.
       3-303.  Acquisition and Procurement Goals, (a) Each Federal  agency shall establish a
plan and goals for  eliminating  or reducing the unnecessary acquisition by that agency of products
containing extremely hazardous substances or toxic chemicals.  Similarly, each Federal agency
shall  establish a plan and goal for voluntarily  reducing its own manufacturing, processing, and
use of extremely hazardous substances and toxic chemicals.  Priorities shall be  developed by
Federal agencies,  in coordination with EPA, for implementing this section.
        (b) Within 24 months of the date of this order, the Department of Defense (DoD) and the
General Services Administration (GSA), and other agencies, as appropriate, shall review their
agency's standardized documents, including specifications and standards, and identify  opportuni-
ties to eliminate or reduce the use by their agency of extremely hazardous substances and toxic
chemicals, consistent with the safety and reliability requirements of their  agency  mission. The
 EPA shall assist agencies in meeting the requirements of this section, including identifying sub-
 stitutes and setting priorities for these reviews. By 1999, DoD,  GSA and other affected agencies
 shall make all appropriate revisions to these specifications and standards.
        (c)  Any revisions to the Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) necessary to  implement
 this order shall be made within  24 months of the date of this order.
        (d)  Federal agencies are encouraged to develop and test innovative pollution  prevention
 technologies at their facilities  in order to encourage the development of strong markets for such
 technologies.  Partnerships should be encouraged between industry, Federal agencies, Govern-
 ment laboratories, academia, and others  to assess and deploy innovative environmental technolo-
 gies  for domestic  use and for  markets abroad.
        3-304. Toxics Release Inventory/Pollution Prevention Act Reporting.
        (a)  The head of each Federal agency shall comply with the provisions set forth in section
 313 of EPCRA, section 6607 of PPA,  all implementing regulations, and future amendments to
 these authorities,  in light of applicable  guidance as provided by EPA.
                                            176

-------
                                                                       Executive Orders

        (b) The head of each Federal agency shall comply with these provisions without regard to
 the Standard Industrial Classification (SIC) delineations that apply to the Federal agency's facili-
 ties,  and such reports shall be for all releases, transfers,  and wastes at such Federal agency's
 facility without regard to the SIC code of the activity leading to the release, transfer, or waste.
 All other existing statutory or regulatory limitations or exemptions on the application of EPCRA
 section 313 shall apply to the reporting requirements set forth in section 3-304(a) of this order.

        (c) The first year of compliance shall be no later than for the 1994 calendar year,  with
 reports due on or before July 1, 1995.

    3-305. Emergency Planning and Community Right-to know Reporting Responsibilities.  The
 head of each Federal agency shall comply with the provisions  set forth in sections 301 through
 312 of EPCRA,  all implementing regulations,  and future amendments to these authorities, in
 light of any applicable guidance as provided by EPA.  Effective dates for compliance shall be:

        (a) With respect to the provisions of section 302 of EPCRA,  emergency planning notifi-
 cation shall be made no later than 7 months after the date of this order.

        (b) With respect to the provisions of section 303 of EPCRA, all information necessary
 for the applicable Local Emergency Planning Committee (LEPC's) to prepare or revise local
 Emergency Response Plans shall be provided no later than 1 year after the date of this order.

       (c) To the extent thai a facility is required to maintain Material Safety Data Sheets under
 any provisions of law or Executive order,  information required under section 311 of EPCRA
 shall be submitted no later than 1 year after the date of this order, and the first year of compliance
 with section 312 shall be no later than the 1994 calendar year, with reports due on or before
 March 1, 1995.

       (d) The provisions of section 304 of EPCRA shall be effective beginning January 1
 1994.

       (e) These compliance dates are not intended to delay implementation of earlier timetables
 already agreed to by Federal agencies and are inapplicable to the extent they interfere  with those
 timetables.

       Sec/ 4-4.  Agency Coordination

       4-401.  By February 1, 1994,  the Administrator shall convene an Interagency Task Force
 composed of the Administrator, the Secretaries of Commerce, Defense, and Energy, the Admin-
 istrator of General Services, the Administrator of the office of Procurement Policy in  the Office
of Management and Budget, and such other agency officials as deemed appropriate based upon
lists of potential participants submitted to the Administrator  pursuant to this  section by,  the
agency head.  Each  agency head may designate other senior agency officials to act  in his/her
stead, where appropriate.  The Task Force will assist the agency heads in the implementation of
the activities required under this order.


                                          177

-------
Appendix D

       4-402.   Federal agencies subject to the requirements of this order shall  submit annual
progress reports to the Administrator beginning on October 1, 1995. These reports shall include
a description of the progress that the agency has made in complying with all aspects of this order
including the pollution reductions requirements. This reporting requirement shall expire after the
report due  on October 1, 2001.
       4-403.   Technical Advice.  Upon request and to the extent practicable, the Administrator
shall provide technical advice  and assistance to Federal agencies in order to foster full compli-
ance with this order.  In addition, to the extent practicable, all Federal agencies subject to this
order shall provide technical assistance, if requested, to LEPC's in their development of emer-
gency response plans and in fulfillment of their community right-to-know and risk reduction
responsibilities.
       4-404.  Federal agencies shall  place high priority on obtaining funding and resources
needed for implementing all aspects of this order, including the pollution prevention strategies,
plans, and assessments required by this order, by identifying,  requesting, and allocating funds
through line-item or direct funding requests.  Federal agencies shall make such requests as  re-
quired in the Federal Agency Pollution Prevention and Abatement Planning Process and through
agency budget requests as outlined in office of Management and Budget (OMB) Circulars A-106
and A-l 1,  respectively.  Federal agencies should apply, to the maximum extent practicable, a life
cycle analysis and total cost accounting principles to all projects needed to meet the requirements
 of this order.
        4-405.  Federal Government Environmental Challenge Program. The Administrator shall
 establish a "Federal Government Environmental Challenge Program" to recognize outstanding
 environmental management performance in Federal agencies and  facilities.  The program shall
 consist of two  components that challenge Federal agencies; (a) to agree to a code of environmen-
 tal principles  to be developed by EPA,  in cooperation with other agencies,  that emphasizes
 pollution prevention, sustainable development and state-of-the-art environmental management
 programs   and (b) to submit applications to EPA  for individual Federal  agency facilities for
 recognition as "Model Installations."  The program shall also include a means for recognizing
 individual Federal employees who demonstrate outstanding leadership in pollution prevention.

        Sec. 5-5 Compliance
        5-501  By December 31,  1993, the head of each Federal agency shall provide the Admin-
  istrator with a preliminary list of facilities that potentially meet the requirements for reporting
  under the threshold provisions of EPCRA, PPA, and this order.
        5-502  The head of each Federal agency is responsible for ensuring that such agency take
  all necessary  actions to prevent pollution in accordance with this order, and for that agency's
  compliance with the provisions of EPCRA and PPA.  Compliance with EPCRA and PPA means
  compliance with the same substantive, procedural,  and other statutory and regulatory require-
                                            178

-------
                                                                       Executive Orders

 ments that would apply to a private person. Nothing in this order shall be construed as making
 the provisions of sections 325 and 326 of EPCRA applicable to any Federal agency or facility,
 except to the extent that such Federal agency or facility would independently be subject to such
 provisions.  EPA shall consult with Federal agencies, if requested, to determine the applicability
 of this order to particular agency facilities.

       5-503.  Each Federal agency  subject  to this order shall  conduct internal reviews and
 audits, and take such other steps, as may be necessary to monitor compliance with sections 3-304
 and 3-305 of this order.

       5-504.  The Administrator, in consultation with the heads of Federal agencies, may con-
 duct such reviews and inspections as may be necessary to monitor compliance with sections 3-304
 and 3-305 of this order.  Except as excluded under section 6-601 of this order, all Federal
 agencies are encouraged to cooperate fully with the efforts of the Administrator to ensure compli-
 ance with sections 3-304 and 3-305 of this order.

       5-505.  Federal agencies are further encouraged to comply with all state and local right-
 to-know and pollution prevention requirements to the extent that compliance with such laws and
 requirements is not otherwise already mandated.

       5-506.  Whenever the Administrator notifies a Federal agency that it is not in compliance
 with an applicable provision of this order, the Federal agency shall achieve compliance as promptly
 as is practicable.

       5-507.  The  EPA shall report annually to the President on Federal agency compliance
 with the  provisions of section 3-304 of this order.

       5-508.  To the extent permitted  by law and unless such documentation is withheld pursu-
 ant to section 6-601 of this order, the public shall be afforded ready access to all strategies, plans,
 and reports required to be prepared by Federal agencies under this order by the agency preparing
 the strategy,  plan, or report. When the reports  are submitted to  EPA, EPA shall compile the
 strategies, plans,  and reports and make them publicly available as well.  Federal agencies are
 encouraged to provide such strategies, plans, and reports to the State and local authorities where
 their facilities are located for an  additional point  of access  to the public.

       Sec. 6-6.  Exemption

       6-601. In the interest of national security, the head of a Federal agency may request from
the President an exemption from complying with the provisions of any or all aspects of this order
for particular Federal agency facilities, provided that the procedures set forth in section 120(j),(l)
of the  Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, as
amended (42 U.S.C. 9620(j)(l)), are followed.  To the maximum extent practicable, and without
compromising national security,  all Federal agencies shall strive to comply with the purposes,
goals, and implementation steps set forth in this order.
                                           179

-------
Appendix D

       Sec. 7-7.  General Provisions
       7-701. Nothing in this order shall create any right or benefit, substantive or procedural,
enforceable by a party against the United States, its agencies or instrumentalities, its officers or
employees, or any other person.


                                                             WILLIAM J. CLINTON
THE WHITE HOUSE,

Augusts, 1993.



                                                                    October 20, 1993


                            EXECUTIVE ORDER 12873


        FEDERAL ACQUISITION, RECYCLING, AND WASTE PREVENTION


       WHEREAS, the Nation's interest is served when the Federal Government can make more
 efficient use of natural resources by maximizing recycling and preventing waste wherever pos-
 sible;
       WHEREAS, this Administration is determined to strengthen the role of the Federal Gov-
 ernment as an enlightened, environmentally conscious and concerned consumer;
       WHEREAS, the Federal Government  should—through cost-effective waste prevention
 and recycling activities—work to conserve disposal capacity, and serve as a model in this regard
 for private and other public institutions; and
       WHEREAS, the use of recycled and environmentally preferable products and services by
 the Federal Government can spur private sector development of new technologies and use of such
 products, thereby creating business and employment opportunities and enhancing regional  and
 local economies and the national economy;
       NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, by the authority vested in me as
 President by the Constitution and the laws of the United States of America,  including the Solid
 Waste Disposal Act, Public Law 89-272, 79 Stat. 997, as amended by the Resource Conservation

                                          180

-------
                                                                      Executive Orders
 and Recovery Act ("RCRA'), Public Law 94-580, 90 Stat. 2795 as amended (42 U.S.C. 6901-
 6907), and section 301 of title 3, United States Code, hereby order as follows:

 PART 1-PREAMBLE

 Section 101.  Consistent with the demands of efficiency and cost effectiveness, the head of each
 Executive agency shall incorporate waste prevention and recycling in the agency's daily opera-
 tions and work to increase and expand markets for recovered materials through greater Federal
 Government preference and demand  for such products.

 Sec. 102.  Consistent with policies established by Office of Federal Procurement Policy ("OFPP")
 Policy Letter 92-4, agencies shall comply with executive branch policies for the acquisition and
 use of environmentally preferable products and services and implement cost-effective procure-
 ment preference programs favoring the purchase of these products and services.

 Sec.  103.  This  order creates a Federal Environmental  Executive and  establishes high-level
 Environmental Executive positions within each agency to be responsible for expediting the imple-
 mentation of this order and statutes that pertain to  this order.

 PART 2—DEFINITIONS
 For the purposes  of this order:

 Sec. 201.  "Environmentally preferable" means products or services that have a lesser or reduced
 effect on human health and the environment when compared with competing products or services
 that serve the same purpose.  This comparison may consider raw materials acquisition, produc-
 tion, manufacturing, packaging,  distribution, reuse, operation,  maintenance, or disposal of the
 product or service.

 Sec. 202.  "Executive agency" or "agency" means an Executive agency as defined in 5 U.S.C.
 105.   For the purpose of this order, military departments, as defined  in 5  U.S.C. 102, are
 covered under the auspices of the Department of Defense.

 Sec. 203.  "Postconsumer material"  means a material or finished product that has served its
 intended use and  has been discarded for disposal  or  recovery, having completed its life as a
 consumer item. "Postconsumer material" is a part of the broader category of "recovered mate-
 rial".

 Sec. 204.  "Acquisition" means the acquiring by contract with appropriated funds for supplies or
services (including construction) by and for the use  of the Federal Government through purchase
or lease, whether the supplies or services are already in existence or must be created, developed,
                                          181

-------
Appendix D

demonstrated and evaluated. Acquisition begins at the point when agency needs are established
and includes the description of requirements to satisfy agency needs, solicitation and selection of
sources, award of contracts, contract financing, contract performance, contract administration
and those technical and management functions directly related to the process of fulfilling agency
needs by contract.

Sec. 205.  "Recovered materials" means waste materials and by-products which have been re-
covered or diverted from solid waste, but such term does  not include those materials and by-
products generated from, and commonly reused within, an original manufacturing process (42
U.S.C. 6903(19)).

Sec. 206.  "Recyclability"  means the ability of a product or material to be recovered from, or
otherwise diverted from, the solid waste stream for the purpose of recycling.

Sec. 207.  "Recycling'" means the series of activities, including collection, separation, and pro-
cessing, by which products or other materials are recovered from the solid waste stream for use
in the form of raw materials  in the  manufacture of new products other than fuel for  producing
heat or power by combustion.

Sec.  208.  "Waste prevention," also known as "source reduction,"  means any change in the
design, manufacturing, purchase or  use of materials or products (including packaging) to reduce
their amount or toxicity before they  become municipal solid waste.  Waste prevention  also refers
to the reuse of products or  materials.

 Sec. 209.  "Waste reduction" means preventing or decreasing the amount of waste being gener-
 ated through waste prevention, recycling, or purchasing recycled and environmentally preferable
 products.

 Sec. 210. "Life Cycle Cost" means the amortized annual cost of a  product, including capital
 costs, installation costs, operating costs, maintenance costs and disposal costs discounted over the
 lifetime of the product.

 Sec. 211. "Life Cycle Analysis" means the comprehensive examination of a product's environ-
 mental and economic effects throughout its lifetime including new material extraction, transpor-
 tation, manufacturing, use, and disposal.

 PART 3-THE ROLE OF THE FEDERAL ENVIRONMENTAL EXECUTIVE AND
 AGENCY ENVIRONMENTAL EXECUTIVES

 Sec. 301.  Federal Environmental  Executive, (a) A Federal Environmental Executive shall be
 designated by the President and shall be located within the Environmental Protection Agency

                                            182

-------
                                                                      Executive Orders

 ("EPA").  The Federal Environmental Executive shall take all actions necessary to ensure that
 the agencies comply with the requirements of this order and shall generate an annual report to the
 Office of Management and Budget ("OMB"), at the time of agency budget submissions, on the
 actions taken by the agencies to comply with the requirements of this order.  In carrying out his
 or her functions, the Federal  Environmental Executive  shall consult with the Director of the
 White House Office on Environmental Policy.

       (b)  Staffing.  A minimum of four (4) full time staff persons are to be provided by the
 agencies listed below to  assist the Federal  Environmental  Executive, one of whom shall  have
 experience in  specification review and program requirements, one of whom shall have experi-
 ence in procurement practices, and one of whom shall have experience in solid waste prevention
 and recycling. These four staff persons shall be appointed  and replaced as follows:

    (1) a representative from the Department of Defense shall be detailed for not less than one
       year and  no more than two years;

    (2) a representative from the General Services Administration ("GSA") shall be detailed
       for not less than one year and no more than two years;

    (3) a representative from EPA shall be detailed for not less than one year and no more
       than two  years; and

    (4) a representative from one other agency determined  by the Federal Environmental Ex-
       ecutive shall be detailed on a rotational basis  for not more than one year.

       (c) Administration. Agencies are requested to make their services, personnel and facili-
ties available to the Federal Environmental Executive to the maximum extent practicable for the
performance of functions under this order.

       (d)  Committees and Work Groups.  The Federal Environmental Executive shall establish
committees and work groups to identify, assess, and recommend actions to be taken to fulfill the
goals, responsibilities, and initiatives of the Federal Environmental Executive. As these commit-
tees and work groups are created, agencies are requested to designate appropriate personnel in the
areas of procurement and acquisition, standards and specifications, electronic commerce, facili-
ties management, waste prevention, and recycling, and others  as needed to staff and work on the
initiatives of the  Executive.

       (e)  Duties.   The  Federal Environmental Executive,  in consultation with the Agency
Environmental Executives, shall:

   (1) identify and recommend initiatives for government-wide implementation that will pro-
       mote the purposes of this order, including:

       (A) the development of a federal plan for agency implementation of this order and
   appropriate incentives to  encourage the acquisition  of recycled and  environmentally
   preferable products by the Federal  Government;


                                          183

-------
Appendix D

       (B) the development of a federal  implementation plan and guidance for instituting
   economically efficient federal waste prevention, energy and water efficiency programs,
   and recycling programs within each agency; and
       (C) the development of a plan for making maximum use of available funding assistance
   programs;
   (2) collect and disseminate information electronically concerning methods to reduce waste,
       materials that can be recycled, costs and savings associated with waste prevention and
       recycling, and current market sources of products that are environmentally preferable
       or produced with recovered materials;
   (3) provide guidance and assistance to the agencies in setting up and reporting on agency
       programs and monitoring their effectiveness; and
   (4) coordinate appropriate government-wide education and training programs for agencies.

Sec. 302.  Agency  Environmental  Executives.  Within 90 days after  the effective date of this
order, the head of  each Executive department and major procuring agency shall designate an
Agency Environmental Executive from among his or her staff, who serves at a level no lower
than at the Deputy Assistant Secretary level or equivalent. The Agency Environmental Executive
will  be responsible  for:
       (a) coordinating all environmental programs in the areas of procurement  and acquisition,
standards and specification review, facilities management, waste prevention and recycling, and
logistics;
       (b) participating in the interagency development of a Federal plan to:
    (1) create an awareness and outreach program for the private sector to facilitate markets for
       environmentally preferable  and recycled products and services, promote new technolo-
       gies, improve awareness about federal efforts  in this area, and expedite agency efforts
       to procure new products identified under this order;
    (2) establish incentives, provide guidance and coordinate appropriate educational programs
       for agency employees; and
    (3) coordinate the development of standard agency reports required by this order;
       (c) reviewing agency programs and acquisitions to ensure compliance with this order.

PART 4-ACQUISITION  PLANNING  AND AFFIRMATIVE PROCUREMENT PRO-
GRAMS

Sec. 401. Acquisition Planning.  In developing plans, drawings, work statements, specifica-
tions, or other product descriptions, agencies shall consider the following factors: elimination of

                                           184

-------
                                                                       Executive Orders

 virgin material requirements;  use  of recovered  materials;  reuse  of product; life  cycle cost;
 recyclability; use of environmentally preferable products; waste prevention (including toxicity
 reduction or elimination); and ultimate disposal, as appropriate.  These factors should be consid-
 ered in acquisition planning for all procurements and in the evaluation and award of contracts, as
 appropriate. Program and acquisition managers should take an active role in these activities.

 Sec. 402. Affirmative Procurement Programs. The head of each Executive agency shall develop
 and implement affirmative procurement programs in accordance with RCRA section 6002 (42
 U.S.C. 6962) and this order. Agencies shall ensure that responsibilities for preparation, imple-
 mentation and monitoring of affirmative procurement programs are shared between the program
 personnel and procurement personnel. For the purposes of all purchases made pursuant to this
 order, EPA, in consultation with such other Federal agencies as appropriate, shall endeavor to
 maximize environmental benefits, consistent with price, performance and availability consider-
 ations, and shall adjust bid solicitation guidelines as necessary in order to accomplish this goal.

       (a)   Agencies  shall establish affirmative procurement programs for all designated EPA
 guideline items purchased by their  agency.  For newly designated items, agencies shall revise
 their internal programs within one year from the date EPA designated the new items.

       (b)   For the currently designated  EPA guideline items, which are:  (i)  concrete  and
 cement containing fly ash; (ii)  recycled paper products; (iii) re-refined lubricating oil; (iv) re-
 tread tires; and (v) insulation containing recovered materials; and for all future guideline items,
 agencies shall ensure that their affirmative procurement programs require  that  100 percent of
 their purchases of products meet or  exceed the EPA guideline standards unless written justifica-
 tion is provided that a product is not available competitively within a reasonable time frame, does
 not meet appropriate performance standards, or is only available at an unreasonable price.

       (c)  The Agency Environmental Executives will track agencies' purchases of designated
 EPA guideline items and report agencies' purchases of such guideline items to the Federal Envi-
ronmental Executive.   Agency Environmental Executives will be required to justify to the Fed-
eral Environmental Executive as to why the item(s) have not been purchased or submit a plan for
how the agencies intend to increase  their purchases of the designated item(s).

       (d)  Agency affirmative procurement programs, to the maximum extent practicable, shall
encourage that:

    (1) documents be transferred electronically,

    (2) all government documents printed  internally be printed double-sided, and

    (3) contracts, grants, and cooperative agreements issued after the effective date of this or-
       der include provisions that require documents to be printed double-sided on recycled
       paper meeting  or exceeding the standards established in this order or in future EPA
       guidelines.
                                           185

-------
Appendix D

Sec. 403. Procurement of Existing Guideline Items.  Within 90 days after the effective date of
this order, the head of each Executive agency that has not implemented an affirmative procure-
ment program shall ensure that the affirmative procurement program has been established and is
being implemented to the maximum extent practicable.

Sec. 404.  Electronic Acquisition System.  To reduce waste by eliminating unnecessary paper
transactions in the acquisition process and to foster accurate data collection and reporting of
agencies' purchases of recycled content and environmentally preferred products, the executive
branch will implement an electronic commerce system  consistent with the recommendations
adopted as a result of the National Performance Review.

PART 5-STANDARDS, SPECIFICATIONS AND DESIGNATION OF ITEMS

Sec. 501.  Specifications, Product Descriptions and Standards.  Where applicable, Executive
agencies shall review and revise federal and military specifications, product descriptions and
standards to enhance  Federal procurement of products made from recovered materials or that are
environmentally preferable.  When converting to a Commercial Item Description (CID), agen-
cies  shall ensure that environmental  factors have been considered and that the CID  meets or
exceeds the environmentally preferable criteria of the government specification or product de-
scription.  Agencies  shall report annually on their compliance with this section to the Federal
Environmental Executive for incorporation into the annual report to OMB referred to in section
301 of this order.
       (a)  If an inconsistency with RCRA Section 6002 or this order is identified in a specifica-
tion, standard, or product description, the Federal Environmental Executive shall request that the
Environmental Executive of the pertinent agency advise the Federal Environmental Executive as
to why the specification cannot be revised or submit a plan for revising it within 60 days.
       (b)  If an agency is able to revise an inconsistent specification by cannot do so within 60
days, it is the responsibility of that agency's Environmental Executive to monitor and implement
the plan for revising  it.

Sec. 502.  Designation of Items that Contain Recovered Materials.   In order to expedite the
process of designating items that are or can be made with recovered materials, EPA shall institute
a new process for designating these items in accordance with RCRA section 6002(e) as follows.
       (a)  EPA shall issue a Comprehensive Procurement Guideline containing designated items
that are or can be made with recovered materials.
       (1)  The proposed guideline shall be published for  public comment in the Federal Regis-
ter within  180 days  after the  effective date of this order and shall be updated annually after
publication for comment to include additional items.
                                          186

-------
                                                                      Executive Orders

       (2) Once items containing recovered materials have been designated by EPA through the
new process established pursuant to this section and in compliance with RCRA section 6002,
agencies shall modify their affirmative procurement programs to require that, to the maximum
extent practicable, their purchases of products meet or exceed the EPA guideline standards unless
written justification is provided that a product is not available competitively, not available within
a reasonable time frame, does not meet appropriate performance standards, or is only available at
an unreasonable price.

       (b) Concurrent with the issuance of the Comprehensive Procurement Guideline required
by section 502(a) of this order, EPA shall publish for public comment in the Federal Register
Recovered Material Advisory Notice(s)  that  present the range of recovered material content
levels within which the designated recycled items are currently available.  These levels shall be
undated periodically after publication for comment to reflect changes in market conditions.

Sec. 503.  Guidance for Environmentally Preferable Products.  In accordance with this order,
EPA shall issue guidance that recommends principles that Executive agencies should use in
making determinations for the preference and  purchase of environmentally preferable products.

       (a) Proposed guidance shall be published for public comment in the Federal Register
within 180 days after the effective date of this  order, and may be updated after public comment,
as necessary, thereafter.  To the extent necessary, EPA may issue additional guidance for public
comment on how the principles can be applied to specific product categories.

       (b) Once final guidance for environmentally preferable products has been issued by EPA,
executive agencies shall use these principles, to the maximum extent practicable, in identifying
and purchasing environmentally preferable products and  shall modify their  procurement pro-
grams be reviewing and revising specifications, solicitation procedures, and polices as appropri-
ate.

Sec. 504. Minimum Content Standard for Printing and Writing Paper.  Executive agency heads
shall ensure that agencies shall meet or exceed the following minimum materials content stan-
dards when purchasing or causing the purchase of printing and writing paper.

       (a)  For high speed copier paper, offset paper, forms bond, computer printout paper,
carbonless paper, file folders, and white woven envelopes, the minimum content standard shall
be no less than 20 percent postconsumer materials beginning December 31,  1994. This minimum
content standard shall be increased to 30 percent beginning on December 31,  1998.

       (b) For other uncoated printing and writing paper, such as writing and office paper, book
paper, cotton fiber paper, and cover stock, the minimum content standard shall be 50 percent
recovered materials, including 20 percent postconsumer materials beginning  on  December  31,
1994.  This standard shall be increased to 30 percent beginning on December 31, 1998.
                                          187

-------
Appendix D

       (c)  As an alternative to meeting the standards in sections 504(a) and (b), for all printing
and writing papers, the minimum content standard shall be no less than 50 percent recovered
materials that are a waste materials by-product of a finished product other than a paper or textile
product which would otherwise be disposed of in a landfill, as determined by the State in which
the facility is located.
   (1)  The decision not to procure recycled content printing and writing paper meeting the
       standards specified in this section shall be based solely on a determination by the con-
       tracting officer that a satisfactory level of competition does not exist, that the items are
       not available within a reasonable time period, or that the available items fail to meet
       reasonable performance standards established by the agency or are only available  at an
       unreasonable price.
   (2)  Each agency should implement waste prevention techniques, as specified in section
       402(d) of this order,  so that total annual expenditures  for recycled content printing and
       writing paper do not exceed current annual budgets for paper products  as measured by
       average annual expenditures, adjusted for inflation based on the Consumer Price Index
       or other suitable indices.  In determining a target budget for printing and writing paper,
       agencies may take into account such factors as employee increases or decreases, new
       agency or statutory initiatives, and episodic or unique requirements  (e.g., census).
   (3)  Effective immediately, all agencies making solicitations for the purchase of printing
       and writing paper shall seek bids for paper with postconsumer material or recovered
       waste material as described in section 504(c).

Sec. 505. Revision of Brightness Specifications and Standards. The General Services Adminis-
tration and other Federal agencies are directed to identify, evaluate and revise or eliminate any
standards or specifications unrelated to performance that present barriers to the purchase of paper
or paper products made by production processes that minimize emissions of harmful by-products.
This evaluation  shall  include a review of unnecessary brightness and stock clause provisions,
such as lignin content arid chemical pulp requirements. The GSA shall complete the review and
revision of such specifications within six months after the effective date of this order, and shall
consult closely with the Joint Committee on Printing during such process.  The GSA shall also
compile any information or market studies that may be necessary to accomplish the objectives of
this provision.

Sec. 506. Procurement of Re-refined Lubricating Oil and Retread Tires.  Within 180 days after
the effective date of this order, agencies shall implement the EPA procurement guidelines  for re-
refined lubricating oil and retread tires.
       (a)  Commodity managers shall finalize revisions to specifications for re-refined oil and
retread tires, and  develop and issue  specifications for tire retreading services, as commodity
managers shall take affirmative steps to procure these items  in accordance with RCRA section
6002.
                                           188

-------
                                                                      Executive Orders

       (b)  Once these items become available,  fleet managers shall take  affirmative steps to
procure these items in accordance with RCRA section 6002.

Sec. 507.  Product Testing.   The Secretary of Commerce, through the National Institute of
Standards and Technology ("NIST"), shall establish a program for testing the performance of
products containing recovered materials or deemed to be environmentally preferable.  NIST shall
work with EPA, GSA and other public and private sector organizations that conduct appropriate
life cycle analyses to gather information that will assist agencies in making selections of products
and services that are environmentally preferable.

       (a) NIST shall publish appropriate reports describing testing programs, their results, and
recommendations for testing methods and  related specifications for use by Executive agencies
and other interested parties.

       (b) NIST shall coordinate with other Executive and State agencies to avoid duplication
with existing testing programs.

PART 6-AGENCY GOALS AND REPORTING REQUIREMENTS

Sec. 601. Goals for Waste Reduction.  Each agency shall establish a goal for solid waste preven-
tion and a goal for recycling to be achieved by the year 1995. These goals shall be submitted to
the Federal Environmental Executive within  180 days after the effective date  of this order.
Progress on attaining these goals be reported by the agencies to the Federal Environmental Ex-
ecutive for the annual report specified in section 301 of this order.

Sec 602.  Goal for Increasing the Procurement of Recycled and Other Environmentally Prefer-
able Products.  Agencies shall strive  to increase the procurement of products that are environ-
mentally preferable or that are  made with recovered materials and set annual goals to maximize
the number of recycled products purchased, relative to  non-recycled alternatives.

Sec. 603.  Review  of Implementation.  The President's Council on Integrity and  Efficiency
("PCIE") will request that tie Inspectors General periodically review agencies' affirmative pro-
curement programs  and reporting procedures to ensure  their compliance  with this order.

PART 7—APPLICABILITY AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS

Sec. 701. Contractor Operated Facilities.  Contracts that provide for contractor  operation of a
government-owned or leased facility, awarded after the  effective date of this order, shall include
provisions that obligate the contractor to comply with the requirements of this order within  the
scope of its operations.  In addition,  to the extent permitted by law  and where economically
feasible, existing contracts should be modified.
                                          189

-------
Appendix D


Sec. 702.  Real Property Acquisition and Management. Within 90 days after the effective date of
this order, and to the extent permitted by law and where economically feasible, Executive agen-
cies shall ensure compliance with the provisions of this order in the acquisition and management
of federally owned and leased space.  GSA and other Executive agencies shall also include
environmental and  recycling provisions in the acquisition of all leased space and in the construc-
tion of new federal buildings.

Sec. 703.  Retention of Funds.  Within 90 days after the effective date of this order, the Admin-
istrator of GSA shall develop a legislative proposal providing authority for Executive agencies to
retain a share of the proceeds from the sale of materials recovered through recycling or waste
prevention programs and specifying the eligibility requirements for the materials being recycled.

Sec. 704.  Model Facility Programs.  Each Executive department and  major procuring agency
shall establish model facility demonstration programs that include comprehensive waste preven-
tion and recycling  programs and emphasize the procurement of recycled and environmentally
preferable products and services using an electronic data interchange (EDI) system.

Sec. 705.  Recycling Programs.  Each Executive agency that has not already done so shall initiate
a program to promote cost effective waste prevention and recycling of reusable materials in all of
its facilities.  The recycling programs implemented pursuant to this section must be compatible
with applicable State and local recycling requirements.  Federal agencies shall also consider
cooperative ventures with State and local governments to promote recycling and waste reduction
in the community.

PART 8-AWARENESS

Sec. 801.  Agency  Awards Program.  A government-wide award will be presented annually by
the White House to the best, most innovative program implementing the objectives of this order
to give greater visibility to these efforts so that they can be incorporated government-wide.

Sec. 802.  Internal Agency Awards Programs.  Each agency shall develop an internal agency-
wide awards program, as appropriate, to reward  its most  innovative environmental programs.
Winners of agency-wide awards will be eligible for the White House award program.

PART 9—REVOCATION, LIMITATION AND IMPLEMENTATION

Sec. 901.  Executive Order No. 12780, dated October 31, 1991, is hereby revoked.

Sec. 902.  This  order is intended only to improve the  internal management of the executive
branch and is not intended to create any right or benefit, substantive or procedural, enforceable at
law by a party against the United States,  its agencies, its officers, or any other person.

                                          190

-------
                                                                     Executive Orders

Sec. 903.  The policies expressed in this order, including the requirements and elements for
effective agency affirmative procurement programs, shall be implemented and incorporated in
the Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) within 180 days after the effective date of this  order.
The implementation language shall consist of providing specific direction and guidance on agency
programs for preference, promotion, estimation, certification, reviewing and monitoring.

Sec. 904. This order shall be effective immediately.


                                                        [Signed]  WILLIAM J. CLINTON


THE WHITE HOUSE

October 20,  1993.
                                         191

-------

-------
             APPENDIX E
STATE POLLUTION PREVENTION PROGRAMS
                 193

-------
Appendix E









£
0
m
i
5>
o
£















"§
n ii
S2
5|
0
O
-1
|H
§ 5 o
j |£
— a
o"g
*~CC

(V
w'f.
5 o
0
tc
"c «
O ^£ni
t! S C
|||
0 "S •*
| 5|
C
e o
0 -p
•^ c
3 0
S >
0 0




State Program Name1

0
3

s



















s











Waste Reduction and Technology
Transfer Programs


!

S




s



















s






Pollution Prevention Office


a
JU

S




s







s






s











Waste Minimization Program


Arizona

s




s







s






s











Pollution Prevention


Arkansas

S




s







s






s







"o
c
u
c
Toxic Substances Control, Departr
Health Services


I California

S




s


























Pollution Prevention and Waste
Reduction Program


Colorado

S




s








S




s







s is






s











Connecticut Technical Assistance
Program

3
Connectic


















Pollution Prevention Program

|
Delaware

S




s







s






s









c
2
Waste Reduction Assistance Progi


Florida

s




s







s











s






Multimedia Source Reduction and
Recycling Program


ro
E?
o
e

S












s






s







§

TO
o
Hazardous Waste Minimization Pr


nj

S



















s











Division of Environmental Quality


o
.c
(0
T3

S




s







s











s






Office of Pollution Prevention


i/i
'o

s




s







s











s






Office of Pollution Prevention and
Technical Assistance


Indiana

S












s






s











Department of Natural Resources


re
.2

S




s







s






s











State Technical Action Plan


Kansas

S




s







s






s











Kentucky PARTNERS8


Kentucky

s




s














s








>
£
|Q
8
2
c
1)
2
01
"o
o
10
a
U
a


Louisiana

S




s


s




s






s







.1

••*
£
o
2
c
o
Ol
"o
10
a
0)
a


V
•J

S




S







s






s







c

c
p
[Maryland Department of the Envil


Maryland

S




s


s




s











s






Massachusetts Department of
Environmental Protection
i
«
2.
c
n
2.

S




s







s











s




c

Hazardous Waste Reduction Sect


Michigan
                                   194

-------
       State Pollution Prevention Programs













Z
i
m
I
^
o*
o















*
c
o
>•*»
a «
II
ill H
c
o
o
£a j

= 1
0 U
H •


n
c
1*
2 u
&
"c «
0 %(M
'* « c
§5.2
"° « «

« "i-l
3 *l
eg
.2**
Jg.
0 C

State Program Name1


o





s





s







s












s

c
a>
1 Minnesota Office of Waste Managem


Minnesota





S





s




















s


Waste Reduction/Waste
Minimization Program


Mississippi





S





s







s







s






0
tJ
Department of Natural Resources Wa
Management Program


Missouri





S





















s







1 Department of Health and
Environmental Services


Montana





S





















S







Department of Environmental Control


Nebraska





S













s







s







Divisbn of Environmental Protectbn


Nevada





S





s







s







s







I Department of Environmental Service
£
z
£
1
z





S





S







s












s


Office of Pollution Prevention


New Jersey





s





s







s















Municipal Water Pollution
Prevention Program


New Mexicc





s





s







s












s


Bureau of Pollution Prevention


New York





S













S












s


Office of Waste Reductbn
re
c
1 North Carol





S































re
North Dakot





S













s












s


Pollution Prevention Section, Ohio EP


o
jE
O





S





S







s












s


Pollution Prevention Technical
Assistance Program


Oklahoma





s





s

s





s












s


Waste Reduction and Technical
Assistance Program


c
o
O)
u
6





s





s







S












S


-------
Appendix E











£
i

1
0)
o























« 2 c
Set -8
3H|
§||
l|
O ^
8 "2
H oc

«
o>
It
•e o
oc
"c «
0 «•
£
3
•tment of Environmental Qi
ID
a
0





5


\





\














S







ion Preventbn Division
J
o
a.



c
o
1)


s





s







s





s








e Minimizatbn Program
10
IB



It
'c
'c


s





s


s




s





s







T3
e Reduction, Recycling, an
Control
w <

c
c
1
c
J
{


s





\







s





s








rator Assistance Program
5
C3
.2
°c
'5

*
w
1


S





s







s





s
s



§
CO
o
i
rdous Waste Minimization
ID
N
10
I


C
'in
C
o
u
<0


s



















s





>
—

rtment of Environmental Q
ID
a
4)
Q


CO
.£
E
o
5
                                2
co a
o c
•a =
4> "§
-S c
>- o
.« <0
(0 <0
11
• ?
S *""
£ 2


« §
||

Q-
§|
CO J
S.o
0.0-
c M
0 <
' c °-
5
s"
,
O -C
•^ *^
te regulatory agency's pollu
d oroarams are presented in
+j 2
w *
4> £.
.H'1
_4> j
"£3 .s
2 I
I -1
.£ c
T3 C
tLi
^ 1

§4


D) 1
1 ^
« I
Unless otherwise indicated, th
•
0


1
g>
c .
i
«
o
o
c
.2
£
ive a specific pollutbn prevei
n>
+,
O
C

-8

ra
|
—
•
OT
«-
* 
0
I0

"-

\ °>
3 O
n

D ^
B i
3 E
= c

~ ^
§ I
M (0
0 *-*
« •
= |
Q M.
e ?
u &
Q. O
U _jj
10 *•>
r- w
stable. The program etemei
nment agencies) rather than
£ °
i&
^ ^
4> tn
t^ h-
E ^
0 0
. E

S cb
>- o
o 2-
Q. ^
ll
C.>
1) C
> 3
a cb
0 -^
does not have a formal pollutii
organizations within the state
o
10
'E
4>
4)
1-

£
|
S.
.fi
4)


O
<0
-S
S'c
10 O
« •*!
§ §
1 «
S|
« 0
Is
i a
*^ t
If
-S S
o-S
•£ c
•eduction", this table uses w
te minimizatbn" without me
to
n a
|1
0 ^
" o
S IB
3 U
i2 -c
!•
» 1

ll
i O
c ^.
o ?•
11
« -5
4) 4)
S -0
a-c
c o
o »
•£ 4)
53
Some states use the term "pol
reductbn" includes states tha
























e. Waste Age. March 1 993.
«
|
CM
O>
0)
**
4)
1
4)

_C
1
1!
5
4>
cc

s
6
!_•
-Sj
if
n
s
J
.i
"c
c
t
1

















0)
a>
0
Q
i
O

CO
ial Pollutants. EPA 21P-300
£
$
1
g

3
T3
4)
O
<0
(0
43
O
0


05
O5

C
C
€
«
Source: U.S. EPA Pollutbn Pr
8
f
u
a
(0
8

a
w
8
U
10
10
4)
"i
U

o> g
OT £
T- 4)
*l
JO 0
8E.
__
jc T3
||

t3 £
3 t
ations . State Recycled Prodi
ted legislatbn that "mention
° w
'c *
3 a
E *>
i «
o ^
0 (»
-o «
o «->
c »>
5.0
(0 Ifl
£ =

B •
O J0
1 3
CO "^
c S.
'w TI
to _a>

y >*
QL.
ts
Procurement/Recycled Produ
price preference or set-aside c
Energy conservation.
















1
co
1
c
o
'i
«
>
4)
&
C


agency does not have a polli
^
1
co
£
4)
B
(0
4)
£


§
ci>
o
rt
"2
%
_Q
^
.«
u
5
Biomass Recovery Program.
Kentucky PARTNERS is a uni'
                                   196

-------
                                                  State Pollution Prevention Programs
                                 State Energy Offices
ALABAMA

K. David Shropshire
Alabama Dept. of Economic and Community
Affairs
P.O. Box 5690
Montgomery, AL 36103-5690
(205) 242-5292


ALASKA

Robert Breen
Dept. of Community and Regional Affairs
Rural Development Division
949 East 36th Avenue, Suite 403
Anchorage, AK 99508
(907) 563-1073


AMERICAN SAMOA

Matt Le'i
Office of the Governor
Territorial Energy Office
Pago, AS 96799
(684)633-1306


ARIZONA

Jack Haenichen
Arizona Dept. of Commerce
Arizona Energy Office
3800 North Central, Suite 1200
Phoenix, AZ 85012
(602) 280-1300


ARKANSAS

Jim Blakley
Arkansas Energy Office
One State Capitol Mall, Suite 4B/215
Little Rock, AR 72201
(501)682-7315
 CALIFORNIA

 Charles Imbrecht
 California Energy Commission
 1516 9th  Street
 Sacramento, CA95814
 (916) 324-3326

 Richard Sybert
 Governor's Office of Planning and Research
 1400 10th Street
 Sacramento, CA 95814
 (916)322-2318

 COLORADO

 Karen Reinertson
 Colorado Office of Energy Conservation
 1675 Broadway,  Suite  1300
 Denver, CO 80202
 (303) 894-620-4292

 CONNECTICUT

 Susan Shimelman
 Policy Development and Planning
 Office of  Policy and Management
 80 Washington Street
 Hartford,  CT -6-16
 (203) 566-2800

 DELAWARE

 George P. Donnelly
 Division of Facilities Management
 Energy Office, P.O. Box 1401
 Dover,  DE 19901
 (302) 739-5644

DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA

Charles Clinton
District of Columbia Energy Office
613 G Street, NW,  5th Floor
Washington, DC  20001
(202)727-1800
                                          197

-------
Appendix E
EASTERN CAROLINE ISLAND

Marcelino Actouki
Federated States of Micronesia
Dept. of Resources and Development
Energy Division of Micronesia
P.O. Box 190
Kolonia, Pohnpei, EC 96941

Energy Planner
State of Truk
State Planning Office
P.O. Box 189
Moen, Truk, EC 96942

FED. STS. MICRONESIA

Timothy P. Timothy
P.O. Box AD
Kosray State, FS 96944

FLORIDA

Jim Tait
Florida Energy Office
Dept. Of Community Affairs
2740 Centerview Drive
Tallahassee,  FL 32399-2100
(904) 488-2475


GEORGIA

Paul Burks
Office of Energy Resources
254 Washington Street, SW
Room 401
Atlanta, GA  30334
(404)656-5176

GUAM

Jerry Rivera
Guam Energy Office
P.O. Box 2950
Agana, GU 96910
(671)472-8711
HAWAII

Murray E. Towill
Dept. of Planning and Economic Development
Energy Division
335 Merchant Street, Room 110
Honolulu, HI 96813
(808) 548-2306

IDAHO

Robert Hoppie
Idaho Dept. of Water Resources
Energy Division
1301 North Orchard
Boise, ID 83706
(208) 327-7900


ILLINOIS

John S. Moore
Dept.  of Energy and Natural Resources
325 West Adams Street, Room 300
Springfield, IL 62704-1892
(217)785-2002

INDIANA

Amy Stewart
Dept. of Commerce Office of Energy Policy
1 North Capitol, Suite 700
Indianapolis, IN 46204-2248
(317)232-8940

IOWA

Larry Bean
Iowa Energy Bureau
Transportation and Planning Section
Wallace State Office Building
DesMoines, IA 50319
(515)281-8681

KANSAS

Jim Robinson
Kansas Corporation and Commission
Energy Programs Section
 1500 SW Arrowhead Road
Topeka, KS 66604
(913)271-3100
                                           198

-------
                                                  State Pollution Prevention Programs
KENTUCKY

John Stapleton
Kentucky Division of Energy
691 Teton Trail
Frankfort, KY 40601
(502)564-7192

LOUISIANA

Jack McClanahan
Louisiana Dept. of Natural Resources
P.O. Box 94396
Baton Rouge, LA 70804-9396
(504) 342-4503

MAINE

Leonard A.  Dow
Dept.  of Economic and Community
 Development
219 Capital  Street
Augusta, ME 04333
(207) 289-6800


MARYLAND

Gerald L. Thorpe
Maryland Energy Administration
45 Calvert Street
Annapolis, MD 21401
(301) 974-3755


MASSACHUSETTS

Paul W. Gromer
Massachusetts Division of Energy Resources
Leverett Saltonstall Building
100 Cambridge Street, Room 1500
Boston, MA 02202
(617) 727-4732

MICHIGAN

Steven M. Fetter
Michigan Public Service Commission
P.O. Box 30221
6545 Mercantile Way
Lansing, MI 48909
(517) 334-6270
MINNESOTA

Krista L. Sanda
Minnesota Dept. of Energy and Economic
  Development
900 American Center Building
150 East Kellogg Blvd.
St. Paul, MN  55101
(612)296-6035
Andrew Jenkins
Mississippi Dept. of Economic and
 Community Development
Energy and Transportation Division
510 George Street, Suite 101
Jackson, MS  39202-3096
(601) 359-6600

MISSOURI

Robert Jackson
Missouri Dept. of Natural Resources
Division of Energy, P.O. Box 176
Jefferson City, MO 65102
(314)751-4000

MONTANA

Van Jamison
Dept. of Natural Resources and Conservation
Energy Division
1520 East Sixth Avenue
Helena, MT 59620-2301
(406) 444-6697


NEBRASKA

Robert Harris
Nebraska Energy Office
P.O. Box 95085
State Capitol  Building, 9th Floor
Lincoln, NE 68509
(402)471-2867
                                          199

-------
Appendix E
NEVADA

James Hawke
Nevada Office of Community Services
Capitol Complex
Carson City, NV 89701
(702) 687-4990

NEW HAMPSHIRE

Jonathans. Osgood
Governor's Office of Energy and Community
 Services
57 Regional Drive
Concord, NH 03301-8506
(603)271-2611

NEW JERSEY

Scott A. Weiner
Dept. of Environmental Protection and Energy
401 E. State Street
Trenton, NJ 08625
(609) 292-2885


NEW MEXICO

Dianne Car on
Dept. of Energy, Minerals and Natural
 Resources
Energy Conservation and Management Division
2040 South Pacheco
Santa Fe, NM 87505
(505) 827-5917

NEW YORK

William D. Cotter
New York State Energy Office
Division of Conservation
2 Rockefeller Plaza
Albany, NY 12223
(518)473-4376
NORTH CAROLINA

Carson D. Culbreth, Jr.
North Carolina Dept. of Economic and
 Community Development
Energy Division
430 North Salisbury Street
Raleigh, NC27611
(191)733-2230

NORTH DAKOTA

Shirley R. Dykahoorn
Office of Intergovernmental Assistance
State Capitol Building
Bismarck, ND 58505
(701) 224-2094

NORTHERN MARIANA ISLAND

Jocelyn Guerrero
Commonwealth Energy Office
P.O. Box 340
Siapan, CM 96950
(855)099-7174


OHIO

Paul R. Leonard
Ohio Dept. of Development
Community Development Division
Office of Energy Conservation
77 S. High Street, 24th Floor
Columbus, OH 43266-0413
(614) 466-3465

OKLAHOMA

Sherwood Washington
Oklahoma Dept. of Commerce
Division of Community Affairs and
 Development
P.O. Box 26980
 Oklahoma City, OK 73126-0980
 (405) 843-9770
                                           200

-------
                                                  State Pollution Prevention Programs
 OREGON

 Christine Ervin
 Oregon Dept. of Energy
 Conservation Division
 625 Marion Street, NE
 Salem, OR 97310-0831
 (503) 378-6063

 PENNSYLVANIA

 Brian T. Castelli
 Pennsylvania Energy Office
 116 Pine Street
 Harrisburg, PA 17101-1227
 (717)783-9981

 PUERTO RICO

 Luis R.  Pinero
 Dept. of Consumer Affairs
 P.O. Box 41059
 Minillas Station
 San Juan, PR 00902-1059
 (809)721-0809

 REPUBLIC  OF PALAD

 Greg Decherong
 Republic of Palau
 Ministry, National Resources
 Palau Energy Office
 P.O. Box 100
 Koror, Palau, RP 96940

 RHODE ISLAND

J. Scott Wolf
Governor's Office of Housing, Energy and
 Intergovernmental Relations
State House
275 Westminster Street, Room 111
Providence, RI 02903-5872
(401) 277-2850
 SOUTH CAROLINA

 Carlisle Roberts, Jr.
 Office of the Governor
 Division of Finance and Administration
 Office of Energy Programs
 1205 Pendleton Street, 3rd Floor
 Columbia, SC 29201
 (803)734-0310

 SOUTH DAKOTA

 Ron Reed
 Governor's Office of Energy Policy
 217 1/2 West Missouri
 Pierre, SD 57501
 (605) 773-3603

 TENNESSEE

 Carl Johnson
 Tennessee Dept. of Economic and Community
  Development
 Energy Division
 320 6th Avenue North, 8th Floor
 Nashville, TN 37219-5308
 (615)741-2373

 TEXAS

 Harris E. Worcester
 Governor's Energy Office
 Capitol Station, P.O. Box 12428
 Austin, TX78711
 (512)463-1931

 UTAH

 Richard M. Anderson
 Utah Energy Office
 355 West North Temple
 3 Triad Center, Suite 450
Salt Lake City,  UT 84180-1204
(801) 538-5428
                                         201

-------
Appendix E
VERMONT

V. Louise McCarren
Dept. of Public Services
Energy Efficiency Division
120 State Street
Montpelier, VT 05620
(802)828-2811

VIRGIN ISLANDS

Claudette Young-Hinds
Virgin Islands Energy Office
81 Castle Coakley
Christiansted
St. Croix, VI 00823
(809) 772-2616

VIRGINIA

Ronald J. DesRoches
Dept. of Mines, Minerals and Energy
2201 West Broad Street
Richmond, VA 23220
(804) 367-0979


WASHINGTON

Amy Bell
Washington State Energy Office
Conservation Division
809  Legion Way, SE
Olympia, WA 98504
(206) 956-2001

WEST VIRGINIA

John F. Herholdt, Jr.
Governor's Office of Community and Industrial
  Development
Fuel and Energy Office
State Capitol Complex
Building 6, Room 553
Charleston, WV 25305
(304) 348-8860
WESTERN CAROLINE ISLAND

Godfrey E. Chochol
State of YAP
Office of Planning and Budget
P.O. Box 471
Kolonia, YAP, WC 96943

WISCONSIN

John Bilotti
Wisconsin Division of Energy and
  Intergovernmental Relations
101 South Webster Street
P.O. Box 7868
Madison, WI 53707-7868
(608) 266-8234

WYOMING

Steven Schmitz
Division of Economic and Community
  Development
Energy Division
Herschler Building, 2nd Floor
Cheyenne, WY 82002
(307) 777-7284
                                           202

-------
           APPENDIX F
PROVISIONS OF TWELVE STATE LAWS
              203

-------
Appendix F
State
                         Facility Pollution Prevention Planning:
                    A Matrix of the Provisions of Twelve State Laws
Statutory Authorization
Date
Implementing Agency
California



Georgia



Maine



Massachusetts


Minnesota


Mississippi



New York




North Carolina



Oregon



Tennessee


Vermont



Washington
S.B.  14
Hazardous Waste Source Reduction
Management and Review Act

S.B.  519
Amendment to the Hazardous Waste
Management Act
Chapter 929
An Act to Clean the Environment by
the Reduction of Toxics Use, Waste
and Release

H. 6161
Toxics Use Reduction Act

Toxic Pollution Prevention Act
S.B. 2568
Comprehensive Multimedia Waste
Minimization Act

S. 5276-B
An Act to Amend the Environmental
Conservation Law, in Relation to the
Management of Hazardous Waste

S.B. 324
Hazardous Waste Management
Commission Act

H.B. 3515
Toxics Use Reduction and Hazardous
Waste Reduction Act

H.B. 2217
Hazardous Waste Reduction Act

H. 733
An Act Relating to the Management
of Hazardous Waste

H.B. 2390 Hazardous Waste and
Substance Reduction Act
1989     Department of Health Services
         (DHS)

1990     Department of Natural
         Resources

1990     Department of Environmental
         Protection (DEP)
1989     Department of Environmental
         Protection (DEP)

1990     Pollution Control Agency (PCA)
         Office of Waste Management

1990     Department of Environmental
         Quality (DEQ)
 1990     Department of Environmental
         Conservation (DEC)
 1989     Department of Natural
         Resources and Community
         Development (DNRCD)

 1989     Department of Environmental
         Quality
 1990    Department of Health and
         Environment (DHE)

 1990    Agency of Natural Resources
         (ANR)
 1990    Department of Ecology (DE)
 Source:  The following state matrix was adapted from material prepared by the Ohio Environmental
 Protection Agency as reprinted in the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency's Pollution Prevention
 1991. EPA/21P-3003.  October 1991.
                                           204

-------
                                                                    Provisions of Twelve State Laws
     CALIFORNIA; Hazardous Waste Source Reduction Management and Review Act
 Persons Required to Prepare Plan

 Generators who, by site, routinely
 generate, through ongoing
 processes and operations, more
 than 26,460 Ibs of hazardous
 waste per year or more than 26.46
 Ibs of extremely hazardous waste
 per year.
 Performance Goals of Facility Plans
 Specific numeric performance goals are not
 required, however, plan must include a
 timetable for making reasonable and
 measurable progress toward implementing
 selected source reduction methods
 Agency Review of Facility Plans

 Generators must retain a copy of the
 current source reduction evaluation
 review plan and plan summary at
 each site (or central location) and
 upon request shall make it available
 during any DHS inspection
 Statutory Objectives
 To reduce the generation of
 hazardous waste; to reduce
 chemical contaminant releases
 Waste Management Hierarchy

 1) source reduction
 2) recycling
 3) treatment
 Exceptions

 Selected measure is not technically feasible or
 economically practicable; attempts to
 implement the measure reveal that it would
 result in: (1) increased hazardous waste
 generation; (2) increased hazardous chemical
 releases to other environmental media;  (3)
 adverse impacts on product quality; (4)
 significant increase in risks of an adverse
 impact to human health or environment
 Frequency of Facility Progress Report
 Submission

 Every 4 years beginning  1 991,
 generators must prepare a hazardous
 waste management report and
 summary
Administrative Penalties

Civil penalties in an amount not
greater than $1,000 may be imposed
if a generator fails to submit a revised
source reduction evaluation review
and plan, plan summary, hazardous
waste management performance
report, or report summary
 Guidelines for Facility Plans
 Identification of hazardous waste
 streams which result from ongoing
 processes or operations that have
 an annual volume >5% total
 annual volume
 Estimate of quantity of hazardous
 waste generated
 Evaluation of viable source
 reduction options
 Specification of,  and rationale for,
 source reduction measures which
 will be taken for  each waste
 stream; rationale for rejecting any
 available source reduction
 approach
 Evaluation and quantification of
 effects of chosen source reduction
 measures on emissions and
 discharges to air, water, or land
 Timetable for making reasonable
 and measurable progress towards
 mplementing source reduction
 measures
 Certification by professional
engineer; process or operations
personnel on-site; or an
 nvironmental assessor with
expertise in hazardous waste
management
Exemptions from Completing Plan

DHS shall adopt regulations to establish
procedures for exempting generators where
the department determines no  source
reduction opportunities exist
Public Access to Facility Plans

Any person may request DHS to
certify that a generator is in
compliance with statutory
requirements
Requirements of Facility Progress Report

Estimate of quantity of hazardous waste
generated and managed onsite and offsite
during the current reporting year and baseline
reporting year
Assessment of the effect, during the current
year, of each hazardous waste management
measure implemented since the baseline year
upon onsite and offsite hazardous waste
generation, including source reduction,
recycling, and treatment measures
Description of factors during the current year
that have affected onsite and offsite
hazardous waste generation since the baseline
year
Certification by a professional engineer;
process or operations personnel onsite;
environmental assessor with expertise  in
hazardous waste management
Plan Approval Criteria

DHS shall not judge the
appropriateness of any decision or
proposed measures contained in a
review and plan, plan summary,
report or report summary, but shall
only determine whether the
document is complete, prepared and
implemented in accordance with the
statute.
                                                    205

-------
Appendix F
              GEORGIA:  Amendment to the Hazardous Waste Management Act
 Persons Required to Prepaire Plan
 Large quantity hazardous waste
 generators
 Out-of-state large quantity
 hazardous waste generators who
 use Georgia's hazardous waste
 treatment, storage  and disposal
Performance Goals of Facility Plans
Specific performance goals for hazardous
waste reduction must be expressed in
lumeric terms wherever technically and
economically practicable,  If numeric terms
are not practical, plan must include a
statement of objectives designed to lead to
the establishment of numeric goals as soon
as practicable.  Rationale for each
performance goal must be explained,
including any impediment to hazardous
/vaste reduction
Agency Review of Facility Plans
All plans must be completed and
submitted to DNR on or before 3/1/92.
 lans shall be updated and submitted
to DNR on a biennial basis
  Statutory Objectives
  To provide for the preparation of
  hazardous waste reduction plans
  and biennial progress reports
  Waste Management Hierarchy

  Specified in the original act:
  1) source reduction
  2) recycling
  3) treatment
  4) disposal
Exceptions
For valid reasons of priority, a company
chooses to address other more serious
hazardous waste reduction concerns.
Necessary steps to reduce  hazardous waste
will likely have significant adverse impacts
on product quality. Legal or existing
contractual obligations interfere with the
necessary steps that would lead to
Hazardous waste reduction
Frequency of Facility Progress Report
Submission
Generators must biennially complete a
hazardous waste reduction progress
report
Administrative Penalties
Criminal penalties will be imposed for
false statements made by a company
in certifying that it is unable to meet
the requirements because of the nature
of its business operation or process, or
by out-of-state generators in certifying
that they are in compliance with the
law
  Guidelines for Facility Plans
  Policy statement of upper
  management and corporate
  support for the plan and
  commitment to implement plan
  goals
  Plan scope and objectives,
  including the evaluation of
  technologies, procedures and
  personnel training  programs to
  ensure unnecessary hazardous
  waste is not generated; specific
  goals for hazardous waste:
  reduction, based on what is
  economically practical
  Analysis of hazardous waste
  streams; identification of
  opportunities for hazardous waste
  reduction; evaluation  of where and
  why waste was generated;
  potential reduction and recycled
  techniques
  Accounting systems which identify
  waste management costs and
  factor in liability,  compliance and
  oversight costs
  Employee  awareness and training
  programs to involve employees in
  hazardous waste reduction
  planning and implementation
  Incorporation of plan  into
  management practice and
  procedure to institutionalize plan
  Plan for implementing reduction
  options
Exemptions from Completing Plan
Waste resulting from remediation or cleanup
programs.  Commercial hazardous waste
treatment,  storage and disposal facilities
upon certification to DNR that because of
the nature  of its business operation or
process, the facility cannot meet the waste
reduction requirements
 Public Access to Facility Plans
 DNR shall maintain a copy of each
 hazardous waste reduction plan and
 biennial progress report received.  This
 information shall be available to the
 public at the director's office
 Requirements of Facility Progress Report
 Analyze and quantify progress made, if any,
 in hazardous waste reduction, relative to
 each performance goal established in the
 plan. Set forth amendments to the plan and
 explain the need for the amendments
 Plan Approval Criteria
 Not specified
                                                       206

-------
                                                                    Provisions  of  Twelve State Laws
                MAINE:   An
Act to  Clean the Environment by the Reduction of
    Toxics Use,  Waste and Release
 Persons Required to Prepare Plan
 Generators of > than 220.5 Ibs o
 hazardous waste per month for
 more than 3  months per year.
 Facility owners or operators
 required to report under SARA,
 Title III, Section 313 (toxics
 releasers). Persons required to
 report the presence of extremely
 hazardous substances under
 SARA, Title III, Section 312
 (toxics users).
Statutory Objectives
To reduce the volume of toxic
substances used, toxics released
and hazardous waste generated:
10% by 1993, 20% by 1995,
30% by 1997.
Waste Management Hierarchy
1) Toxics use reduction, toxics
release reduction and hazardous
waste reduction.
 Performance Goals of Facility Plans
 Facilities must achieve toxics release and
 hazardous waste reduction goals of 10% by
 1993; 20% by 1995; 30% by 1997.  DEP wi
 track generator progress by manifest data.
Exceptions

Practicable hazardous waste or toxic release
reduction methods do not exist.  All
practicable reductions or actions  have been
previously implemented or are currently being
implemented. Practicable steps necessary to
reduce hazardous waste or toxic  releases
would be an  unreasonable adverse impact on
product quality or quantity. Legal or
contractual obligations prohibit steps
necessary to reduce hazardous waste
generation or toxic releases.
 Agency Review of Facility Plans
 After 1/1/93, DEP may require a
 toxics releaser/hazardous waste
 generator to submit a summary of
 the toxics releaser/hazardous waste
 reduction plan when:
 - A facility fails to meet reduction
 goals
 - An exempted facility fails to meet
 alternative reduction goals
 established by DEP
 -  Toxic release rates or hazardous
 waste generation in a new facility is
 significantly greater per production
 unit than in similar facility of the
 same SIC code
 Owners  and operators of facilities
 shall keep a complete copy of the
 plan and any back-up data on the
 premises of that facility for at least 5
 years and make the copy and data
 available to DEP upon request.
 Frequency of Facility Progress Report
 Submission

 Toxics users and toxics releasers
 must annually report progress
 toward meeting  reduction goals.
 Progress in hazardous waste
 reduction will be tracked through
 manifest data.
Administrative Penalties
Toxic users are not subject to
penalties under this statute, except
:or the requirement to pay an annual
 ee.  Toxic releasers that fail to meet
any statutory requirement, including,
but not limited to, achievement of
toxics release reduction goals and
:he preparation and submission of
 equired plan summaries, are subject
:o enforcement action and fees of up
:o $25,000/day. Hazardous waste
generators that fail to meet any
itatutory requirement, including, but
not limited to achievement of
hazardous waste reduction goals and
 he preparation  and submission of
equired plans, may be subject to
enforcement action, civil or criminal
penalties and fees as follows:
  Hazardous waste transported
iffsite for disposal: $0.18/lb.
  Hazardous waste transported
iffsite for treatment, storage, or
 ther handling, including beneficial
3use, reclamation or recycling:
 0.135/lb.
                                                    207

-------
Appendix F
                MAINE:  An Act to Clean the Environment by the Reduction of
                                Toxics Use, Waste and Release (con't.)	
 Guidelines for Facility Plans

 Statement of facility-wide
 management policy for toxics use,
 toxics release and hazardous waste
 reduction.
 Identification and characterization
 of types and amounts of all toxics
 used, toxics released and
 hazardous waste generated.
 Evaluation of any appropriate
 technologies, procedures,
 processes, equipment or production
 changes that may be utilized to
 reduce the amount or toxicity of
 toxics used, toxics released or
 hazardous waste generated.
 Strategy and schedule for
 implementing reduction options for
 each production process.
 Identification of available markets
 or recycling opportunities for
 hazardous waste.
 Program for maintaining records or
 toxics use, toxics release and
 hazardous waste generation rates
 and management costs.
 Employee awareness and training
 program to involve employees in
 toxics use, toxics release and
 hazardous waste reduction
 planning and implementation.
Exemptions from Completing Plan:

Hazardous waste reduction exemptions:
-  Commercial hazardous waste treatment or
storage facilities
-  Pilot plants or pilot production units.
-  Hazardous waste transporters
-  Hazardous waste generated  as a result of
remedial or corrective actions or facility
closures

Toxics release reduction exemptions:
-  Water supply treatment facilities
-  Municipal wastewater treatment facilities
-  Retail and wholesale motor fuel and heating
oil distributors
-  Agricultural operations
 Requirements of Facility Progress Report
 Toxics use and toxics release reports must
 state progress toward meeting toxics use and
 toxics release goals, respectively.  Hazardous
 waste generators are not required to complete
 a progress report, but DEP will track progress
 through hazardous waste manifest data.
Public Access to Facility Plans
Public access is not explicitly stated
in this statute, but policy was set in
another law.  Public has access to
any plan summary submitted to DEP
unless the facility has met provisions
for confidentiality.
Plan Approval Criteria
In reviewing the adequacy of any
plan summary, the commissioner
shall base a determination on
whether the plan summary is
compete and prepared in accordance
with requirements established by
statute, regulations or guidelines.
                                                        208

-------
                                                                    Provisions of Twelve State Laws
                           MASSACHUSETTS: Toxics Use Reduction Act
 Persons Required to Prepare Plan

 Initially facility owners or operators
 required to report under SARA,
 Title III, Section 313, then
 expanding by 1995 to include
 other SIC groups and facilities
 which use chemicals on the
 CERCLA list (large quantity toxics
 users).
 Performance Goals of Facility Plans

 If a majority of toxics users in a priority user
 segment fall significantly below standard
 achievements of by-product generated per
 unit of product, DEP may require priority user
 segments to achieve a specified level of by-
 product generated per unit of product, within
 a specified time frame.
 Agency Review of Facility Plans
 Plans are kept at the facility and
 must be made available to DEP upon
 request.
 Statutory Objectives
 To reduce toxic waste generated
 by 50% by  1 997 using toxics use
 reduction as the means for
 meeting this goal.

 Waste Management Hierarchy
 1) Toxics use reduction
 Exceptions

 Not specified.
 Frequency of Facility Progress
 Report Submission

 Toxic or hazardous substance
 reports must be submitted to DEP
 annually.
                                            Administrative Penalties

                                            Any individual or toxics user who
                                            violates the requirements of toxics
                                            use reduction planning or annual
                                            toxics and hazardous substance
                                            reporting shall be punished by a fine
                                            in an amount between $2,500 and
                                            $25,000, or by imprisonment  for
                                            not more than one year, or by both.
 Guidelines for Facility Plans

 Statement of facility-wide
 management policy for toxics use
 reduction.
 Plan scope and  objectives,
 including planned reductions in
 facility-wide use and by-product
 generation from the relevant base
 year for each toxic or hazardous
 substance during the next 2 years
 and 5 years.
 Economic and technical evaluation
 of technologies, procedures and
 training programs for achieving
 toxics use reduction.
 Analysis of current and projected
 toxics use, by-product generation
 and emissions.
 Economic impacts of toxics use,
 including costs of raw material and
 by-product storage,  potential
 liability and regulatory compliance.
 Plan implementation schedule.
 2 year and 5 year goals for the by-
 product reduction index for each
toxic or hazardous substance.
 Plan certification by a toxics use
reduction planner.
 Exemptions from Completing Plan
 Pilot plants and pilot production units.  Start-
 up production units for a specified time
 period.
Public Access to Facility Plans

Any 10 residents living within 10
miles of a facility required to prepare
a toxics use reduction plan may
petition DEP to examine the plan,
plan summary and any required back
up data and determine their
adequacy.
DEP shall make available for resident
review all toxics  use reduction plan
summaries, provided that trade
secret information is protected.
Requirements of Facility Progress Report

Quantities of toxic or hazardous substances
which are manufactured, processed,
otherwise used, generated as by-product, or
shipped in product.
Indication of whether the substance was used
in the production unit in amounts:
-  less than or equal to 5,000 pounds;
-  greater than 5,000 pounds but less than or
equal to 10,000 pounds; and
-  greater than 10,000 pounds.
Reporting base year.  By-product reduction
index.  Emissions reduction index.
Matrix form of methods by which by-product
reduction index was achieved for each
production operation.
Plan Approval Criteria

DEP shall specify criteria for
acceptable plans according to
statutory requirements.  Plans must
be certified by a toxics use
reduction planner as meeting the
department's criteria  for acceptable
plans.
                                                     209

-------
Appendix F
  'arsons Required to Prepare Plan

 Facility owners or operators
  equired to report under SARA,
   itle III, Section 313.
                            MINNESOTA:   Toxic Pollution Prevention Act
   Statutory Objectives
   To protect public health, welfare
   and the environment; to encourage
   toxic pollution prevention.
  Waste Management Hierarchy
  1)  Source reduction and processes
  that minimize cross-media pollutant
  transfers
  Guidelines for Facility Plans

  Policy statement of upper
  management support for toxics
  reduction.
  Description of current processes
  generating or releasing toxics,
  describing types, sources and
  quantities of toxics currently being
  generated or released.
  Description of current and past
  toxics reduction practices and
  evaluation of their  effectiveness.
  Assessment of technically and
  economically practicable options
  available to  eliminate or reduce the
  generation of toxics, which may
  include cost-benefit analysis.
  Plan objectives and schedule for
  achieving objectives.
  Explanation of the rationale for
  each objective.
  List of options considered to be
  economically or technically
  impracticable.
  Certification by facility manager
  and a company officer attesting
  the plan's accuracy.
 erformance Goals of Facility Plans

 Vherever technically and practicable,
 bjectives for eliminating or reducing the
 eneration or release of each toxic pollutant
must be expressed in numeric terms.
Otherwise objectives must include a clearly
 tated list of actions designed to lead to the
 stablishment of numeric goals as soon as
 racticable.
 Exceptions

 vJot specified.
 Exemptions from Completing Plan
 Toxic pollutants resulting solely from research
 and development activities need not be
 ncluded in the plan.
 Requirements of Facility Progress Report
 Summary of each objective established in the
 plan, including schedule for meeting
 objectives.
 Summary of progress made during past year,
 if any, toward meeting  each plan objective,
 including quantity of each toxic pollutant
 eliminated or reduced.
 Statement of methods  through which
 elimination or reduction has been achieved.
 Explanation of reasons  objectives were not
 achieved (if applicable), including identification
 of any technical, economic or other
 impediments.
 Certification by facility manager and a
 company officer attesting  the report's
 accuracy.
 gency Review of Facility Plans

 lans must be kept at the facility.
 CA shall be given access to a
 acility plan if the progress report
 oes not meet statutory
 iquirements relating to progress
 iport content.
 requency of Facility Progress Report
Submission
 'CA shall review all progress reports
 o determine if they meet statutory
 equirements.
                                            Administrative Penalties
                                            Annual progress reports must be
                                             iubmitted to PCA beginning in
                                            October 1992.
Public Access to Facility Plans
 'lans are nonpublic data.
25 or more persons living within 10
miles of the facility may submit a
petition that identifies specific
deficiencies in the progress report
and requests PCA to review the
 :aci!ity plan.  Within 30 days after
 •eceipt of the petition, PCA shall
respond in writing. If the
 lommissioner agrees that the
 arogress report does not meet
statutory requirements, PCA shall be
given access to the facility plan.
 Plan Approval Criteria
 After reviewing the plan and progress
 report with any modifications
 submitted, the commissioner shall
 state in writing whether the  progress
 report meets statutory requirements.
                                                          210

-------
                                                                    Provisions of Twelve State Laws
              MISSISSIPPI:  Comprehensive Multimedia Waste Minimization Act
 Persons Required to Prepare Plan

 Large quantity hazardous waste
 generators. Small quantity
 hazardous waste generators.
 Facility owners or operators
 required to report under SARA,
 Title III, Section 313.
 Statutory Objectives

 To reduce or minimize the
 generation and toxicity of waste by
 a minimum of 25% by January 1,
 1996.
 Waste Management Hierarchy
 1) Source reduction
 2) Recycling
 3) Treatment
 4) Disposal
 Guidelines for Facility Plans

 Policy statement of management
 support for waste minimization and
 plan implementation.
 Plan scope and  objectives,
 including evaluation of
 technologies, procedures and
 personnel training programs to
 ensure waste minimization.
 Explanation and documentation of
 previous waste  minimization
 efforts.
 Analysis of waste streams and
 dentification of opportunities to
 eliminate waste generation,
 ncluding review of waste
 generating processes, evaluation of
 data on  types, amounts and
 hazardous constituents of waste
 generated and potential waste
 minimization techniques.
 dentification of  waste
 management costs.
 Employee  awareness and training
 programs to involve employees in
 iwaste management planning and
 mplementation.
 Performance goals which shall be
expressed  in numeric terms
 whenever  practicable.
 Performance Goals of Facility Plans

 Performance goals for waste minimization
 must be set in numeric terms to the extent
 practical.
 Exceptions

 Not specified.
Exemptions from Completing Plan
Commission of Environmental Quality is
authorized to make exceptions to an grant
exemptions and variances from rules and
regulations implementing the statute.
Requirements of Facility Progress Report

Annual plan updates are required in lieu of
progress reports,  and must include:
- Analysis and quantification of progress
made, if any, in waste minimization, relative
to each performance goal.
- Amendments, if any, to the plan and
explanation of the need for amendments.
 Agency Review of Facility Plans

 A generator or facility operator shall
 permit any designee of DEQ to
 review the waste minimization plan.
 Frequency of Facility Progress
 Report Submission

 Annual plan updates must be
 prepared and must include
 quantification of progress in
 achieving performance goals.
                                           Administrative Penalties
                                           No penalties.
Public Access to Facility Plans
A waste minimization plan and any
updates shall be retained at the
facility and shall not be subject to
inspection, examination, copying or
reproduction.
Plan Approval Criteria
Not specified.
                                                    211

-------
Appendix F
            NEW YORK:  An Act to Amend the Environmental Conservation Law,
                        in Relation to the Management of Hazardous Waste	
  ersons Required to Prepare Plan
  enerators of equal to or greater
  ban 25 tons of hazardous waste
  er year.  Generators required to
  old a hazardous waste treatment,
  torage or disposal facility permit.
  Statutory Objectives
   o reduce hazardous waste
   eneration and release by 50%
   ver the next 10 years.
  Waste Management Hierarchy

    Source reduction
  2) Recycling
  3) Treatment
  4) Disposal
  Guidelines for Facility Plans
  dentification of amounts and types
  of acute hazardous waste.
  dentification of amounts and types
  of hazardous wastes generated
  during previous year.
  Description of the process that
  resulted in such waste.
   alculation of the amount of waste
  generated per unit of  production
  output, raw material used or other
  appropriate index.  Estimate of
  waste management costs,
  including storage, treatment,
  transportation, disposal and
  regulatory fees.
  Evaluation of feasibility of
  implementing waste reduction
  processes for each waste.
  Program to implement feasible
  waste reduction alternatives.
  Evaluation of anticipated reduction
  in amount of hazardous waste
  produced as a result  of
  implementing each waste reduction
  option.
  Evaluation of cross-media transfers
  of waste reduction options.
 erformance Goals of Facility Plans
 valuation of the anticipated reduction, in
ons or other appropriate measurement, in
he amount  of hazardous wastes produced as
 result of the  implementation of each of the
 ichnically feasible and economically
 racticable waste reduction options.
 xceptions
vlot specified.
Exemptions from Completing Plan
Hazardous waste generated by:
 Corrective action for a release from a hazardous
waste treatment, storage or disposal facility
 Remediation of inactive disposal sites
- Cleanup of environmental releases
- Demolition and construction debris.
Requirements of Facility Progress Report
3rogress in achieving time schedule for
 mplementing waste reduction alternatives.
Reasons for not implementing any waste
reduction technology, process or operational
change identified in the plan.  Explanation of
why any waste reduction method chosen and
implemented did not  achieve anticipated
waste reduction.
 gency Review of Facility Plans
)EC must review each plan according
o a schedule established by statute.
 requency of Facility Progress Report
 lubmission
Annual status reports must be
 ubmitted to DEC.
                                           Administrative Penalties
                                           Any generator whose plan has been
                                            ejected by DEC is not allowed to
                                           make the hazardous waste manifest
                                           certification, and, per a condition of
                                           any permit issued for onsite
                                            reatment, storage or disposal of
                                            lazardous waste, is not allowed to
                                           make the annual report certification.
 ublic Access to Facility Plans
Not specified.
 Plan Approval Criteria
 Review of hazardous waste reduction
 plans shall be subject to the following
 standards.  DEC may reject any plan or
 biennial update which:
 - fails to contain all components required
 by statute
 - fails to apply generally accepted
 engineering, scientific or economic
 principles and practices
 - accomplishes waste reduction by
 transfers to other environmental media
 without an environmental benefit from
 such transfers
 - is inconsistent with the preferred
 hazardous waste management practices
 hierarchy
 - involves conduct prohibited by any
 applicable law or regulation
 - fails to provide a basis for charting
 waste reduction trends over time
 - beginning with the 1 st biennial update,
 fails to demonstrate reasonable  progress
 in implementing chosen waste reduction
 alternatives according to the established
 time schedule; or fails to reevaluate
 alternatives.
                                                         212

-------
                                                                    Provisions of Twelve  State  Laws
             NORTH CAROLINA:  Hazardous Waste Management Commission Act
 Persons Required to Prepare Plan
 Hazardous waste generators and
 operators of hazardous waste
 treatment facilities which treat
 waste on-site who are required to
 pay an annual fee under North
 Carolina law. Persons required to
 hold a water quality permit.
 Persons required to hold an air
 quality permit.
 Statutory Objectives
 To encourage voluntary waste and
 pollution reduction efforts.
 Waste Management Hierarchy
 Not mentioned in this statute, but
 specified in an earlier law:
 1) Source reduction
 2) Recycling
 3) Treatment
 4) Disposal
Guidelines for Facility Plans
For hazardous waste permits:
- written description of any
program to minimize or reduce the
volume and quantity of toxicity of
waste

For water quality permits:
-  written description of current and
projected plans to reduce the
discharge of waste and pollutants
by source reduction or recycling

For air quality permits:
  written description of current and
projected plans to reduce the
emission of air contaminants by
 ource  reduction or recycling
 Performance Goals of Facility Plans
 Not specified.
 Exceptions
 Not specified.
Exemptions from Completing Plan
Not specified.
Requirements of Facility Progress Report
Progress reports are not required.
 Agency Review of Facility Plans
 All written descriptions of current
 and projected plans to reduce
 hazardous wastes, waste water and
 pollutant discharges and air
 contaminant emissions shall be
 transmitted to the Solid Waste
 Management Division for review and
 analysis.
 Frequency of Facility Progress Report
 Submission

 Progress reports are not required,
 however, plans are required annually.
                                            Administrative Penalties
                                            Penalty for failure to submit a
                                            hazardous waste minimization plan
                                            along with the annual fee is an
                                            administrative fine.  Penalty for
                                            failure to submit a plan along with an
                                            air or water quality permit fee is an
                                            administrative fine or permit
                                            revocation.
 'ublic Access to Facility Plans
Not specified in statute, however,
pollution prevention plans become
part of the facility permit and
compliance files, and air available for
Dublic review.
Plan Approval Criteria
   specified.
                                                    213

-------
Appendix F
            OREGON:  Toxics Use Reduction and Hazardous Waste Reduction Act
 Persons Required to Prepare Plan

 Large quantity hazardous waste
 generators.  Small quantity
 hazardous waste generators.
 Facility owners or operators
 required to report under the SARA,
 Title III, Section 313 (large users)
'erformance Goals of Facility Plans
Establish specific numeric performance goals
for the following categories of toxic
substances and hazardous wastes:
 Any toxic substance used in quantities in
 xcess of 10,000 pounds a year;
- Any toxic substance used in quantities in
 ixcess of 1,000 pounds a year that
constitutes 10% or more of the total toxics
us,ed; and
- l:or large quantity generators, any waste
representing 10% or more by weight of the
cumulative waste stream generated per year.
Agency Review of Facility Plans
Upon coming completing a plan, the
user must notify DEQ in writing on  a
form supplied by DEQ.  Plans shall be
retained at the facility.  Toxics  users
shall permit any DEQ employee to
nspect the plan.
  Statutory Objectives
  To encourage toxic substance use
  and hazardous waste generation
  reduction without shifting risks
  from one environmental medium to
  another.
  Waste Management Hierarchy

  1) Toxics use reduction
  2) Hazardous waste reduction
  Guidelines for Facility Plans
  Policy statement of upper
  management and corporate
  support for the plan and
  commitment to implement plan
  goals.
  Plan scope and objectives,
  including evaluation of
  technologies, procedures and
  personnel training programs.
  Internal analysis  of toxics usage
  and  hazardous waste streams,
  including evaluation of typeis and
  amounts of toxics used and waste
  generated, where and why toxics
  were used and waste was
  generated, potential reduction and
  recycling techniques.
Exceptions
Impediments may include the availability of
technically practicable toxics use reduction
and hazardous waste reduction methods, and
the economic practicability of available toxics
use reduction and hazardous waste reduction
methods,  including any anticipated changes in
the future. Examples of situations where
reduction  may not be economically practicable
may include:
- For valid reasons of priority, a company
chooses to first other more serious toxics use
reduction  or hazardous waste reduction or
hazardous waste  reduction concerns
- Necessary steps to reduce toxics use and
hazardous waste  will likely have significant
adverse impacts on product quality
- Legal or  contractual obligations interfere
with the necessary  steps that would lead  to
toxics use reduction or hazardous waste
reduction.
Frequency of Facility Progress Report
Submission
All toxics users shall annually
complete a toxic use reduction and
hazardous waste reduction progress
report.
Administrative Penalties
If a toxics user fails to develop an
adequate plan or progress report
according to DEQ's required
modifications, DEQ may issue an
administrative order requiring the
user to submit a plan or progress
report.  If the user fails to submit an
adequate plan or progress reports
within the time specified,  DEQ shall
conduct a public hearing on the plan
or progress  report.  In any hearing,
the relevant plan or progress report
shall be considered public record,
except for trade secret information.
 Guidelines for Facility Plans
 Policy statement of upper management and
 corporate support for the plan and
 commitment to implement plan goals.
 Plan scope and objectives, including
 evaluation of technologies, procedures and
 personnel training programs.
 Internal analysis of toxics usage and
 hazardous waste streams, including
 evaluation of types and amounts of toxics
 used and waste generated, where and why
 toxics were used and waste was generated,
 potential reduction and recycling techniques.
 Public Access to Facility Plans
 DEQ shall maintain a log of each plan
 or progress report it reviews, a list of
 all plans or progress reports that
 have been found to be inadequate
 and descriptions of corrective actions
 taken.  This information shall be
 available to the public at DEQ.
 If a  public hearing is held on any plan
 or progress report, the relevant plan
 or progress report, excepting trade
 secret information, shall be
 considered a public record.
                                                        214

-------
                                                                Provisions of Twelve State Laws
     OREGON:  Toxics Use Reduction and Hazardous Waste Reduction Act (con't.)
Guidelines for Facility Plans
(con't.)

Accounting systems that identify
toxic use and waste management
costs and factor in liability,
compliance and oversight costs.
Employee awareness and training
programs.
Institutionalization of plan by
incorporation of plan info
management practice and
procedure.
Plan for implementing technically
and economically practicable
toxics use and hazardous waste
reduction options.
Requirements of Facility Progress Report

Analyze progress made, if any, in toxics use
reduction and hazardous waste reduction,
relative to each performance goal established
in the plan.  Set forth amendments to the plan
and explain the need for amendments.
Submit report to DEQ on quantities of toxics
used and wastes generated that meet
performance goal criteria, and a narrative
explaining the data.
Plan Approval Criteria

In reviewing the adequacy of any
plan or progress report, DEQ shall
base its determination solely on
whether the document is complete
and prepared in accordance  with
planning guidelines.
                                                 215

-------
Appendix F
                          TENNESSEE:  Hazardous Waste Reduction Act
 Persons Required to Prepare Plan
 Large quantity hazardous waste
 generators. Small quantity
 hazardous waste generators.
Performance Goals of Facility Plans
Specific performance goals shall be
quantitative goals, expressed in numeric
terms, established for the source reduction of
each waste stream.  When possible, units of
measurement should be in pounds  (or tons) of
waste generated per standard unit  of
production, as defined by the generator. If
numeric performance goals are not practical,
performance goals shall include a clearly
stated list of actions designed to lead to the
establishment of numeric goals as  soon as
practical.
Agency Review of Facility Plans
Upon completing a plan, the
generator shall maintain a current
copy of the plan at the facility.
Generators shall permit the
commissioner's designee to inspect
the plan.  Generators shall permit
any officer, employee or DHE
representative to have access to the
plan.  Generators shall furnish a copy
of the plan upon request to DHE.
 Statutory Objectives
 To reduce the aggregate level of
 hazardous waste generated by
 25% by June 30, 1995.
 Waste Management Hierarchy
 1) Reduce or prevent hazardous
 waste generation
 2) Storage, treatment and disposal
Exceptions
For valid reasons of priority, a company
chooses to first address other more serious
hazardous waste reduction concerns.
Necessary steps to reduce hazardous waste
will likely have significant adverse impacts on
product quality. Legal or contractual
obligations interfere with the necessary steps
that would lead to hazardous waste
reduction.
Frequency of Facility Progress Report
Submission
Based on their annual progress
report, generators shall annually
submit to DHE summary information
on waste reduction activities.
Administrative Penalties
Civil penalties of up to $10,000 shall
be imposed on any generator or
person who:
- fails to file any required reports,
records or documents
- fails, neglects or refuses to comply
with any statutory provisions or
orders issued  pursuant to the statute
- knowingly gives false information in
any required report, record or
document.
 Guidelines for Facility Plans
 Policy statement of management
 support for the plan.
 Plan scope and objectives, including
 evaluation of technologies,
 procedures and  personnel training
 programs to ensure that
 unnecessary waste is not
 generated.
 Description of hazardous wiaste
 reduction options and an
 implementation  schedule. Options
 must be based on internal analysis
 of waste streams, including
 evaluation of types and amounts of
 waste generated, where  and why
 waste was generated,  potential
 reduction and recycling techniques.
 Accounting systems that identify
 waste management costs and factor
 in liability, compliance and oversight
 costs.
 Employee awareness and training
 programs.
 Description of how plan has; been or
 will be incorporated into
 management practices and
 procedures to insure an ongoing
 effort.
E xemptions from Completing Plan

Waste shall not include wastewater streams
containing hazardous wastes that are
collected and treated in onsite wastewater
treatment systems, the discharge of  which  is
the subject of a NPDES permit.
Public Access to Facility Plans
Plans shall not be considered public
record.
Requirements of Facility Progress Report

Analyze and quantify progress made, if any,
in hazardous waste reduction, relative to each
performance goal established in the plan. Set
forth amendments, if needed, to the plan and
explain the need for amendments. The
following summary information must be
Eiubmitted to DHE as an element of the annual
generator report:
- For each hazardous waste stream, one of
the following as appropriate:
ci) a statement of specific performance goals
and a report on progress made in achieving
these goals.  Results should be in numeric
terms.
b) a report on the actions taken toward
establishing numeric goals.
Plan Approval Criteria
DHS may review a plan or annual
progress report to determine whether
the document reasonably contains
the elements specified by statute.
                                                       216

-------
                                                                     Provisions of Twelve State Laws
            VERMONT:  An Act Relating to the Management of Hazardous Waste
 Persons Required to Prepare Plan
 Persons who routinely generate,
 through ongoing process and
 operation, more than 26,460 Ibs
 of hazardous waste per year or
 more than 26.46 Ibs of acutely
 hazardous waste per year.
 Performance Goals of Facility Plans
 Specific performance goals are not required,
 however, plan must include a timetable and
 measurable progress toward implementing
 selected source reduction methods.
 Agency Review of Facility Plans
 Every 2 years,  beginning 7/1/92,
 ANR shall select at least 2
 categories of generators by SIC cod
 with potential for source reduction
 and must examine their source
 reduction review and plans to
 determine whether generators have
 complied with statutory
 requirements.
 On or after 7/1/92, ANR may
 request a  copy  of the source
 reduction  review and plan from any
 generator and may evaluate any
 document to determine whether it
 satisfies statutory  requirements
 Statutory Objectives
 To safeguard public health,
 promote worker safety and
 protect the environment by
 establishing toxic use reduction as
 the top priority for hazardous
 waste and toxics management.
 Exceptions
 Not specified.
 Frequency of Facility Progress
 Report Submission

 Hazardous materials management
 performance reports must be
 submitted annually.
 Waste Management Hierarchy
 1) Source reduction
 2) Recycling
 3) Treatment
                                                                              Administrative Penalties
                                                                              No penalties.
 Guidelines for Facility Plans
 Name, location, SIC code of site.
 Identification of each routinely
 generated hazardous waste
 resulting from ongoing processes
 or operations that have a yearly
 weight > 5% of total yearly weight
 of hazardous waste or hazardous
 materials released into the
 environment; or acute hazardous
 waste >5% of total yearly weight.
 Estimate of quantity of hazardous
 waste generated.
 Evaluation of feasible source
 reduction methods.
 Specification of, and rationale for,
 feasible source reduction methods
 which will be taken for each waste
 stream; rationale for rejecting any
 available source reduction method.
 Evaluation of effects of chosen
 source reduction methods so as
 not to adversely affect compliance
 with applicable laws and
 egulations on emissions and
discharges to air, water or land.
 Timetable for making reasonable
and measurable  progress  toward
 mplementing selected source
 eduction methods.
Exemptions from Completing Plan
ANR shall adopt rules for exempting from
facility planning requirements generators for
whom the secretary determines no source
reduction opportunities exist.
Public Access to Facility Plans
Not specified.
Requirements of Facility Progress Report
Name, location, SIC code of site.  Quantity of
hazardous waste generated and managed
onsite and offsite, during the current reporting
year and baseline reporting year.  Assessment
of the effect, during the current year, of each
hazardous materials management measure
implemented since the baseline year, upon
onsite and offsite hazardous waste generation.
Description of factors during the current year
that have affected hazardous waste
generation, hazardous materials releases and
onsite and offsite hazardous waste
management since the baseline year.
Certification by a professional engineer; or a
process or operations personnel onsite.
Plan Approval Criteria
ANR may evaluate any of the
documents submitted to determine
whether they satisfy statutory
requirements.
                                                     217

-------
Appendix F
               WASHINGTON::  Hazardous Waste  and Substance Reduction Act
 Persons Required to Prepare Plan
 Persons who generate more than
 2,640 pounds of hazardous waste per
 year.  Facility owners or operators
 required to report under SARA, Title III,
 Section 313 except those facilities that
 are primarily permitted treatment,
 storage and disposal facilities or
 recycling facilities (hazardous
 substance users).
Performance Goals of Facility Plans
Specific performance goals must be
expressed in numeric terms for each of
the following categories:
- hazardous substance use reduction or
elimination
- waste elimination or reduction
- recycled materials or wastes
- treated  wastes.
If the establishment of numeric
performance goals is not practical, goals
shall include a clearly stated list of
objectives designed to lead to numeric
goals as soon as practical.
Agency Review of Facility Plans
Upon completing a plan, executive
summaries of the plan shall be
submitted to DE. DE may review a
plan or executive summary to
determine whether the document is
adequate pursuant to rules developed
under statute and with statutory
provisions. Plans shall be retained at
the facility. Generators shall permit a
DE representative to review the plan to
determine its adequacy.
 Statutory Objectives

 To reduce hazardous waste generation
 by 50% by 1995 through hazardous
 substance use reduction and waste
 reduction techniques.
Exceptions

Not specified.
Frequency of Facility Progress Report
Submission
Annual progress reports must be
submitted to DE.
 Waste Management Hierarchy
 1) Hazardous substance use reduction
 2) Hazardous waste reduction
 3) Recycling
 4) Treatment
                                      Administrative Penalties
                                      A penalty fee of either $1,000 or 3
                                      times of amount of the generator's
                                      previous year's fee or current year's
                                      fee, whichever is greater, shall be
                                      charged if a generator fails to complete
                                      plan, executive summary or progress
                                      report modifications required by DE.
 Guidelines for Facility Plans;

 Policy statement of corporate support
 for plan.
 Analysis of current hazardous
 substance use and waste generation
 and current reduction, recycling and
 treatment options.
 Analysis of impediments to
 implementing options.
 Policy stating that in implementing
 selected options risks will not be
 shifted from one process,
 environmental media or product to
 another.
 Hazardous waste accounting systems
 which factor in liability, compliance
 and oversight costs.
 Financial description of plan.
 Employee training and involvement
 programs.
 5 year plan implementation schedule.
 Documentation of previous waste
 reduction efforts.
 Executive summary of plan.
Exemptions from Completing Plan

Persons required to prepare a plan may
petition the DE to be excused from
planning requirements, because of the
quantity of hazardous waste generated.
Persons must demonstrate to the
director's satisfaction that the quantity
of hazardous waste generated was due
to unique circumstances not likely to be
repeated and that the person is unlikely
to generate sufficient hazardous waste
to require a plan in the next 5 years.
Public Access to Facility Plans

DE shall make available for public
inspection any submitted executive
plan summary, protecting confidential
information.  Any 10 persons residing
within 10 miles of a facility required to
prepare a plan may file a petition
requesting DE to examine a plan to
determine its adequacy.  DE shall
maintain  and make available to the
public, a  record of each plan, executive
summary or progress report it reviews,
determines to be inadequate, or for
which corrective action is taken.
Requirements of Facility Progress Report

Description of progress made toward
achieving the specific performance goals
established in the plan.
Plan Approval Criteria
In determining the adequacy of any
plan, executive  summary or annual
progress report, DE shall base its
determination solely on whether the
document is complete and prepared in
accordance with statutory provisions.
                                                       218

-------
           APPENDIX G
ESTABLISHING A RECYCLING PROGRAM
               219

-------
Appendix G

                         Establishing a Recycling Program
       The following background information for establishing a recycling program has been
adapted from the US Air Force Installation Pollution Prevention Program Manual because it
applies to all Federal facilities.
Setting Up A Recycling Program
       Careful planning is required before beginning a recycling program.  Operators of recy-
cling programs must decide on the method of collection and identify equipment, site, and facility
requirements. A business and financing plan should be developed.  Program operators must
decide what  to collect and who to  collect it from,  and how  much material can be collected.
Ongoing public education, information, and promotion will increase the quantity and quality of
materials collected.

Materials Specifications
       Recyclable materials recovered from solid waste must meet certain quality and purity
specifications if they are to be utilized in current manufacturing processes. The condition of the
materials plays a key role in setting  the buyer's price.

Selling Recyclable Materials
       A necessary component of recycling program is finding buyers for recovered materials.
Prices fluctuate so it is important to  check prices prior to making an economic assessment of the
feasibility of a source separation project.  The cost of transporting  recyclable materials to a
market is often a major expense of the program.
       Buyers may sell or loan equipment such as balers or crushers to recycling programs, but
for some programs it may be more economical to receive a lower price for less prepared materials
(e.g., whole  bottles or aluminum cans) than to spend time and money to partially process mate-
rials (e.g., crush glass and compact cans).

Market Demand
       A demand must exist for recyclable materials before they can be reused in other products.
Demand for recyclable materials is influences by the availability of substitute materials, industry's
overall ability to use those materials, the state of the economy, and energy costs.
                                          220

-------
                                                     Establishing a Recycling Program
Purchasing Products Made From Recycled Materials
       The standard three-arrow recycling symbol represents not only collection of recyclable
materials, but also manufacturing and use of recycled products.  Recycling can succeed in divert-
ing materials from landfills only if markets for products made from recycled materials expand.

Recyclable Materials
       Paper, in the form of newspaper, corrugated, and high grade office paper, represents the
bulk of waste from households and businesses, and is a steady component of installation waste
streams. Much of it can easily be recovered through source separation. The benefits of recycling
paper include conservation of trees  and valuable landfill space, and energy savings  realized
through use of recycled fiber rather than virgin fiber in manufacturing new paper products.

       Newspaper is the easiest paper to recycle and is typically the largest portion of recyclable
material in households. Most old newspapers can be collected and sold to de-inking newsprint
mills and remade into  newspaper.  Newsprint can also be made into products such as  packing
materials, insulation, and roofing materials.  An increasing percentage of recycled newsprint is
exported for  remanufactured into newspaper or other products.

       Corrugated cardboard boxes also account for a major portion of recycled paper; typically,
it is baled and shipped to mills where it is made into new corrugated boxes or paperboard for
cardboard boxes.

       High grade  office paper  may be one of several grades or types.  To be recycled at
a high  grade, it must be free  from  contaminants such  as  tape,  metal objects, gummed
labels, plastic, string,  and carbon paper.  Computer paper, tab cards, stationery bond, and
miscellaneous plan paper are among  the  types  of recyclable high grade paper.   Maga-
zines  and slick advertising from newspapers are difficult to  recycle and market demand is
low because of the high clay content which gives them their shiny appearance.

       Many offices have recycling programs where employees collect white paper at their desks
and take it to a central storage point in the office.  From there it is taken to a storage area and is
picked up by a waste paper dealer or  recycling business when sufficient quantity accumulates.

       The price paid by buyers of waste paper depends on the demand for products made out of
recycled paper, the type or grade of paper (e.g., corrugated and newspaper are lower grades than
white office paper), and the quality of paper  (amount of contamination).  Paper grades are
established by the Paper Stock Institute of America, a division of the Institute of Scrap Recycling
Industries.  DRMO offices at most Air Force bases continue to be responsible for determining
market process for base recyclables.  Air Force bases can help increase the demand for recycled
paper by specifying that their letterhead and other paper products are recyclables.
                                          221

-------
Appendix G


Glass

       Recyclable glass consists mainly of clear (flint), brown (amber), and green glass contain-
ers.  About 2.5 billion pounds of glass containers are collected annually.  The glass is crushed
into cullet (crushed glass) and purchased by glass container manufacturers, who make it into new
bottles and jars.  Every pound of cullet used saves approximately the same amount of raw
materials used to make glass, namely sand, soda ash, and limestone.

       Cullet prices are generally highest for  clear glass, and lowest for mixed colored glass.
Prices  paid by glass companies for large quantities  of crushed cullet fluctuate depending on
demand and freedom from contamination. Demand for cullet sometimes depends on what color
glass a company produces (e.g., a company may only  make brown beer bottles so it does not
need to buy green glass).

Aluminum

       Aluminum is one of the most important  materials collected in recycling programs because
the demand and high prices paid by aluminum manufacturers make it profitable for groups and
recycling businesses. Aluminum is easily remelted and remolded into new products. It requires
95 percent less energy to process aluminum metal from scrap than to produce it from raw re-
sources. Recycling eliminates all of the energy  required  for major steps in aluminum production,
from the mining of the bauxite ore through the reduction process.

       Aluminum beer and soda cans have become the largest source of aluminum scrap used by
the aluminum industry. Aluminum manufacturing plants purchase large quantities of aluminum
cans from recycling businesses and programs.

       Other all-aluminum items such as TV dinner and foil pie plates, foil food wrap, aluminum
siding, storm doors, windows, and lawn furniture also can be recycled. These items are recycled
separately from aluminum  cans because of their different aluminum composition.

Tin and Bi-Metal Cans
       Cans made of tin-coated steel (food cans)  and bi-metal cans (which are tin-coated steel
with an aluminum end, usually a beverage can)  are recyclable. Tin-coated and bi-metal cans can
be used directly as steel scrap in steel manufacturing furnaces.  The material must be baled and
delivered in truckload quantities. Only a small percentage of bi-metal cans can be  used in steel
furnaces because of the aluminum  content of the cans.

Scrap Metal
       Ferrous metal items (other than cans) which are  made of cast iron and steel  sheet metal,
and nonferrous metal  items made  of nickel, bronze,  copper, brass, and  lead can be recycled.
Most ferrous and nonferrous metal is collected by scrap metal dealers from industrial businesses.
There are  a number of small businesses, however, which collect much metal scrap from non-

                                         222

-------
                                                      Establishing a Recycling Program

 industrial sources.  The price paid by scrap dealers depends on the market price for the various
 types of metal and their priority of scrap.

 Plastics

 Plastics recycling generally fits into three main categories:

       Polyethylene - These plastics can consist of:

       •      HDPE (high-density polyethylene)

       •      PET (polyethylene terepthalate)

       •      LDPE (low-density polyethylene)

 Polyethylene plastics are  obtained from many  sources including milk jugs, plastic oil bottles,
 laundry detergent containers, soft drink bottles, and plastic bags.

       Mixed plastics - Consists of items made from various combinations of HDPE, PET,
 LDPE, PVC, polystyrene, and polypropylene.   They may be recycled to produce a variety of
 products such as  cable reels, paving blocks, flower pots,  drain pipe, and fencing.

       Polyvinvl chloride (PVC)- Used primarily for piping and is not a major component of
 plastic recycling.

       Collected PET and HDPE are generally  sold in baled form, but can also be chopped into
 small flakes or granules, or pelletized (most closely approximating the component resins).  The
 primary consumers of old  plastic beverage containers are plastic fiber manufacturers. PET scrap
 is successfully being employed in the manufacture of fiber fill for jackets, pillows, and sleeping
 bags, as an interliner  in upholstery, as a fiber in carpet construction, and as filler media.  Addi-
 tional end uses include the manufacture of industrial strapping,  wall tile, flooring, and tail light
 lenses, HDPE plastic can be used to make lumber boards for boat piers and garden furniture,
 flower pots, toys, trash cans, and plastic containers for sorting recyclable materials at home.

       The use of these types of plastics at Air Force installations is quite common.  Learning to
 identify when this material is ready for replacement, how it can be segregated as waste, and what
 to do with it involves dealing with scheduling,  procurement, contractors, and base administra-
 tion.

Used Oil

       The recycling and reuse of used  oil is a waste minimization effort widely used throughout
Air Force installations.  Recycling of used oil from the crankcases of  cars, motorcycles, boats,
and lawnmowers, keeps the oil out of waterways and saves energy over the use of virgin oil.  Oil
can be turned in at all auto-hobby shops and base service  stations for recycling.  Most collected
used oil is cleaned and recycled into industrial fuel oil.

                                          223

-------
Appendix G

       Waste oil is not considered a hazardous waste under federal regulations if it is recycled.
Waste oil contaminated by other  hazardous wastes (such as solvents) cannot be recycled,  and
disposing of such oil is very expensive. Precautions should be taken to properly segregate waste
oil from other materials to prevent it from becoming contaminated.

       Under  some states'  regulations, used oil is regulated as a hazardous waste.  Air Force
installations that are located in these states are required to comply with state guidelines concern-
ing the management of hazardous waste (i.e., hazard determination, manifesting, labeling, re-
cordkeeping) when handling waste oil.

Household Yard Wastes
       Leaves, grass, clippings, prunings, wood waste, and other  vegetative debris can exceed
20 percent of municipal solid waste  in many urban areas, especially during the autumn  leaf
season. Volume at Air Force locations varies by geographic location, but the cumulative volume
represents a significant single waste source.
       Leaves and other yard clippings can best be recycled by composting. Compost provides
excellent soil conditioner and mulch, and adds important nutrients to soil.  Compost can be sold
to landscape contractors and nurseries as a soil conditioner. A list of such establishments may
exist or be developed for the communities around a base.  This provides a good public relations
opportunity.

White Goods
       The term "white goods" refers to bulky items such as large electrical  appliances (e.g.,
refrigerators, stoves) and metal furnishings which are occasionally discarded by homes and busi-
nesses.  These items are  usually recyclable as low grade scrap metal.  The collection of
white goods for recycling typically occurs at waste  disposal facilities, such as  landfills,
rather than at community recycling centers.
       White  goods contain increasing amounts of plastics and other non-metal parts which has
lessened the demand for white goods as a source of metal scrap.  Some scrap processors no longer
accept white goods on a regular basis or have  become more cautious about which items they will
accept because of potential problems  with hazardous materials in  certain items.   For example,
some refrigerators made before 1979 might have polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs) in their elec-
trical components.  Some scrap  processors  will only accept such appliances if the electrical
components have been stripped out, or will accept them but will not pay for them.

Tires
Tires can be recycled in many ways.  They can be:

    •   Retread;


                                           224

-------
                                                      Establishing a Recycling Program

    •   Split and die punched to make assorted products such as gaskets, bumpers, and mats.

    •   Ground into a fine crumb rubber for use in tire manufacturing (limited use), molded
        products, paved sports surfaces, roofing  materials, and asphalt road paving materials.
    •   Shredded or cut into small chips for use as a fuel, usually for co-burning with wood
        waste, coal, or solid waste;

    •   Thermal processed (pyrolysis) to recover oils, gas, carbon, and other products;
    •   Burned whole as a fuel to produce steam and electricity; and

    •   Used for miscellaneous projects such as flower pots and fishing reefs.

 Several of these procedures occur on-base because of the abundance of tires used.  Considerable
 sources and amounts  of tires end up as bulk waste at Air Force bases every year.

 Clothing, Furniture, and Other Reusable Items

       In addition to organizations involved in recycling materials for processing into new manu-
 factured goods, there are organizations that specialize in  collecting particular items for direct
 reuse, sometimes after repairing  them.  These include charitable organizations such as the Salva-
 tion Army, Am Vets,  and Goodwill, as well as commercial organizations such as used clothing
 and furniture stores, and local flea markets.  Thrift and consignment shops and used book and
 furniture dealers are  usually identified in telephone directory yellow pages.   Used books and
 records can sometimes be donated to libraries, schools, day care centers, senior citizens centers,
 and other charitable organizations, depending on organization needs.

       Some communities have developed special programs for using surplus (usually not used)
 materials.  Lumber, plumbing fixtures, doors, windows, and other materials which  have been
 donated are distributed to non-profit organizations.  Instead of being discarded, these miscella-
 neous items may be reused by the base or may benefit local communities, hospitals, schools, and
 churches.

       Create a list of recycle/re-use possibilities and conduct a public outreach campaign. It
 will serve as positive public relations for the base and provide additional  information and poten-
 tial business to your solid waste management program, and will also help focus other components
 of the PPP at the same time

 Guidelines for Preparation of Recyclable Materials

       Recycling centers and curbside collection  systems generally require some minor prepara-
 tion of materials before  acceptance  for recycling. This preparation is necessary to meet buyer
specifications or the specifications  of manufacturers who will make new products out of the
recycled materials.  Basic preparation may involve separation of different types  of materials and
                                          225

-------
Appendix G

removal of contaminants such as food wastes.  General guidelines for each material are listed
blow.
Paper Products
Newspaper
    •   Tie with twine in a bundle about 1  ft high or put in brown grocery bags (check
       with  collection center to see  if they accept bagged newspapers).
Corrugated Cardboard Boxes
    •   Flatten, remove tape and  bundle.
    •   Do not include plastic coated corrugated.
    •   Brown grocery bags  and brown wrapping paper are sometimes accepted.  If they
       are, keep  separate from corrugated.
High Grade Office Paper
    •   White typing,  bond,  and photography paper, tablet paper, computer printout, and
       tabulating cards can be recycled.
    •   Ask collection center about specific instructions and types of paper accepted.
    •   Do not include colored  paper, carbon paper, tape, gummed labels,  window enve-
       lopes, plastic  coated  paper, cardboard, or magazines.
    •   Remove large stapes and paper clips.
Magazines, Telephone Books, Miscellaneous Paper
    •   Bundle separately from newspapers  or office paper
    •   Do not include carbon paper.
    •   Ask collection center for  specific instructions and types  of paper accepted.

Cans
Aluminum Cans
       These are usually cans  without side seams,  which often say 100 percent alumi-
•
   num.
   Cans  should be  reasonably clean (no dirt or food residue).

                                     226

-------
                                                     Establishing a Recycling Program
 Bi-Metal Cans
    •  These are usually beverage cans with steel seamed sides and one or two aluminum
       ends.
    •  Bi-metal carts must be kept separate from aluminum cans.
    •  Markets are limited,  so check with the recycling center to see if they are accepted.
    •  To determine metal type, test with magnet.  Magnets will not stick to aluminum.
    •  Remove the ends.
    •  Flatten.
 Tin (Steel) Cans
    •  Rinse to remove food residue.  This is very important, because excessive contamination
       interferes with the  recycling process.
    •  Remove paper label is possible.
    •  Storage is easier if ends of can are removed and flattened.
 Glass Bottles and Jars
    •  Rinse to remove food residue.
    •  Paper labels may be left on.
    •   Remove metal caps and lids.
    •   Some collection centers require removal of metal neck rings on glass  beverage contain-
       ers.  Check with your collection center to be sure what their requirements are.
    •   Leave glass containers intact and separate by color.  Some collection centers will accept
       mixed brown and green glass.
    •   Do not include milk-white glass, plate glass, dinnerware, and light bulbs.
Scrap Metal
    •   Rinse foil food wrap, TV  dinner trays, and aluminum pie pans to remove food residue.
    •   Call collection center for specific preparation instructions for aluminum siding, storm
       doors, windows, and  lawn furniture.
Other Metal Scraps
    •   Ask collection center  for specific preparation instructions.
                                          227

-------
Appendix G
    •  Do not mix ferrous (steel, cast-iron) and nonferrous (brass, copper, lead, aluminum)
       scrap.
Plastic Soft Drink and Milk Bottles
    •  Very few collection centers accept plastic.  Find a collection center before saving plas-
       tic bottles.
    •  Remove  metal rings and caps/rinse.
    •  Flatten to use less storage space.
    •  Separate PET (soft drink) and HOPE (milk) containers.
Used Oil
    •  Drain oil into a non-breakable container with a tight-fitting cap, such as a sturdy plastic
       bottle.
    •  Do not mix with  gasoline,  antifreeze, solvents, brake fluid, or refrigerator oil.
    •  Do not put in garbage cans, pour down sewers or storm drains, or dump on the ground
       or in streams, rivers,  or lakes.
    •  Take oil  to a local collection center such as a participating service station.
                                            228

-------
           Establishing a Recycling Program
229

-------
Appendix G
             GOALS (RECYCLING/REDUCTION/DIVERSION)
State
Alabama
Arkansas
California
Connecticutt
District of Columbia (DC)
Florida
Georgia
Hawaii
Illinois
Indiana
Iowa
Kentucky
Louisiana
Maine
Maryland
Massachusettes
Michigan
Minnesota
Mississippi
Missouri
Montana
Nebraska
Nevada
Goal (%)
25
40
50
25
45
30
25
50
25
50
50
25
25
50
20
56
40 to 60
25
25
40
25
50
25
By Year
2000
2000
1991
1991
1996
1994
1996
2000
2000
2001
2000
1997
1992
1994
1994
2000
2005
1993
1996
1998
1996
2002

                               230

-------
                           Establishing a Recycling Program
GOALS (RECYCLING/REDUCTION/DIVERSION)
State
New Hampshire
New Jersey
New Mexico
New York
North Carolina
North Dakota
Ohio
Oregon
Pennsylvania
Rhode Island
South Carolina
South Dakota
Tennessee
Texas
Vermont
Virginia
Washington
West Virginia
Goal (%)
40
60
50
50
25
40
25
50
25
70
30
50
25
40
40
25
50
50
By Year
2000
1995
2000
1997
1993

1994
2000
1997

1997
2001
1995
1994
2000
1995
1995
2010
                  231

-------

-------
           APPENDIX H
POLLUTION PREVENTION OPPORTUNITY
     ASSESSMENT WORKSHEETS
               233

-------
Appendix H
(Source:  The following information is reproduced from the EPA's Facility Pollution Prevention
Guide.  EPA/600/R-92/088, May 1992)
       The worksheets in this appendix were designed to be  useful  at various  point is the
development of a pollution prevention program. Table H-l lists the worksheets and describes the
purpose of each.

       Since these worksheets are intentionally generic, you may decide to redesign some or all
of them to be  more specific to  your facility once you have your program underway.   The
checklists in Appendix B,  of the above  referenced  document, contains  information  that
your may find  helpful  in deciding how to  customize these worksheets  to  fit your situation.
Appendix C  (also of the above reference document) contains  examples  of worksheets as
they might be  customized for a pharmaceutical company.


  TABLE H-l.  LIST OF POLLUTION PREVENTION ASSESSMENT WORKSHEETS
Phase
Number and Title
Purpose/Remarks
               1. Assessment Overview

Assessment Phase
               2. Sice Description

               3. Process Infoimation


               4. Input Materials Summary
               5. Products Summary


               6. Waste Stream Summary



               7. Option Generation



               8. Option Description


 Feasibility Analysis Phase

               9. Profitability
                               Summarizes the overall program.
                               Lists background information about the facility, including
                               location, products, and operations.
                               This is a checklist of process information that can be collected
                               before the assessment effort begins.

                               Records input material information for a specific production
                               or process area.  This includes name, supplier, hazardous
                               component or properties,  cost, delivery  and shelf-life
                               information, and possible substitutes.

                               Identifies hazardous components, production rate, revenues,
                               and other information about products.

                               Summarizes the information collected for several waste
                               streams.  This sheet can be used to prioritize waste streams
                               to assess.

                               Records options  proposed during brainstorming or nominal
                               group technique sessions. Includes the rationale for
                               proposing each option.

                               Describes and summarizes  information about a proposed
                               options.  Also notes approval of promising options.
                               This worksheet is used to identify capital and operating costs
                               and to calculate the payback period.
                                             234

-------
                             Pollution Prevention  Opportunity Assessment Worksheets
Firm

Site
Date
  Pollution Prevention
Assessment Worksheets
                                       Proj. No.
Prepared By

Checked By

Sheet	of
                                                                                 	of	  Page	of	
   WORKSHEET
        1
                                      ASSESSMENT OVERVIEW
                                        Eatablleh the Pollution Prevention Program
                                              • EMCUIM lev* Decision
                                              • Policy Statement
                                              • Consensus Bulking
                                                 Organlsa Program
                                                 * Name Task Foroa
                                                 • Stale Goals
                                              Do Preliminary Aaaeeamenl
                                                 » Collect Oca
                                                  • Review Stan
                                                  • Establish Priorities
                                                 Writ* Program Plan

                                                Consider Exltmal Group*
                                                D«ffn* Objactvti
                                                IdMttfy Potonual ObstadM
                                                Devrtop Schedule
                                               Do Detailed AteeMmanl
                                             Name Ast«f sment Team(i)
                                             Review Data and Srta(«)
                                             Organtza and Document Information
                                           Define Pollution Prevention Option*

                                                 • Propose Option*
                                                 • SoMnOpton*
                                                Do Feasibility Analytea

                                                  • Technical
                                                  • Environmental
                                                  • Eoonomic
                                              Write At*e**ment Report
                                                 tmplemenl the Plan

                                                  • Select Projeeu
                                                  • Obtain Funding
                                                  • Install
                                                 Measure Progresa

                                                 • Acquire Data
                                                 • Analyze Results
                                                      T
                                      |    M»lnUln Pollution Pnvenllon Program   I
                                                  235

-------
Appendix H
     Firm
     Site
     Date
     Pollution Prevention
   Assessment Worksheets
Proj. No.
Prepared By _
Checked By _
Sheet	of
Page
                                                                                             of
       WORKSHEET
   SITE DESCRIPTION
     Firm:
     Plant:
     Deoartment:
     Area:
     Street Address:
     Citv:
     State/Zio Code:
     Teleohone:
      Major Products:
      SIC Codes:
      EPA Generator Number:
      Major Unit:
      Product or Service:
      Operations:
      Facilities/Equipment Age:
                                                    236

-------
Pollution Prevention Opportunity Assessment Worksheets
Firm ^
Site
Date Proj.
Pollution Prevention
kssMsment Worksheets
No.

WORKSHEET PROCESS INFORMATION
3
P
C
s



reoared Bv
becked Bv
heet .,. of Page of

Process Unit/Ooeration:
Operation Type: Q Continuous Q Discrete
D Batch or Semi-Batch Q Other
Document
Process Flow Diagram
Material/Enerqv Balance
Design
Operating
Flow/Amount Measurements
Stream



Analyses/Assays
Stream



Process Descriotion
Operating Manuals
Equipment List
Equipment Specifications
Piping and Instrument Diagrams
Plot and Elevation Plants}
Work Flow Diagrams
Hazardous Waste Manifests
Emission Inventories
Annual/Biennial Reports
Environmental Audit Reports
Permit/Permit Aoolications
Batch Sheet(s)
Materials Application Diagrams
Product Composition Sheets
Material Safety Data Sheets
Inventory Records
Operator Logs
Production Schedules

Status
Complete?
(Y/N)


































Current?
(Y/N)


































Last


































Used in this
Report (Y/N)


































Document





































































             237

-------
Appendix H
p
Firm At*
Site , ,__
Dilution Prevention
essment Worksheets
Date Proi. No.
Preoared Bv
Checked Bv
Sheet of Pane of

WORKSHEET INPUT MATERIALS SUMMARY


Attribute
Name/ID
Source/Supplier

Component/Attribute of Concern

Annual Consumption Rate
Overall
Components) of Concern

Purchase Price. $ per
Overall Annual Cost

Delivery Mode1
Shipping Container Size & Type2
Storage Mode3
Transfer Mode4
Empty Container Disposal Management5
Shelf Life
Supplier Would
— accept expired material? (Y/N)
— accept shipping containers? (Y/N)
— revise expiration date? (Y/N)
Acceptable Substitute(s), if any
Alternate Supplier(s)


Description
Stream No.

























Stream No.

























Stream No.

























        Notes:   1.  e.g.,  pipeline, tank car, 100 bbl tank truck, truck, etc.
                 2.  e.g.,  55 gal drum 100 Ib paper bag, tank,  etc.
                 3.  e.g.,  outdoor, warehouse, underground, aboveground, etc.
                 4.  e.g.,  pump, forldift, pneumatic transport, conveyor, etc.
                 5.  e.g.,  crush and landfill, clean and recycle,  return to supplier, etc.
                                                        238

-------
Pollution Prevention Opportunity Assessment Worksheets
_.
Firm —. 	 At
Site
Pollution Prevention
sessment Worksheets
Date Prnj. No.
Prepared Bv
Checked Bv
Sheet of Paae of

WORKSHEET PRODUCTS SUMMARY
5
Attribute
Name/ID

Component/Attribute of Concern

Annual Production Rate
Overall
Component(s) of Concern

Annual Revenues, $

Shipping Mode
Shipping Container Size & Type
Onsite Storage Mode
Containers Returnable (Y/N)
Shelf Life
Rework Possible (Y/N)
Customer Would
— relax specification (Y/N)
— accept larger containers (Y/N)








Description
Stream No.


























Stream No.


























Stream No.


























           239

-------
Appendix H
Firm
Site
Date
Pollution Prevention
Assessment Worksheets
Proi. No.
Prepared Bv
Checked Bv
Sheet of Paae of

WORKSHEET WASTE STREAM SUMMARY

Attribute
Waste ID/Name:
Source/Origin
Component or Property of Concern
Annual Generation Rate (units )
Overall
Component(s) of Concern


Cost of Disposal
Unit Cost ($ per: )
Overall (per year)

Method of Management1

Priority Rating Criteria2
Regulatory Compliance
Treatment/Disposal Cost
Potential Liability
Waste Quantity Generated
Waste Hazard
Safety Hazard
Minimization Potential
Potential to Remove Bottleneck
Potential By-product Recovery
Relative
Wt. (W)









Sum of Priority Rating Scores
Priority Rank

Description
Stream No.














Rating
(R) R x W









Z(RxW)

Stream No.














Rating
(R) R x W









I(RxW)

Stream No.














Rating
(R) R x W









I(RxW)

Notes: 1 . For example, sanitary landfill, hazardous waste landfill, on-site recycle, incineration, combustion
with heat recovery, distillation, dewatering, etc.
2. Rate each stream in each category on a scale from 0 (none) to 10 (high).
                                   240

-------
                           Pollution Prevention Opportunity Assessment  Worksheets
Firm
Site.
Date
  Pollution Prevention
Assessment Worksheets
                               Proj. No.
Prepared By _
Checked By _
Sheet	of
                                                                         Page	of
  WORKSHEET
                                OPTION GENERATION
Meeting format (e.g., brainstorm!ng, nominal group technique)
Meeting Coordinator	________^__
Meeting Participants	
             List Suggestion Options
                                                       Rationale/Remarks on Option
                                          241

-------
Appendix H
        Firm

        Site
        Date
        Pollution Prevention
      Assessment Worksheets
  Proj. No.
Prepared By

Checked By
                                                                         Sheet	of	 Page	of
          WORKSHEET
               8
    OPTION DESCRIPTION
        Option Name:
        Briefly describe the option:	
        Waste Stream(s) Affected:	
         Input Material(s) Affected:
         Product(s) Affected:
         Indicate Type:         D  Source Reduction
                                 	Equipment-Related Change
                                 	Personnel/Procedure-Related Change
                                 	Materials-Related Change
                              0  Recycling/Reuse
                                 	Onsite
                                       Offsite
         Originally proposed by:

         Reviewed by:	
         Approved for study?
yes
         Reason for Acceptance or Rejection
              Material reused for original purpose
              Material used for a lower-quality purpose
              Material sold
                  no   By:.
                                   Date:

                                   Date:
                                                       242

-------
                           Pollution Prevention Opportunity Assessment Worksheets
 Firm
 Site .
 Date
              Pollution Prevention
            Assessment Worksheets
                                 Proj. No.
Prepared By
Checked By
                                      Sheet	of	  Page
                                                                                      of
   WORKSHEET
                                      PROFITABILITY
Capital Costs
     Purchased Equipment
     Materials	
     Installation
     Utility Connections
     Engineering	
     Start-up and Training
     Other Capital Costs
           Total Capital Costs
Incremental Annual Operating Costs
     Change in Disposal Costs	
     Change in Raw Material Costs
     Change in Other Costs  	
           Annual Net Operating Cost Savings
Payback Period (in years)
      Total Capital Costs
Annual Net Operating Cost Savings
                                            243

-------

-------
          APPENDIX I
ORDERING POLLUTION PREVENTION
         PUBLICATIONS
             245

-------
Appendix I

This appendix provides a means to order Pollution Prevention Research Branch (PPRB) publica-
tions and information from the EPA.  The documents listed here were generated through PPRB
research, development and demonstration programs, which  includes, but is not limited to, the
WREAFS program.
In this appendix,  each page is an individual ordering form for pollution prevention guides, re-
search summaries and briefs.  To obtain a copy of a publication(s), simply fill out the necessary
form and send it to the CERI Publication Unit, as indicated.  There  is no charge for these
publications.
Environmental management is a continuously evolving field and the WREAFS Program is com-
mitted to generating accurate, useful guidance and  tools for federal managers  in achieving the
goal of environmental compliance with mission accomplishment.  To that end, this guide will
require regular updates and revision as events dictate. Therefore,  this appendix includes a form
for joining the WREAFS Mailing List  and receiving future updates.  The form also allows the
reader to request further information about WREAFS and to provide commentary and correc-
tions for the updates being planned for  this guide.
To conserve  on resources and limit publication waste,  future updates will be developed on a
section by  section basis. That is, when one part of the guide is seen  to have been overtaken by
events, or  contacts  have changed (e.g., individual  department pollution prevention policies  as
noted in Appendix J, or State program contacts in Appendix E), WREAFS will revise that section
and send it to addressees on the WREAFS  Mailing List.  Revisions will be individually dated to
assist the reader in maintaining current information.
The reader is encouraged to take advantage of the pollution prevention information available.  In
order to keep information current and  to ensure the quality of content  in future revisions, the
reader is encouraged to offer comments - especially criticism - to improve the guide.  The PPRB
would also appreciate any case study examples for future publication.
                                           246

-------
                                        Ordering Pollution Prevention Publications


                    WREAFS PROGRAM MAILING LIST


Should any holder of this guide require updates, please fill out this form to be entered on the
WREAFS Mailing List.  Note: if you did not receive this guide directly form the PPRB officer,
you must submit this form to be placed on the WREAFS Mailing List.

PLEASE RETURN THIS FORM TO:


The WREAFS Program
Pollution Prevention Research Branch
U.S. EPA, Risk Reduction Engineering Laboratory
26 West Martin Luther King
Cincinnati, Ohio  45268


TO THE POLLUTION PREVENTION RESEARCH BRANCH (PPRB):

Please include my name and address on the WREAFS mailing list:

Name
Address
        I would like to receive additional WREAFS Publications and Federal facility
        information as it becomes available.

        My review comments/critique is enclosed.

        A case study/example of a pollution prevention accomplishment at my facility is
        enclosed.
                                      247

-------
Appendix I
                                   P2 PUBLICATIONS                  November 30,1993

   PLEASE PLACE A CHECK NEXT TO THE GUIDES YOU WISH TO ORDER AND MAIL TO:

                             CERI PUBLICATIONS UNIT, US EPA
                             26 W. MARTIN LUTHER KING DRIVE
                                  CINCINNATI, OH 45268
                                     (513) 569-7562



   GUIDES TO POLLUTION PREVENTION:

   	  THE PESTICIDE FORMULATING INDUSTRY                           EPA/625/7-9Q/004

   	  THE PAINT MANUFACTURING INDUSTRY                            EPA/625/7-90/005

   	  THE FABRICATED METAL PRODUCTS INDUSTRY                       EPA/625/7-90/006

   	  THE PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD MANUFACTURING INDUSTRY             EPA/62S/7-90/007

   	  THE COMMERCIAL PRINTING INDUSTRY                            EPA/62S/7-90/008

   	  SELECTED HOSPITAL WASTE STREAMS                            EPA/625/7-90/009

   	  RESEARCH AND EDUCATION INSTITUTIONS                          EPA/62S/7-90/010

   	  THE PHOTOPROCESSING INDUSTRY                               EPA/625/7-91/012

   	  THE AUTO REPAIR INDUSTRY                                     EPA/625/7-91/013

   	  THE FIBERGLASS REINFORCED AND COMPOSITE PLASTICS INDUSTRIES  EPA/625/7-91/014

   	  MARINE MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR INDUSTRY                       EPA/625/7-91/015

   	  THE AUTOMOTIVE REFINISHING INDUSTRY                          EPA/625/7-91/016

   	  THE PHARMACEUTICAL INDUSTRY                                 EPA/625/7-91/017

   	  METAL CASTING AND HEAT TREATING INDUSTRY                     EPA/625/R-92/009

   	  METAL FINISHING INDUSTRY                                     EPA/62S/R-92/011

   	  MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT REPAIR                                 EPA/625yR-92/008

         NON-AGRICULTURAL PESTICIDE USERS                            EPA/625/R-93/009
                                        248

-------
                                      Ordering Pollution Prevention Publications
OTHER MANUALS:

	  FACILITY POLLUTION PREVENTION GUIDE

	  OPPORTUNITIES FOR POLLUTION PREVENTION RESEARCH TO SUPPORT
      THE 33/50 PROGRAM

	  LIFE CYCLE DESIGN GUIDANCE MANUAL

	  LIFE CYCLE ASSESSMENT: INVENTORY GUIDELINES AND PRINCIPLES

	  POLLUTION PREVENTION CASE STUDIES COMPENDIUM

	  INDUSTRIAL POLLUTION PREVENTION OPPORTUNITIES FOR THE 1990fS

	  ACHIEVEMENTS IN SOURCE REDUCTION AND RECYCLING FOR TEN
      INDUSTRIES IN THE UNITED STATES

	  BACKGROUND DOCUMENT ON CLEAN PRODUCTS RESEARCH
      AND IMPLEMENTATION

	  OPPORTUNITIES FOR POLLUTION PREVENTION RESEARCH TO SUPPORT
      THE 33/50 PROGRAM
      WASTE MINIMIZATION PRACTICES AT TWO CCA
      WOOD-TREATMENT PLANTS
      MEASURING POLLUTION PREVENTION PROGRESS PROCEEDINGS
EPA/600/R-92/068


EPA/600/R-92/175

EPA/600/R-92226

EPA/600/R-92/245

EPA/600/R-92/046

EPA/600/B-91/052


EPA/600/2-91/051


EPA/600/2-90/048


EPA/600/R-92/175


EPA/600/R-93fl68

EPA/600/R-93/151
      A PRIMER FOR FINANCIAL ANALYSIS OF POLLUTION
      PREVENTION PROJECTS

      INNOVATIVE GLEAM TECHNOLOGIES CASE STUDIES
EPA/600/R-9Gtf)59

EPA/600/R-93/175
TO CERI PUBLICATIONS UNIT:
      PLEASE SEND THE ABOVE GUIDES TO ME AT THE FOLLOWING ADDRESS:
                NAME

                ADDRESS
                                     249

-------
Appendix I


                            PROJECT SUMMARIES / PROJECT REPORTS

    PLEASE PLACE A CHECK NEXT TO THE GUIDES YOU WISH TO ORDER AND MAIL TO:

                                    CERI PUBLICATIONS UNIT, US EPA
                                    26 W. MARTIN LUTHER KING DRIVE
                                         CINCINNATI, OH 45268
                                             (513) 569-7562
                                                                                   EPA Document
                WMOA Report and Project Summary - Fort Riley, Kansas

                WMOA Report and Project Summary • Philadelphia Naval Shipyard

                WMOA Report and Project Summary - Coast Guard/ Governor's Island

                Management of Household and Small-Quantity-Generator Hazardous Waste
                 in the United States

                WMOA Report and Project Summary - Naval Undersea Warfare Engineering
                 Station,  Keyport, WA

                WMOA Report and Project Summary - Optical Fabrication Laboratory,
                 Rtzsimmons Army Medical Center, Denver, Colorado

                WMOA Report and Project Summary - A Truck Assembly Plant

                WMOA Report and Project Summary - A Photofinishing Facility

                WMOA Report and Project Summary - Scon Air Force Base

                Guidance Document for the WRITE Pilot Program with State
                 and Locsil Governments

                Machine Coolant Waste Reduction by Optimizing Coolant Life

                Recovery of Metals Using Aluminum Displacement

                Metal Recovery/Removal Using Non-Electrolytic Metal Recovery

                Evaluation of Five Waste Minimization Technologies at the
                 General Dynamics Pomona Division Plant

                An Automated Aqueous Rotary Washer for the Metal  Finishing Industry

                Automotive and Heavy-Duty Engine Coolant Recycling by Filtration

                Automotive and Heavy-Duty Engine Coolant Recycling by Distillation

                Onsite Waste Ink Recycling

                Diaper Industry Workshop Report
EPA/600/S2-90/031

EPA/600/S2-90/046

EPA/600/S2-90/062


EPA/600/S2-89/064


EPA/600/S2-91/030


EPA/600/S2-91/031

EPA/600/S2-91/038

EPA/600/S2-91/039

EPA/600/S2-91/054


EPA/600/S8-89/070

EPA/600/S2-90/033

EPA/600/S2-90/032

EPA/600/S2-90/035


EPA/600/S2-91/067

EPA/600/SR-92/188

EPA/600/S2-91/066

EPA/600/SR-92/024

EPA/600/SR-92/251

EPA/600/S2-91/018
     CONTINUE ON BACK
                                                  250

-------
                                               Ordering Pollution Prevention  Publications
	        Industrial Pollution Prevention Opportunities for the 1990s

	        Hospital Pollution Prevention Case Study

	        Waste Minimization Audits at Generators of Corrosive and Heavy Metal Wastes

	        Waste Minimization Audit Report:  Case Studies of Minimization of
             Cyanide Waste from Electroplating Operations

	        Waste Minimization Audit Report:  Case Studies of Minimization of
             Solvent Waste from Parts Cleaning and From Electronic Capacitor
             Manufacturing Operations

	        Waste Minimization in the Printed Circuit  Board Industry  - Case Studies

	        Waste Minimization Audit Report:  Case Studies of Minimization of
             Solvent Wastes and Electroplating Wastes at a OOD Installation

	        Waste Minimization Audit Report:  Case Studies of Minimization of
             Mercury-Bearing Wastes at a Mercury Cell Chloral kali Rant

	        Waste Minimization in the Printed Circuit  Board Industry - Case Study

	        Pollution Prevention Opportunity Assessment: USDA Beltsville Agricultural
             Research Center, Beltsville, Maryland

	       Pollution Prevention Opportunity Assessment for Two Laboratories at
             Saridia National  Laboratories

	       Ink and Cleaner Waste Reduction Evaluation for Flexographic Printers

	       Mobile Onsite  Recycling of Metalworking Fluids

	       Evaluation of Ultrafiltration to Recover Aqueous Iron Phosphating/
             Oegreasing Bath

	       Recycling Nickel  Electroplating Rinse Waters by Low Temperature
             Evaporation and Reverse Osmosis

	        A Fluid Sorbent Recycling Device for Industrial Fluid Users
EPA/600/S8-91/052

EPA/600/S2-91/024

EPA/600/S2-87/055


EPA/600/S2-87/056




EPA/600/S2-87/057

EPA/600/S2-88/008



EPA/600/S2-88/010



EPA/600/S2-88/011

EPA/600/S2-88/008


EPA7600/SR-93/008


EPA/600/SR-93/015

EPA/600/SR-93/086

EPA/600/SR-93/114


EPA/600/SR-93/144



EPA/600/SR-93/160

EPA/600/SR-93/154
TO CERI PUBLICATIONS UNIT:
             PLEASE SEND THE ABOVE GUIDES TO ME AT THE FOLLOWING ADDRESS:
                    NAME

                    ADDRESS
                                             251

-------
Appendix I
                                ENVIRONMENTAL RESEARCH BRIEFS
     PLEASE PLACE A CHECK NEXT TO THE GUIDES YOU WISH TO ORDER AND MAIL TO:

                                     CERI PUBLICATIONS UNIT,  US EPA
                                     26 W. MARTIN LUTHER KING DRIVE
                                          CINCINNATI, OH  45268
                                               (513) 569-7562

     Waste Minimization Assessment for a:

     	        Manufacturer of Printed Plastic Bags

     	        Metal Parts Coating Plant

     	        Manufacturer of Outdoor Illuminated Signs

     	        Manufacturer of Rebuilt Railway Cars and Components

     	        Manufaicturer of Brazed Aluminum Oil Coolers

     	        Manufacturer of Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning Equipment

     	        Bumper Refinishing Plant

     	        Multilayered Printed Circuit Board Manufacturing

     	        Manufacturer of Printed  Circuit Boards

     	        Paint Manufacturing Plant

     	        Manufacturer of Compressed Air Equipment Components

     	        Manufacturer of Aluminum Cans

     	        Manufacturer of Refurbished Railcar Bearing Assemblies

     	        Manufacturer of Prototype Printed Circuit Boards

     	        Manufacturer of Speed Reduction Equipment

     	        Manufacturer of Printed Labels

     	        Manufacturer of Chemicals

     	       A Dairy

     	       Manufacturer of Metal-Cutting Wheels and Components

     	       Manufacturer of Automotive Air Conditioning  Condensers and Evaporators

     	       Printed Circuit Board Manufacturer

     	       Manufacturer of Components for Automobile Air Conditioners

     	       Manufacturer of Aluminum Extrusions

     	       Manufacturer Producing Galvanized Steel Parts

                                                 252
EPA/600/M-90/017

EPA/600/M-91/015

EPA/600/M-91/016

EPA/600/M-91/017

EPA/600/M-91/018

EPA/600/M-91/019

EPA/600/M-91/020

EPA/600/M-91/021

EPA/600/M-91/022

EPA/600/M-91/023

EPA/600/M-91/024

EPA/600/M-91/025

EPA/600/M-91/044

EPA/600/M-91/045

EPA/600/M-91/046

EPA/600/M-91/047

EPA/600/S-92/004

EPA/600/S-92/005

EPA/600/S-92/006

EPA/600/S-92/007

EPA/600/S-92/008

EPA/600/S-92/009

EPA/600/S-92/010

EPA/600/S-92/011

-------
                                                Ordering Pollution Prevention   Publications
            Manufacturer of Commercial Ice Machines and Ice Storage Bins

            Manufcicturer of Water Analysis Instrumentation

            Manufacturer of Can-Manufacturing Equipment

            Manufcicturer of Metal Bands, Clamps, Retainers, and Tooling

            Manufacturer of Permanent-Magnet OC Electric Motors

            Manufacturer of Military Furniture

            Aluminum Extrusions Manufacturer

            Manufacturer of Metal-Plated Display Racks

            Manufacturer of Motor Vehicle Exterior Mirrors

            Manufacturer of Sheet Metal Cabinets and Precision Metal Parts

            Manufacturer Producing Treated Wood Products

            Manufacturer of Industrial Coatings

            Manufacturer of Cutting and Welding Equipment

            Manufacturer of Finished Metal Components

            Manufacturer of Machined Parts

            Manufacturer of Injection-Molded  Car and Truck Mirrors

            Manufacturer Producing Printed Circuit Boards

            Manufacturer of Custom Molded  Plastic Products

            Manufacturer of Sheet Metal Components

            Manufacturer of Silicon-Controlled Rectifiers and Schottky Rectifiers

            Manufacturer of Penny Blanks and Zinc Products

            Manufacturer of Baseball Bats and Golf Clubs

            Manufacturer of Product Carriers and Printed Labels

            Manufacturer of Rotogravure Printing Cylinders
EPA/600/S-92/012

EPA/600/S-92/013

EPA/600/S-92/014

EPA/600/S-92/015

EPA/600/S-92/016

EPA/600/S-92/017

EPA/600/S-92/018

EPA/600/S-92/019

EPA/600/S-92/020

EPA/600/S-92/021

EPA/600/S-92/022

EPA/600/S-92/028

EPA/600/S-92/029

EPA/600/S-92/030

EPA/600/S-92/031

EPA/600/S-92/032

EPA/600/S-92/033

EPA/600/S-92/034

EPA/600/S-92/035

EPA/600/S-92/036

EPA/600/S-92/037

EPA/600/S-93/007

EPA/600/S-93/008

EPA/600/S-93/009
TO CERI PUBLICATIONS UNIT:
            PLEASE SEND THE ABOVE GUIDES TO ME AT THE FOLLOWING ADDRESS:
                    NAME

                    ADDRESS
                                                253

-------
Appendix I
                                         New Jersey Research Briefs

PLEASE PLACE A CHECK NEXT TO THE BRIEFS TOU WISH TO ORDER AND MAIL TO:

                                     CERI PUBLICATIONS UNIT, US EPA
                                     26 W. MARTIN LUTHER KING DRIVE
                                          CINCINNATI, OH  45268
                                               (513) 569-7562
Waste Reduction Activities and Options for a:

	        Printer of Forms and Supplies for the Legal Profession

	        Nuclear Powered Electrical Generating Station

	        State DOT Maintenance Facility

	        Local Board of Education in New Jersey

	        Manufacturer of Finished Leather

	        Manufacturer of Paints Primarily for Metal Finishing

	        Manufacturer of Writing Instruments

	        Manufacturer of Room .Air Conditioning Units and Humidifiers

	        Autobody Repair Facility

	        Fabricator and Finisher of Steel Computer Cabinets

	        Manufacturer of Artists' Supply Paints

	        Manufacturer of Wire Stock Used for Production of Metal Items

	        Manufacturer of Commercial Refrigeration Units

	        Transporter of Bulk Plastic Pellets

	        Manufacturer of Electroplated Wire

	        Manufacturer of Systems to Produce Semiconductors

            Remanufacturer of Automobile Radiators
            Manufacturer of Fire Retardant Plastic Pellets
             and Hot Melt Adhesives
            Printing Plate Preparation Section of a Newspaper

            Manufacturer of General Purpose Paints and Painting Supplies
EPA/600/S-92/003

EPA/600/S-92/025

EPA/600/S-92/026

EPA/600/S-92/027

EPA/600/S-92/039

EPA/600/S-92/040

EPA/600/S-92/041

EPA/600/S-92/042

EPA/600/S-92/043

EPA/600/S-92/044

EPA/600/S-92/045

EPA/600/S-92/046

EPA/600/S-92/047

EPA/600/S-92/048

EPA/600/S-92/049

EPA/600/S-92/050

EPA/600/S-92/051


EPA/600/S-92/052

EPA/600/S-92/053

EPA/600/S-92/054
                                                 254

-------
                                             Ordering Pollution Prevention  Publications




           Manufacturer of Fine Chemicals Using Batch Processes                EP.fi/600/S-92/055

           Laminator of Paper and Cardboard Packages                         EPA/600/S-92/056

           Manufacturer of Hardened Steel Gears                              EPA/600/S-92/057

           Scrap Metal Recovery Facility                                      EPA/600/S-92/058

           Manufacturer of Electroplating Chemical Products                     EPA/600/S-92/059

           Manufacturer of Plastic Containers by Injection Molding                EPA/600/S-92/060

           Fossil Fuel-Fired Electrical Generating Station                         EPA/600/S-92/061

           Manufacturer of Commercial Dry Cleaning Equipment                  EPA/600/S-92/062

           Electrical Utility Transmission System Monitoring
            and Maintenances Facility                                          EPA/600/S-92/063

           Manufacturer of Orthopedic Implants                                EPA/600/S-92/064
TO CERI PUBLICATIONS UNIT:

           PLEASE: SEND THE ABOVE RESEARCH BRIEFS TO ME AT THE FOLLOWING ADDRESS:
           NAME

           ADDRESS
                                           255

-------

-------
             APPENDIX J
FEDERAL AGENCY POLLUTION PREVENTION
             PROGRAMS
                257

-------
Appendix J
                        Note on the Preparation of Appendix J
       The following agencies were contacted during preparation of this report under the as-
sumption that they would be the most likely to have begun Pollution Prevention programs be-
cause of the nature of their operations.
Agencies Described in Detail in Appendix J
Department of Defense - Air Force, Army, Navy
Department of Energy
Department of the Interior
Department of Justice
National Aeronautic Space Administration
Postal Service
Department of Transportation -- Coast Guard
Agencies in the Process of Developing Programs
Department of Agriculture
Department of Health and Human Services -- Food and Drug Administration
General Services Administration
National Security Agency
Agencies With Limited Action as of September, 1993
Central Intelligence Agency
Department of Commerce -- National  Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
Economic Development Administration
Tennessee  Valley Authority
Department of Transportation -- Federal Aviation Administration, Federal Highway
        Administration, Maritime Administration
Department of the Treasury
 Department of Veterans Affairs
                                          258

-------
                                      Federal Agency Pollution Prevention Programs
DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE -- U.S. AIR FORCE
Mission:  To organize, train, and equip active duty and reserve
forces for the preservation of peace, national security and de-
fense. The Air Force's mission focuses on air operations.

Statement of Commitment: The Air Force Pollution Prevention
Policy sets forth guidelines for the operation and management of
a Pollution Prevention Program (PPP).   The Program reduces
hazardous and toxic materials and wastes by means of source re-
duction and environmentally sound recycling at Air Force instal-
lations. PPP also involves efforts to improve personnel awareness
regarding installation operations that pollute  so that  actions to
in prove environmental compliance can be taken.

Pollution Prevention Goals: The Air Force has established quan-
titative goals for waste reduction and affirmative procurement.
The goals include:

•  By the end of 1993, reduce municipal solid waste disposal
   by 10% from 1992 baseline;

   -  At least 10% of all nonpaper products and 50% of all
      paper products procured shall contain recycled material.

•  By the end of 1996, reduce purchases of EPA 17 Industrial
   Toxics by 50%  from 1992 baseline.

   -  Reduce hazardous waste disposal by 25% from 1992
      baseline;

   -  Reduce municipal solid waste disposal by 30% from
      1992 baseline.

•  By the end of 1997, reduce municipal solid waste disposal
   by 50% from 1992 baseline;

•  By the end of 1999, reduce hazardous waste disposal by
   50% from 1992 baseline.

   -  Reduce volatile air emissions by 50% from 1993 base-
      line.
  Program
  Planning
  Required?
      YES!
  "...pollution
  prevention provides
  every installation
  with the opportunity
  to achieve
  environmental
  compliance in a
  more efficient
  manner,"
4 US Air Force Installation
  Pollution Prevention Program
  Manual. 1992
                                         259

-------
Appendix J
                           DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE -- U.S. AIR FORCE
Objectives:

•   Reduce hazard-
    ous materials in
    new weapons
    and existing
    weapons sys-
    tems, at installa-
    tion and GOCOs.
•   Acquire and apply
    state of the art
    pollution preven-
    tion technologies.
•   Establish a pollu-
    tion prevention
    investment strat-
    egy-
A partial list of the qualitative goals and sub-objectives follows.
•  Reduce the use of hazardous materials in all phases of new
   weapons  systems from concept through production, deploy-
   ment, an ultimate disposal; find alternative materials and
   processes, and measure their life cycle costs.

   -  By the end of 1994, institutionalize pollution prevention
      including hazardous materials minimization and manage-
      ment  into the system acquisition process through the use
      of policies, procedures, training, contract provisions,
      and Federal Acquisition Regulation changes.
•  Reduce the use of hazardous materials in existing weapons
   systems by finding less hazardous materials and processes
   and integrating them into TOs, MILSPECS, and
   MILDSTDS.
   -  By the end of 1993, implement proactive procurement
      policies and practices to integrate environmental perfor-
      mance into the current approach to purchase recycled
      materials to the maximum extent practical, and requiring
      purchasing activities to use environmental performance
      of vendors and products as selection criteria for award-
      ing procurement contracts.
   -  By the end of 1993, prioritize the hazardous material
      TOs,  MILSPECS,  and MILSTDS for existing weapon
      systems for review.
   -  By the end of 1995, complete implementation of a haz-
      ardous material identification and tracking capability at
      the Air Logistics Centers, and by the end of 1996 export
      it to the rest of the Air Force.
•  Reduce hazardous materials use and waste  generation at in-
   stallations and GOCO  facilities.
   -  By the end of 1992, develop installation and GOCOs
      Pollution Prevention Plans.
   -  By the end of 1993
                                         260

-------
                                       Federal Agency Pollution Prevention Programs
DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE - U.S. AIR FORCE
          •   Establish baseline for volatile and other air emis-
          sions.

          •   Characterize installation waste streams to all
          media.

          •   Reduce municipal solid waste disposal by 10%
          from 1992 baseline.

          •   Inventory all existing processes and systems which
          use hazardous materials/generate hazardous wastes.

          •   At least 10% of all non-paper products and 50% of
          all paper products procured shall contain recycled ma-
          terial.

•   Acquire world class pollution prevention technologies  and
    distribute them throughout the Air Force.

•   Apply new technology  to pollution prevention.

       Develop an Environmental Strategic Research, Develop-
       ment, and Acquisition Plan to identify the technologies
       needed to achieve pollution prevention.

•   Establish an investment strategy in the Air Force to fund the
    pollution prevention program.

Agency-specific Requirements: In accordance  with the Pollution
Prevention Act of 1990, the Air Force requires  all  units,  installa-
tions, and facilities worldwide (including Air Force units in unified
commands, the Air Force Reserve,  the Air  National Guard,  Gov-
ernment Owned-Government Operated facilities, and Government
Owned-Contractor operated facilities) to  develop waste reduction
plans and recycling programs.
"Our goal is to
prevent future
pollution by reducing
use of hazardous
materials and
releases of pollutants
into the environment
to as near zero as
feasible."
^ Air Force Pollution
Prevention Memorandum
                                         261

-------
Appendix J
                               DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE - U.S. AIR FORCE
           Pmvantion Management Plan Content: Pollution Prevention Management Plans (PPMP) to be
   developed at each installation will provide overall strategy that addresses the following areas:
   • The installation's pollution prevention goals, objectives, strategies, (technologies and status), pro-
     gram scope, and projects
   • The selection criteria and prioritizing scheme for equipment upgrades and facility projects
   • A summary of prevention opportunities
   • Procedures to measure reductions
   • Methods for tracking and reporting progress

   PPMPs should address each of the following applicable sections:
   • Industrial, maintenance, and cleanup operations:
     - Hazardous waste
     - Air emissions
     - Industrial wastewater, sanitary wastewater, stormwater
     - Other wastes
    • Municipal solid waste
    • Nonpoint source pollution
    • Hazardous  materials
    • Integration with existing programs:
     - Comprehensive planning
     - Energy conservation
     - Natural resources
     - Water conservation
     - Spill prevention and response
     - Installation Restoration Program
      - Pest management
      - Noise  abatement
    • Education and incentives
                                                262

-------
                                      Federal Agency Pollution Prevention Programs
DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE -- U.S. ARMY
Mission:  To organize, train, and equip active duty and reserve
forces for the preservation of peace, national security and defense.
The Army's mission focuses on land operations. In addition, the
Army administers programs aimed at protecting the environment,
improving waterway navigation, flood and beach erosion control,
and water resources development.
Statement of Commitment: The Army's Environmental Strategy
into the 21st Century defines the Army's environmental vision: to
be a national leader in environmental and natural resource steward-
ship for present and future  generations  as an integral part of the
Army's mission.  Pollution prevention is one of the strategy's four
major components (compliance, restoration, prevention, conserva-
tion).
Pollution Prevention  Goals:  The DoD has already  reached  its
goal of reducing hazardous waste generation by 50% from 1985
disposal levels. DoD  has not yet finalized new source reduction
goals, in the interim, the Army's focus in on "continuous improve-
ment".  As outlined in the Strategy, qualitative pollution preven-
tion goals include:
•  Use a holistic  approach to pollution prevention which looks
   at all environmental media collectively.

   - Establish an investment strategy to fund the Pollution Pre-
   vention Program.

   - Establish pollution prevention partnerships with industry,
   the public,  and special interest groups
   - Acquire world class pollution prevention technology and
   capability,  and distribute Army wide.
   - Reduce energy use, maximize energy efficiency, and re-
   duce pollutants from energy and fuel sources.

•  Systematically eliminate hazardous materials use and opera-
   tions or processes that produce hazardous/solid waste and
   other emissions.
   - Meet DoD goals on HW and SW reduction at installations
   and GOCOs (CONUS and OCONUS).
The philosophy is
simple:  you don't
have a problem if
you don't pollute."
4 Michael P.W. Stone,
Secretary of the Army
                                          263

-------
Appendix J
                                   DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE - U.S. ARMY
 "Programs and
 actions will be
 ...carried out in such
 a way as to prevent,
 minimize or mitigate
 degradation of the
 environment or
 endangerment of
 human health"
  AR 200-1
                              - Reduce or eliminate hazardous or environmentally unac-
                              ceptable materials in new weapon system acquisition pro-
                              grams.
                              - Reduce or eliminate hazardous or environmentally unac-
                              ceptable materials in existing weapon systems management.

                           •  Minimize environmental risks to operating personnel and
                              visitors at Army civil works facilities.

                              - Adopt operating procedures for all equipment which re-
                              duce or eliminate waste.

                              - Communicate environmental values to visitors at all
                              project sites.
                              - Establish and apply rules which meet national environ-
                              mental, health, and safety standards.

                           •  Instill the pollution prevention ethic throughout the entire
                              Army community and all mission areas.

                              - Obtain command support and involvement.

                              - Integrate environmental health and safety concerns into all
                              Army operations and activities.
                              - Develop multidirectional, open communications through
                              comprehensive public affairs planning.

                           Agency-Specific Requirements: Although the Strategy strongly en-
                           courages installations to develop and implement pollution prevention
                           plans and programs, it does not specifically require them to do  so.
                           DoD directive 4210.15, Hazardous Material Pollution Prevention,
                           mandates that "a hazardous material shall be selected, used, and man-
                           aged over its life-cycle  so that the DoD incurs the lowest costs re-
                           quired to protect health and the environment."  To implement DoD
                           4210.15, the Army has incorporated pollution prevention consider-
                           ations in its environmental regulation, AR 200-1.
                                                                                       1
Pollution Prevention Plan Content: Although the Army has not required installations to prepare pollution prevention
plans, the Army Environmental Policy Institute has prepared a guidance document explaining how to prepare a plan.
                                           264

-------
                                       Federal Agency Pollution Prevention Programs

 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY
 Mission:  To support the Federal government in implementing
 the National Energy Plan through coordination and administra-
 tion of long term high risk development of energy technologies.
 Responsibilities include marketing federal energy power, energy
 conservation, nuclear weapons, and central energy data collection
 and analysis.

 Statement of Commitment: The DOE waste minimization mis-
 sion is:

 "To develop, promote, and implement cost-effective waste mini-
 mization technologies, practices, and policies, in conjunction with
 partners in government and industry; to conduct the Department's
 operations in a legally and regulatorily compliant and environ-
 mentally sound manner through  reducing pollution; and to im-
 prove the economic competitiveness, energy security, and
 environmental quality of the Nation."

 Pollution Prevention Goals:  In May, 1992,  the Secretary of
 Energy released the DOE's Waste Minimization Crosscut  Plan.
 The Plan sets forth a Department-wide planning structure for co-
 ordinating all DOE waste minimization activities. Furthermore,
 the plan reaffirms the DOE's commitment to expand  use of waste
 minimization technologies, processes, and methods  in DOE op-
 erations as well as to the mission of assisting U.S. business and
 industry with their waste minimization activities.

 The DOE has not established quantitative goals at the time of this
 writing. Seven key objectives are outlined in the Waste Minimi-
zation Crosscut Plan. The objectives are:

 •  Culture Change - Create a DOE culture  that fosters the phi-
   losophy of conserving resources and minimizing  waste.

•  Identify Waste Minimization Options - Foster environmental
   compliance and reduce waste management costs and envi-
   ronmental impacts for DOE operations by identifying, de-
   veloping, implementing, and reporting on WMin options.
•  Goal Setting - Develop and implement specific WMin goals
   for DOE's production,  laboratory, and restoration opera-
   tions.  Each Program Senior Official organization will iden-
 Program
 Planning
 Required?
      YES!

"Our course is clear.
It is time for a
fundamental shift in
emphasis in the way
the DOE generates
and manages  waste
-- from pollution
control to pollution
prevention."
4 Secretary of Energy,
James. D. Watkins, Waste
Minimization and Pollution
Prevention Policy
Memorandum, August 20,
1992
                                         265

-------
Appendix J
                                              U.S. DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY
"High priority should
be placed on waste
minimization and
pollution prevention
within the DOE.
This is one where a
modest relative
investment now, can
significantly impact
future cost to the
Department for
waste treatment,
storage, and
disposal...all DOE
programs that  are
waste generators
should have well-
developed programs
and request
resources consistent
with the desire to
make near term
investments for
long-term savings..."
Secretary O'Leary
FY 95 IRB Guidance
 "All DOE Program
 Offices and Field
 Operations are
 required to institute a
 waste reduction policy
 to reduce the total
 amount of waste that
 is generated...through
 waste minimization."
 ^ DOE Waste Reduction
 Policy Statement
   tify such goals and supporting operations within its area of
   responsibility.
•  Identify and Develop Technologies and Exchange Informa-
   tion - Enhance the effectiveness of WMin by developing and
   exchanging applicable technologies and information.
•  Waste Minimization in Design, Development, and Produc-
   tion - Ensure  that WMin principles are applied to and in-
   cluded in the  design, development, and production of all
   products.
•  Increase Competitiveness of US Industry - Increase competi-
   tiveness of US industry through implementation of WMin to
   meet National Energy Strategy Goals.
•  Positive Credible Image - Establish a positive, credible DOE
   public image  with respect to WMin matters.


Agency-specific  Requirements:  The Waste Minimization and
Pollution Prevention Policy Memorandum released  August 20,
1992 makes DOE and DOE-contractor managers accountable for
implementing policies, plans, and programs to promote pollution
prevention.  Specifically, managers are required to:

•  Emphasize WMin practices, wherever possible;
•  Separately identify and provide for sufficient resources, both
   funding and personnel, to carry out the assessment, develop-
   ment, and implementation of programs to meet the
   Department's WMin and pollution prevention goals; and

•  Ensure that WMin and pollution prevention accomplish-
   ments and awareness are incorporated into training and in-
   centive programs.

The Waste Minimization and Pollution Prevention Executive Board
established by SEC-37-92 shall implement the DOE Waste Mini-
mization Crosscut Plan and:
 •   Oversee development of consistent, Department-wide pro-
    grams and objectives for WMin and pollution prevention;
                                          266

-------
                                      Federal Agency Pollution Prevention Programs

 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY
 •   Oversee setting of WMin and pollution prevention goals;

 •   Establish reporting and tracking systems for WMin and pollu-
    tion prevention milestones;

 •   Formulate a strategy for inclusion of WMin and pollution
    prevention requirements in Departmental contract and pro-
    curement activities;

 •   Assure Department-wide compliance with applicable Execu-
    tive Orders and environmental laws and regulations pertaining
    to WMin and pollution prevention; and

 •   Report annually to the Secretary of Departmental progress in
    WMin and pollution prevention.

 Other Requirements:  A Secretarial Memorandum issued in Sep-
 tember, 1992 formalized DOE's participation in the EPA's 33/50
 Program and initiated  TRI Reporting under Section 313 of the
 Emergency Planning and Community Right to Know Act.

 DOE 5820.2A Radioactive Waste Management establishes  poli-
 cies, guidelines and radioactive, mixed waste and contaminated fa-
 cilities requirements.  It requires Waste Management Plans with
 indication of actions to  minimize hazardous waste generation and
 establishes an Annual Waste Reduction Report.

 DOE 5400.1 General  Environmental Protection Program estab-
 lishes environmental protection program requirements and respon-
 sibilities and instituted  Process Waste Assessments.  This order
requires Waste Minimization Program Plans,  an Annual Waste
Reduction/Minimization Report, and a Pollution Prevention Aware-
ness Program.
                                        267

-------
Appendix J
                                             U.S. DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY
  DOE 5400.1, General Environmental Protection Program, requires each Head of Field
  Organization to prepare a waste minimization program plan.  The program plan includes:
  •     Goals for minimizing the volume and toxicity of all wastes that are generated, with
  annual reductions if programmatic requirements allow.
  •     A summary of waste reduction achieved in comparison to the previous year.
  •     A description of the proposed treatment, storage, and disposal options that will
  accomplish waste minimization that are technically and economically practicable.

  The Plan shall be reviewed annually and updated every 3 years.
  In addition, Heads of Field Organizations are required to prepare Pollution Prevention
  Awareness Programs.  All pollution prevention mission statements and project plans shall
  include program description including employee awareness training, special awareness cam-
  paigns,  and incentives  and award programs.   The plan  shall be reviewed annually and
  updated every 3 years.
                                          268

-------
                                      Federal Agency Pollution Prevention Programs

 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF INTERIOR - NATIONAL PARK SERVICE
 Mission:  To conserve the scenery, natural and historic objects and
 wildlife of the National Park System to ensure their enjoyment by
 future generations.

 Statement of Commitment:  Signed on December 14,  1992, the
 Department of Interior's (DOI) Order No. 3158 establishes a com-
 prehensive approach to waste management.  The Order commits
 the Department to adopting a waste management strategy founded
 on prevention and source reduction. The Interim Acquisition Policy
 Release issued in March 1992, establishes  an affirmative procure-
 ment program for all bureaus and offices within DOI.

 Pollution Prevention Goals:   The (National Park Service) NPS
 has not established quantitative goals, instead, each park is respon-
 sible for determining goals and measures of program success.

 Agency-Specific Requirements:  The NPS initiated an Integrated
 Solid Waste Alternative Program (ISWAP)  in March 1991 (Special
 Directive 91-1).  Under ISWAP each park must develop an Inte-
 grated Solid Waste Alternative Plan to meet its  needs. ISWAP's
 program elements include source reduction, recycling, and outreach.

 Yosemite National Park prepared a Waste  Reduction Action Plan
 as part of the President's Commission on Environmental Quality,
 Solid Waste Task Force.  The Plan identifies 32 waste reduction
 initiatives which various organizations within the Park have agreed
to implement.  The initiatives fall under three broad areas:

 •  Education - educate the public, frequently used suppliers, and
   employees about the benefits of source reduction and recy-
   cling to increase recycling rates and identify further source
   reduction ideas.

•  Procurement - increase purchase and  use of recycled content
   products (e.g., modifying contract language to promote the
   use of recycled content products).

•  Oversight - reinforce management commitment to pollution
   prevention.
"...if visitation levels
continue to increase
at the current rate,
the amount of solid
waste generated in
Yosemite National
Park will grow to
more than 5,000
tons per year by
early in  the next
century"
4  Waste  Reduction in
Yosemite National Park: An
Action Plan 1993
                                        269

-------
Appendix J
       U.S. DEPARTMENT OF INTERIOR - NATIONAL PARK SERVICE
                       Alternative Plan:  The ISWAP encourages park managers to
  custom design their Plans to be consistent with the park's demographic and waste
  stream characteristics and federal, state, and local requirements.  As such, rather than
  specifying the content of the Plan, the ISWAP Manager's Guide explains general source
  reduction and recycling principles for park managers to consider. The ISWAP recom-
  mends that parks carry out the following activities in developing the Plan (partial list):

  •  Identify ways to accomplish source reduction and to minimize waste including
      reuse of existing materials.
  •  Survey the solid waste stream and determine which materials are recyclable.

  •  Identify markets for recyclables.
  •  Compost leaves, grass clippings,  and saw dust where possible.
   •  Establish recycling programs in employee housing areas and park campgrounds/
      picnic areas.
   •  Use and promote the use of recycled products.

   •  Share successes through the Maintenance Newsletter.
                                          270

-------
                                      Federal Agency Pollution Prevention Programs

U.S. DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE - FEDERAL BUREAU OF PRISONS
Mission:  To protect society by confining offenders in the con-
trolled environments of prisons and community based facilities.

Statement of Commitment: The Department of Justice (DOJ)
has not finalized its Pollution Prevention Policy; however, the
Federal Bureau of Prisons Operations Memorandum No. 034-92
(1640), dated February 2, 1992, establishes a comprehensive en-
vironmental awareness/pollution prevention strategy focused pri-
marily  on source reduction,  recycling, and an  affirmative
procurement program. The Memorandum was issued in response
to Executive Order 12780, Federal Recycling and the Council on
Federal Recycling and Procurement Policy.
Pollution Prevention Goal:
tablished quantitative goals.
The Bureau of Prisons has not es-
Agency-specific Requirements:  The Bureau of Prisons requires
all facilities, departments, and offices to establish comprehensive
Environmental Awareness/Pollution Prevention programs to in-
stitute source reduction techniques and sound recycling practices.
In addition, each facility and administrative office must develop a
cost effective Affirmative Procurement Program.

The Environmental Awareness/Pollution Prevention program
should include four elements:

•  During procurement procedures, efforts will be made to
   purchase items which promote recycling and/or source re-
   duction.

•  Examine areas where conservation initiatives can be imple-
   mented and waste reduction measures employed.
•  Initiate a viable cost effective recycling program incorporat-
   ing specific core recycling items.

•  Establish an institution environmental committee as de-
   scribed to address the environmental concerns and recycling
   activities.
                                      "...these initiatives
                                      are intended to
                                      promote the
                                      sustainable use of
                                      our nation's
                                      resources, protect
                                      human health and
                                      preserve the
                                      environment."
                                      4 Operations Memorandum
                                      No. 034-92
                                        271

-------
Appendix J
            NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION
Achievements

•   Pollution
    Prevention
    Program Plan

•   Towpreg Study

•   Material
    Tracking System
Mission: To increase the knowledge and capability of the United
States in a full range of aeronautics  disciplines and in selected
space disciplines.
Statement of Commitment: Although NASA has not developed
an agency-wide pollution prevention policy, several facilities have
undertaken pollution prevention projects.  The NASA-Langley
Research Center (LaRC) in Hampton, Virginia is a participant in
the Tidewater Interagency Pollution Prevention Program (TIPPP).
LaRC has prepared a pollution prevention program plan and is
expanding its program.
Pollution Prevention Goal: LaRC has not established quantita-
tive goals.
Agency-specific Activities: The LaRC pollution prevention pro-
gram plan:
•   Illustrated how to develop a pollution prevention program
    plan so that the program can be updated periodically to iden-
    tify new opportunities and assess the performance of exist-
    ing pollution prevention techniques
•   Developed a baseline of LaRC's  most significant chemical
    uses, activities, waste streams and environmental issues
•   Established criteria for ranking pollution prevention oppor-
    tunities
 •   Identified more than 50 pollution prevention opportunities,
    ranging from a chemical materials management system to
    cardboard recycling
 •  Developed an implementation plan for the Center
 •  Created a Recycling Program and an Affirmative Procure-
    ment Program for the Center.

 Projects: Projects underway include developing a material track-
 ing system to allow the center  to track materials from delivery
 through waste removal; follow-up research  in devising less haz-
 ardous ways to impregnate carbon fibers  with dry powder resin
 by using powdered polymers to coat fibers in composite materials
 for use in subsonic and supersonic aircraft applications (Towpreg
 Study).
               272

-------
                                      Federal Agency Pollution Prevention Programs
U.S. POSTAL SERVICE
Mission:  To provide prompt, reliable, and efficient postal ser-
vices to all communities.

Statement of Commitment: The Postal Service is committed to a
nationwide pollution prevention program designed to improve en-
vironmental quality and set a positive example for residents and
private businesses  in every community we serve.  Waste reduc-
tion, a major component of that program,  involves implementing
practices that will reduce or eliminate hazardous and nonhazardous
wastes before these wastes are generated. Reducing waste requires
managers to reexamine how they order products and how they use
those products and component materials.

Pollution  Prevention Goal:  The Postal Service has an overall
goal to reduce waste 25%  from 1992 levels by December  1993,
and an additional 25% by December 1995.

Agency-specific Requirements:  In accordance with Executive
Order 12780 of October 31, 1991, Federal Agency Recycling and
the Council  on  Federal  Recycling and Procurement Policy, Sec-
tion 6002 of RCRA, and the Pollution Prevention Act of 1990, the
USPS requires all administrative and operational activities to de-
velop waste reduction plans and recycling programs.
Program
Planning
Required?
      YES!

"By implementing a
strong waste
reduction program,
the Postal Service
can reduce costs,
paperwork, liability,
and pollution, as
well as create a
cleaner, safer, and
more efficient work
environment."
4 USPS Waste Reduction
Guide 1992
  Waste Reduction Plans:  Waste reduction plans should include the following elements:
  •   Wastestream assessment
  •   Opportunities and priorities
  •   Identification of waste reduction approaches
  •   Feasibility analyses
  •   Facility-specific annual goals
  •   An annual review of achievements resulting from program tracking and measure-
      ment

  Recycling Program Development:  Each facility  should:

  •   Build a recycling team
  •  Conduct a waste stream assessment
  •  Select the best recycling methods
     Understand principles of collection, storage, and transfer
                                        273

-------
Appendix J
          DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION - U.S. COAST GUARD
Program
Planning
Required?
       NO!

 "The key to the
 success of this
 program is thorough
 integration and
 effective
 implementation of
 pollution prevention
 practices Coast
 Guard-wide."
 f USCG Memorandum 11019
Mission:  To patrol the waters of the United States and conduct
activities related to the enforcement of maritime law, public safety,
waterway management, and ports safety.
Statement of Commitment:  Coast Guard is in the process of fi-
nalizing a Pollution Prevention Policy statement.  A Memorandum
issued September 21, 1992 establishes a Pollution Prevention Steer-
ing Committee and gives the Committee a Charter to develop a
comprehensive pollution prevention program.
Pollution Prevention Goal:  The Coast Guard has not set quantita-
tive goals.
Agency-specific Requirements: The Charter gives the Committee
the responsibility for developing a comprehensive pollution pre-
vention program for the Coast Guard.  The Committee has four
working groups. A summary of the working groups and their mis-
sions follows.
Hazardous Material Management and Control - minimize use of
hazardous material in Coast Guard procurement, operations, and
maintenance  evolutions;  control required hazardous material use
throughout the life cycle to protect personnel and eliminate releases
to the environment.
Actions include: reviewing hazardous material inventory and iden-
tifying  substitutes.
 Solid Waste Management Working Group - minimize solid waste
 disposal in the Coast  Guard through source reduction and recy-
 cling;  ensure procurement of recycled materials where practical;
 oversee transfer of recycling funds to Coast Guard Morale, Recre-
 ation,  and Welfare Activities.
 Actions include: developing actions based on Executive Order 12780
 and DLA/Navy policy.
 Hazardous Waste Management - where hazardous material must be
 used,  find ways to recover, recycle, treat, or destroy hazardous
 material to minimize hazardous waste disposal; determine and track
 progress  of  hazardous waste generation; ensure proper manage-
 ment.
                                          274

-------
                                   Federal Agency Pollution Prevention Programs

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION - U.S. COAST GUARD
Actions include: draft procedures to inventory existing hazardous
waste generation and establish a baseline; develop a HAZMIN
awareness videotape for work force; identify training needs

Air Pollution Minimization - minimize releases of airborne pollut-
ants throughout the Coast Guard  and ensure compliance with
amended Clean Air Act.

Actions include:  develop procedure to comply with CFC/Halon
ban.
                                     275

-------

-------
        APPENDIX K
   POLLUTION PREVENTION
INFORMATION CLEARINGHOUSE
            277

-------
Appendix K
              POLLUTION PREVENTION
              INFORMATION CLEARINGHOUSE
                               CALL FOR INFORMATION

          Federal Facilities Pollution Prevention Programs and Projects


 The Pollution Prevention Information Clearinghouse  (PPIC) is establishing a Federal Facilities Mini-
 Exchange database on its Pollution Prevention Information Exchange System (PIES).  The U.S. Environ-
 mental Protection Agency (EPA) is collecting  information concerning and Federal  facilities  pollution
 prevention/recycling efforts. EPA is requesting a variety of information from Federal facilities  environ-
 mental managers on their pollution prevention/waste minimization programs and projects.  EPA is solic-
 iting Federal facilities to provide the following  types of information:
    Policy Statements - current Agency and facility
    pollution prevention goals, objectives, and policy
    statements.
    Program Descriptions - formal and informal facil-
    ity and Agency pollution prevention programs
    that encourage or enhance the implementation of
    waste minimization opportunities.

    Manuals and Guidance Documents - facility or
     Agency pollution prevention reports, articles, di-
     rectives, guidance documents, and document or-
     dering information.
                                                 PPIC is as clearinghouse dedicated to reduc-
                                                 ing industrial pollutants through technology
                                                 transfer,  education,  and public awareness.
                                                 PPIC helps you to establish a pollution pre-
                                                 vention program, identify process options,
                                                 locate and order documents, and save money
                                                 by reducing your waste and liability.

                                                 PIES is an easy-to-use, interactive PC-based
                                                 system designed to provide instant access to
                                                 database information.  With PIES, you can
                                                 access technical and programmatic informa-
                                                 tion, order documents, locate expert assis-
                                                 tance, and solve technical and policy questions
                                                 all at your PC.
     Conferences, Seminars, and Training Courses -
     any upcoming pollution prevention conferences,
     seminars, workshops, or training courses that are
     scheduled or conducted by your facility or          - -
     Agency.  Calendar submittals should provide date, location, description, and contact.

     Case Studies - case studies on successful pollution prevention projects as well as information gath-
     efed from waste minimization assessments, procurement activities, audits, process changes  Na-
     tbnairviroiimen^ Policy Act (NEPA) reviews, and other "lessons learned."  Contact the PPIC
     for a copy of the case study format.
Thi, information will be collected,
                                              , and shared by Federal facilities and Industries that are
  or accessing the Clearinghouse, call PPIC Technical Assistance at (703) 821-4800.

                                              278

-------
     APPENDIX L
POLLUTION PREVENTION
     REFERENCES
         279

-------
Appendix L

General Pollution Prevention Guide
EPA has published a general pollution prevention guide.  The Facility Pollution Prevention
Guide (EPA/600/R-92/088) describes how to develop a facility-wide pollution prevention program.
This  manual is available through the Pollution Prevention Branch of EPA's Risk Reduction
Engineering Laboratory, Cincinnati, Ohio, 45268.

Industry-Specific Pollution Prevention Guidance
The Pollution  Prevention  Research Branch  of EPA's  Office of Research and Development is
publishing a series of industry-specific pollution prevention guidance manuals. These guides list
source reduction and recycling techniques for specific industries.  The first 13 manuals in the
series have been published for the industrial categories designated in the titles provided below.
Four more manuals are still forthcoming.  Industrial categories that will be addressed and the
publication schedule are listed below.
 Guides to Pollution Prevention:
 Guides to Pollution Prevention:
 Guides to Pollution Prevention:
 Guides to Pollution Prevention:
 Guides to Pollution Prevention:
 Guides to Pollution Prevention:
 Guides to Pollution Prevention:
 Guides to Pollution Prevention:
 Guides to Pollution Prevention:
 Guides to Pollution Prevention:
 Guides to Pollution Prevention:
 Guides to Pollution Prevention:
 Guides to Pollution Prevention:
 Guides to Pollution Prevention:
 Guides to Pollution Prevention:
Automotive Refinishing Industry
Auto Repair Industry
 The Commercial Printing Industry
 The Fabricated Metal Industry
 Fiberglass Reinforced and Composite Plastics
 Marine Maintenance and Repair
 The Paint Manufacturing Industry
 The Pesticide Formulating Industry
 Pharmaceutical Preparation
 Photoprocessing Industry
 The Printed Circuit Board Manufacturing Industry
 Research and Educational Institutions
 Selected Hospital Waste Streams
 Mechanical Equipment Repair
 Metal Finishing
EPA/625/7-91/016
EPA/625/7-19/013
EPA/625/7-90/008
EPA/625/7-90/006
EPA/625/7-91/014
EPA/625/7-91/015
EPA/625/7-90/005
EPA/625/7-90/004
EPA/625/7-91/017
EPA/625/7-91/012
EPA/625/7-90/00
EPA/625/7-90/010
EPA/625/7-90/009
EPA/625/R-92/008
EPA/625/R-92/011
 Fact Sheets
 The fact sheets listed in Exhibit M-l contain overviews, tips, and/or guidelines for pollution
 prevention. Some provide only general information or advice on how to set up programs, while
 others identify pollution prevention opportunities for  specific industries, process, or materials.
 EPA  State agencies,, and local governments produced the fact sheets. In many cases, multiple
 sources have published fact sheets on particular topic.  Fact sheets on the topic areas below are
 available from the EPA Library, 401 M Street, SW, Washington, DC 20460 (202-260-1963).
                                             280

-------
                                                         Pollution Prevention References
                             Exhibit M-l.  Fact Sheets
                           General/Introductory Information
Conservation Tips for Business
General Guidelines
Getting More Use Out of What We Have
Glossary of Waste Reduction Terms
Guides to Pollution Prevention
Hazardous Waste Fact Sheet for Minnesota
Generators
Hazardous Waste Minimization
How Business Organizations Can Help
Increase Your Corporate and Product Image
Industrial Hazardous Wastes in Minnesota
Local Governments and Pollution Prevention
Pollution Prevention (General)
Pollution Prevention Fees
Pollution Prevention Training and Education
Pollution Prevention Through Waste Reduction
Recent Publications
Reduce Hazardous Waste
Reuse Strategies for Local Government
Source Reduction Techniques for Local
Government
U.S. EPA's Pollution Prevention Program
Video Tapes Available from the Virginia Waste
Minimization Program
Waste Exchange: Everybody Wins!
Waste Exchange Services
Waste Minimization Fact Sheet
Waste Minimization in the Workplace
Waste Reduction Can Work For You
Waste Reduction Overview
Waste Reduction/Pollution Prevention:  Getting
Started
Waste Reduction Tips for All Businesses
Waste Source Reduction
Waste Source Reduction Checklist
What is Pollution Prevention
Why Reduce Waste?
                    Legislative Information/EPA and State Initiatives
About Minnesota's "But Recycled Campaign"      •
Alaska State Agency Waste Reduction and
Recycling                                     •
EPA's  2% Set Aside Pollution Prevention Projects  •
EPA's  "List of Lists" Projects                   •
EPA's  Pollution Prevention Enforcement          •
Settlement Policy
EPA's  Pollution Prevention Incentives for States    9
EPA's  Pollution Prevention Strategy
Introducing the Colorado Pollution Prevention
Program
Michigan's Solid Waste Reduction Strategy
Minnesota's Toxic Pollution Prevention Act
New Form R Reporting Requirements
Oregon's Toxic Use Reduction Act
Pollution Prevention Act of 1990
Promoting Pollution Prevention in Minnesota State
Government
                                           281

-------
                                                         Pollution Prevention References
                     Exhibit M-l.  Fact Sheets (continued)
                         Process/Material Specific (continued)
Office Paper Waste Reduction
Plastics:
- The Facts About Production, Use and Disposal
- The Facts on Degradable Plastics
- The Facts on Recycling Plastics
- The Facts on Source Reduction
Printing Equipment
Refrigerant Reclamation Equipment/ Services
Reverse Osmosis
Safety Kleen, Inc. Users
Shop Rags from Printers
Small silver Recover/ Units
Solvents:
- Alternatives to CFC-113 Used in the Cleaning
  of Electronic Circuit Boards
- Onsite Solvent Reclamation
- Reducing Shingle Waste at a Manufacturing
  Facility
- Reducing solvent Emissions from Vapor
 Degreasers
- Small Solvent Recovery Systems
- Solvent Loss Control
- Solvent Management: Fiber Production Plant
- Solvent Reuse: Technical Institute
- Trichloroethylene and Stoddard Solvent
 Reduction Alternatives
- Solvent Recovery: Fiber Production Plant
- Solvent Reduction in Metal Parts Cleaning
Ultrafiltration
Used Containers: Management
Used Oil Recycling
Waste Management Guidance for Oil  Cleanup
Water and Chemical Reduction for Cooling Tower:
Waste Water Treatment Opportunities
                                    Industry Specific
 Aerospace Industry
 Auto Body Shops
 Automotive Painting
 Automotive/Vehicle Repair Shops
 Auto Salvage Yards
 Asbestos Handling,  Transport and Disposal
 Chemical Production
 Coal Mining
 Concrete Panel Manufacturers
 Dairy Industry:
 - Cut Waste and Reduce Surcharges for You
   Dairy Plant
 -  Dairy CEO's: Do You Have a $500 Million
   Opportunity?
 -  Liquid Assets for Your Dairy Plant
 -  Water and Wastewater Management in a Dairy
   Processing Plant
 Dry Cleaners
 Electrical Power Generators
 Electroplating Industry:
 -  Dragout Management for Electroplater
 -  Plating with Trivalent Chrome Instead of Cr+6
 -  Water Conservation Using Counter  Current
    Rinsing
                                            283

-------
Appendix L
                          Exhibit M-l.  Fact Sheets (continued)
                                      Setting Up A Program
     1991 Small Business Pollution Prevention Grants
     An Organization Strategy for Pollution Prevention
     Considerations in Selecting a Still for Onsite
     Recycling
     Colorado Technical Information Center
     Onsite Assistance (Colorado only)
     Pollution Prevention Grant Program Summaries
     and  Reports
     Procuring Recycled Products
     Recycling Market Development Program
     Selecting a Supplier, Hauler and Materials Broker
     Solid Waste Management Fimincial Assistance
     Program
     Source Reduction at Your Facility
Starting Your Own Waste Reduction Program
The Alexander Motor's Success Story
The Eastside Plating Success Story
The Wacker Payoff
Waste Reduction Checklists:
- General
- Cleaning
- Coating/Painting
- Formulating
- Machining
- Operating Procedures
- Plating/Metal Finishing
Waste Source Reduction:  Implementing a Program
                                     Process/Material Specific
     Aerosol Containers
     Aircraft Rinsewater Disposal
     Acids/Bases
     Chemigation Practices to Prevent Ground Water
     Contamination
     Corrugated Cardboard Waste Reduction
     Demolition
     Empty Containers
     Gunwasher Maintenance
     Lead Acid Batteries
     Machine Coolants:
     -  Prolonging Coolant Life
     -  Waste Reduction
     Metal Recovery:
     -  Dragout Reduction
- Ion Exchange/Electrolytic Recovery
- Etchant Substitution
Old Paints, Inks, Residuals and Related Materials
Pesticides:
- Disposal of Unused Pesticides, Tank Mixes and
Rinsewater
- In-Filled Sprayer Rinse System to Reduce
Pesticide Wastes
- Pesticide Container Disposal
- Preventing Pesticide Pollution of Surface and
Ground Water
- Preventing Well Contamination by Pesticides
- Protecting Mountain Springs from Pesticide
Contamination
- Reducing and Saving Money Using Integrated
Pest Management
Metals Recycling
                                                282

-------
Appendix L
                         Exhibit M-l.  Fact Sheets (continued)
                                 Industry Specific (continued)
     -  Water Conservation: Tank Design
     -  Water Conservation: Rinsewater Reuse
     -  What Should I Do With My Electroplating
       Sludge?
     Fabricated Metal Manufacturers
     Fiberglass Fabricators: Volatile Emissions
     Reduction
     Machine Toolers
     Metal Finishers:
     -  General
     -  Effluent Minimization
     -  Rinsewater Reduction
     Oil Refiners
     Paint Formulators
     Paper Manufacturers
     Pesticide  Formulating Industry
     Photofinishers/Photographic Processors
Poultry Industry:
- Poultry CEO's: You May Have a $60 Million
  Opportunity?
- Poultry Processor: You Can Reduce Waste Load
  and Cut Sewer Surcharges
- Survey Shows That Poultry Processors Can Save
  Money By Conserving Water
- Systems for Recycling Water in Poultry
  Processing
Printed Circuit board Manufacturers
Printing Industry
Radiator Service Firms
Shrimp Processors
Steel Manufacturers
Textile Industry:
- Dye Bath and Bleach Bath Reconstitution
- Water Conservation
Wire Milling Operations: Process Water Reduction
 Source:  U.S.  EPA, Office of Pollution Prevention and Toxics and Office of Environmental Engineering and Technology
 Demonstration, EPA/5650/8-92-002, January 1992, Pollution Prevention Resources and Training Opportunities in 1992.
 Energy Conservation and Efficiency
 •  The NIRS Energy Audit Manual: How to Audit Campus, City and Other Buildings. 1992.
    $24.95.
 Andrea Carlson
 Nuclear Information Resource Service
 Introduction - Harvey Wasserman
 1424 16th Street W, Suite 601
 Washington, B.C.  20036
 (202) 328-0002
                                                284

-------
                                                      Pollution Prevention References


This manual  describes,  in detail, how to do a  full-scale energy audit.  It includes dozens of
worksheets with calculations to figure out potential energy and cost savings.  The manual walks
the potential auditor through the initial site visit and then provides recommendations for installing
money-saving efficiency measures.


•  Forty Ways to Make  Government Purchasing Green. 1992, $10.00.

Eleanor J. Lewis and Eric Weltman
Center for Study of Responsive Law
Introduction - Ralph Nader
P.O. Box 19367
Washington,  D.C.  20036

This book proposes 40  green initiatives, of which 16 deal with energy efficiency,  that could
potentially be implemented by government agencies. Each of the individual initiatives is followed
by a list of strategies and examples  which government agencies  initiated, along with contact
names, addresses and phone numbers, and a list of additional resources.


• Energy Ideas $25.00 a year.
Center for Study of Responsive Law

A monthly newsletter discussing how government can be an environmentally responsible consumer
using energy-efficient and  renewable energy technologies.  Each issue examines a different
technology.  It describes successful projects in federal, state and local agencies nationwide, and
provides contact persons, financing options, information sources and other resources.
                          U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1994 — 523-888 /
                                          285

-------

-------